Regenerate.
[bpt/emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (16775 26715))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
30
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
32
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
35
36 \(fn)" t nil)
37
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
40
41 \(fn)" t nil)
42
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
45
46 \(fn)" t nil)
47
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
51
52 \(fn)" t nil)
53
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
56
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
61
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
63
64 ;;;***
65 \f
66 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
67 ;;;;;; (16561 46414))
68 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
69
70 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
71 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
72 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
73 extensions.
74 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
75 name
76
77 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
78
79 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
80 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
81
82 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
83 \\{ada-mode-map}
84
85 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
86 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
87
88 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
89 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
90
91 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
92 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
93
94 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
95
96 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
97 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
98
99 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
100 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
101
102 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
103 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
104 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
105 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
106 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
107
108 If you use imenu.el:
109 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
110
111 If you use find-file.el:
112 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
113 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
114 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
115 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
116 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
117
118 If you use ada-xref.el:
119 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
120 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
121 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
122
123 \(fn)" t nil)
124
125 ;;;***
126 \f
127 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
128 ;;;;;; (16507 41097))
129 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
130
131 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
132 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
133
134 \(fn)" t nil)
135
136 ;;;***
137 \f
138 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
139 ;;;;;; (16783 21522))
140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
141
142 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
143 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
144 Completion is available.
145
146 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
147
148 ;;;***
149 \f
150 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
151 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
152 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
153 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
154 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (16816 23720))
155 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
156
157 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
158 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
159 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
160 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
161
162 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log")
163
164 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
165 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
166 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
167
168 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log")
169
170 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
171 *Electronic mail addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
172 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
173 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
174 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
175 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
176
177 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log")
178
179 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
180 Prompt for a change log name.
181
182 \(fn)" nil nil)
183
184 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
185 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
186
187 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
188 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
189 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
190 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
191
192 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
193 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
194 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
195
196 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
197 current buffer to the complete file name.
198 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
199
200 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
201
202 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
203 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
204 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
205 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
206
207 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
208 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
209
210 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
211
212 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
213 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
214 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
215
216 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
217 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
218 the same person.
219
220 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
221 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
222 notices.
223
224 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
225 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
226
227 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
228
229 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
230 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
231 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
232 the change log file in another window.
233
234 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
235 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
236
237 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
238 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
239 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
240 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
241 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
242 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
243 \\{change-log-mode-map}
244
245 \(fn)" t nil)
246
247 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
248 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
249
250 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
251 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
252
253 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
254 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
255
256 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
257 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
258
259 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
260 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
261
262 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
263 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
264 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
265 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
266 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
267
268 Has a preference of looking backwards.
269
270 \(fn)" nil nil)
271
272 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
273 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
274 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
275 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
276 or a buffer.
277
278 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
279 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
280
281 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
282
283 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
284 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
285
286 \(fn)" t nil)
287
288 ;;;***
289 \f
290 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
291 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (16775
292 ;;;;;; 26709))
293 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
294
295 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
296 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
297 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
298 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
299 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
300 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
301 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
302 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
303 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
304 interpreted as `error'.")
305
306 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice")
307
308 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
309 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
310 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
311 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
312 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
313 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
314 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
315 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
316
317 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice")
318
319 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
320 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
321 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
322 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
323 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
324 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
325 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
326 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
327 will be overwritten with the new one.
328 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
329 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
330 will clear the cache.
331
332 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
333
334 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
335 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
336 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
337
338 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
339 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
340 BODY... )
341
342 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
343 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
344 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
345 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
346 see also `ad-add-advice'.
347 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
348 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
349 before/around/after-advices will be used.
350 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
351 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
352 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
353 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
354 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
356
357 Semantics of the various flags:
358 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
359 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
360 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
361
362 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
363 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
364
365 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
366 advised function should be compiled.
367
368 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
369 during activation until somebody enables it.
370
371 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
372 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
373 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
374 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
375
376 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
377 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
378 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
379 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
380 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
381 during preloading.
382
383 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
384
385 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
386
387 ;;;***
388 \f
389 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
390 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
391 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (16780 55376))
392 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
393
394 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
395 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
396 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
397 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
398 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
399 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
400 rule's `separate' attribute).
401
402 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
403 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
404 `separate' attribute set.
405
406 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
407 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
408 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
409 on the format of these lists.
410
411 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
412
413 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
414 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
415 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
416 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
417 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
418 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
419 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
420 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
421 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
422 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
423 options.
424
425 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
426 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
427
428 Fred (123) 456-7890
429 Alice (123) 456-7890
430 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
431 Joe (123) 456-7890
432
433 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
434 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
435 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
436
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
438
439 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
445
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
447
448 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
455
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
465
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
470
471 \(fn)" t nil)
472
473 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475
476 \(fn)" t nil)
477
478 ;;;***
479 \f
480 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-init) "allout" "allout.el" (16775 26705))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482
483 (autoload (quote allout-init) "allout" "\
484 Prime `allout-mode' to enable/disable auto-activation, wrt `allout-layout'.
485
486 MODE is one of the following symbols:
487
488 - nil (or no argument) deactivate auto-activation/layout;
489 - `activate', enable auto-activation only;
490 - `ask', enable auto-activation, and enable auto-layout but with
491 confirmation for layout operation solicited from user each time;
492 - `report', just report and return the current auto-activation state;
493 - anything else (eg, t) for auto-activation and auto-layout, without
494 any confirmation check.
495
496 Use this function to setup your Emacs session for automatic activation
497 of allout outline mode, contingent to the buffer-specific setting of
498 the `allout-layout' variable. (See `allout-layout' and
499 `allout-expose-topic' docstrings for more details on auto layout).
500
501 `allout-init' works by setting up (or removing)
502 `allout-find-file-hook' in `find-file-hook', and giving
503 `allout-auto-activation' a suitable setting.
504
505 To prime your Emacs session for full auto-outline operation, include
506 the following two lines in your Emacs init file:
507
508 \(require 'allout)
509 \(allout-init t)
510
511 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
512
513 ;;;***
514 \f
515 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
516 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (16746 18215))
517 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
518
519 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
520
521 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
522 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
523 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
524 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
525 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
526 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
527
528 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
529
530 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
531 Not documented
532
533 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
534
535 ;;;***
536 \f
537 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
538 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (16442 4954))
539 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
540
541 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
542 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
543 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
544 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
545 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
546 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
547 in the current window.
548
549 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
550
551 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
552 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
553 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
554
555 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
556
557 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
558 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
559 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
560
561 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
562
563 ;;;***
564 \f
565 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
566 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (16213 43266))
567 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
568
569 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
570 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
571
572 \(fn)" t nil)
573
574 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
575 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
576
577 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
578 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
579 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
580 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
581
582 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
583 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
584
585 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
586
587 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
588
589 ;;;***
590 \f
591 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
592 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (16377 12872))
593 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
594
595 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
596 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
597 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
598 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
599 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
600 \\[yank].
601
602 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
603 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
604 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
605 the rules.
606
607 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
608 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
609 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
610 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
611
612 \(fn)" t nil)
613
614 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
615 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
616 \\{antlr-mode-map}
617
618 \(fn)" t nil)
619
620 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
621 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
622 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
623
624 \(fn)" nil nil)
625
626 ;;;***
627 \f
628 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
629 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
630 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
631 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (16547 17258))
632 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
633
634 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
635 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
636 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
637 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
638
639 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt")
640
641 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
642 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
643
644 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt")
645
646 (defvar appt-audible t "\
647 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
648
649 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt")
650
651 (defvar appt-visible t "\
652 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
653 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
654
655 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt")
656
657 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
658 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
659 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
660
661 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt")
662
663 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
664 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
665 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
666
667 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt")
668
669 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
670 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
671 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
672
673 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt")
674
675 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
676 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
677 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
678
679 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt")
680
681 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
682 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
683 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
684
685 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
686
687 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
688 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
689
690 \(fn)" t nil)
691
692 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
693 Create the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
694 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
695 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
696 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
697 NUMBER hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
698 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
699
700 \(fn)" nil nil)
701
702 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
703 Toggle checking of appointments.
704 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
705 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
706
707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
708
709 ;;;***
710 \f
711 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
712 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable) "apropos" "apropos.el"
713 ;;;;;; (16768 48631))
714 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
715
716 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
717 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
718 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
719 normal variables.
720
721 \(fn REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
722
723 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
724
725 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
726 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
727 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
728 noninteractive functions.
729
730 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
731 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
732
733 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
734
735 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
736 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
737
738 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
739
740 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
741 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
742 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
743 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
744 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
745
746 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
747
748 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
749 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
750 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
751 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
752 Returns list of symbols and values found.
753
754 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
755
756 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
757 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
758 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
759 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
760 bindings.
761 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
762
763 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
764
765 ;;;***
766 \f
767 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (16534
768 ;;;;;; 3807))
769 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
770
771 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
772 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
773 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
774 Letters no longer insert themselves.
775 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
776 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
777
778 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
779 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
780 archive.
781
782 \\{archive-mode-map}
783
784 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
785
786 ;;;***
787 \f
788 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (16213 43267))
789 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
790
791 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
792 Major mode for editing arrays.
793
794 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
795 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
796 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
797
798 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
799
800 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
801 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
802 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
803
804 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
805 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
806 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
807 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
808 The variables are:
809
810 Variables you assign:
811 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
812 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
813 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
814 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
815 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
816 row numbers in the buffer.
817
818 Variables which are calculated:
819 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
820 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
821
822 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
823 take a numeric prefix argument):
824
825 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
826 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
827 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
828 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
829
830 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
831 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
832 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
833 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
834
835 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
836 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
837 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
838 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
839
840 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
841 between that of point and mark.
842
843 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
844 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
845
846 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
847 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
848 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
849 newlines inside rows)
850
851 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
852
853 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
854
855 \(fn)" t nil)
856
857 ;;;***
858 \f
859 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (16572
860 ;;;;;; 19411))
861 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
862
863 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
864 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
865 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
866 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
867
868 How to quit artist mode
869
870 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
871
872
873 How to submit a bug report
874
875 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
876
877
878 Drawing with the mouse:
879
880 mouse-2
881 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
882 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
883 below).
884
885 mouse-1
886 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
887 or pastes:
888
889 Operation Not shifted Shifted
890 --------------------------------------------------------------
891 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
892 to new point
893 --------------------------------------------------------------
894 Line Line in any direction Straight line
895 --------------------------------------------------------------
896 Rectangle Rectangle Square
897 --------------------------------------------------------------
898 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
899 --------------------------------------------------------------
900 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
901 --------------------------------------------------------------
902 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
903 --------------------------------------------------------------
904 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
905 --------------------------------------------------------------
906 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
907 --------------------------------------------------------------
908 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
909 lines
910 --------------------------------------------------------------
911 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
912 --------------------------------------------------------------
913 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
914 --------------------------------------------------------------
915 Paste Paste Paste
916 --------------------------------------------------------------
917 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
918 --------------------------------------------------------------
919
920 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
921 or diagonally.
922
923 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
924 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
925 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
926 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
927 poly-lines.
928
929 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
930 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
931 overwrite means the opposite.
932
933 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
934 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
935 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
936
937 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
938
939 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
940 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
941
942 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
943 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
944 are currently drawing something.
945
946 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
947 some time to fill.
948
949
950 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
951 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
952
953
954 Settings
955
956 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
957
958 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
959
960 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
961
962 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
963
964 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
965 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
966
967 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
968
969
970 Drawing with keys
971
972 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
973 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
974 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
975 When erase characters: toggles erasing
976 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
977 When pasting: Pastes
978
979 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
980
981 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
982
983 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
984 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
985 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
986 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
987 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
988 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
989
990
991 Arrows
992
993 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
994 of the line/poly-line
995
996 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
997 of the line/poly-line
998
999
1000 Selecting operation
1001
1002 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1003
1004 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1005 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1006 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1007 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1008 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1009 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1010 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1011 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1012 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1013 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1014 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1015 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1016 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1017 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1018 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1019 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1020 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1021 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1022 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1023 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1024
1025
1026 Variables
1027
1028 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1029 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1030
1031 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1032 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1033 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1034 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1035 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1036 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1037 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1038 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1039 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1040 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1041 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1042 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1043 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1044 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1045 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1046 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1047 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1048 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1049 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1050
1051 Hooks
1052
1053 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1054 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1055
1056
1057 Keymap summary
1058
1059 \\{artist-mode-map}
1060
1061 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1062
1063 ;;;***
1064 \f
1065 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (16764
1066 ;;;;;; 51521))
1067 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1068
1069 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1070 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1071 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1072
1073 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1074 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1075 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1076 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1077
1078 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1079 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1080
1081 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1082 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1083
1084 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1085
1086 Special commands:
1087 \\{asm-mode-map}
1088
1089 \(fn)" t nil)
1090
1091 ;;;***
1092 \f
1093 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1094 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
1095 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1096
1097 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1098 Obsolete.")
1099
1100 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show")
1101
1102 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1103 This command is obsolete.
1104
1105 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
1106
1107 ;;;***
1108 \f
1109 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1110 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
1111 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1112
1113 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1114 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1115 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1116 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1117 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
1118
1119 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg")
1120
1121 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1122 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1123 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1124 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1125 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1126 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1127 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1128 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1129 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1130 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1131
1132 For example:
1133 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1134 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1135 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1136 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1137 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1138
1139 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1140
1141 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1142
1143 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1144 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1145 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1146 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1147 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1148
1149 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg")
1150
1151 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1152 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1153 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1154 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1155 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1156 &c to supply digit arguments.
1157
1158 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1159
1160 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1161
1162 ;;;***
1163 \f
1164 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1165 ;;;;;; (16775 26716))
1166 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1167
1168 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1169 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1170
1171 \(fn)" t nil)
1172
1173 ;;;***
1174 \f
1175 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1176 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (16793 54109))
1177 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1178
1179 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1180 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1181 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1182
1183 \(fn)" t nil)
1184
1185 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1186 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1187 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1188 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1189
1190 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1191
1192 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1193 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1194 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1195 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1196 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1197
1198 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert")
1199
1200 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1201 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1202 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1203 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1204
1205 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1206 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1207
1208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1209
1210 ;;;***
1211 \f
1212 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1213 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1214 ;;;;;; (16775 26709))
1215 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1216
1217 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1218 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1219 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1220 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1221 save the buffer too.
1222
1223 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1224
1225 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1226
1227 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1228 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1229 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work.
1230 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1231 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1232 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1233
1234 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1235 directory or directories specified.
1236
1237 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1238
1239 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1240 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1241 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1242
1243 \(fn)" nil nil)
1244
1245 ;;;***
1246 \f
1247 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1248 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1249 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (16775 26705))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1251
1252 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1253 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1254
1255 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1256 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1257 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1258 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1259 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1260
1261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1262
1263 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1264 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1265
1266 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1267 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1268
1269 \(fn)" nil nil)
1270
1271 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1272 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1273 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1274
1275 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1276 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1277 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1278 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1279 reflected in the current buffer.
1280
1281 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1282 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1283 writing before you save the file!
1284
1285 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1286
1287 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1288
1289 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1290 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1291
1292 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1293 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1294
1295 \(fn)" nil nil)
1296
1297 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1298 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1299 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1300 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1301 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1302
1303 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert")
1304
1305 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1306 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1307
1308 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1309 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1310 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1311
1312 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1313
1314 ;;;***
1315 \f
1316 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1317 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (16680 26001))
1318 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1319
1320 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1321 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1322 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1323 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1324 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1325
1326 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid")
1327
1328 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1329 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1330 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1331 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1332
1333 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1334 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1335 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1336
1337 Effects of the different modes:
1338 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1339 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1340 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1341 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1342 a random distance & direction.
1343 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1344 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1345 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1346
1347 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1348
1349 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1350 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1351 definition of \"random distance\".)
1352
1353 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1354
1355 ;;;***
1356 \f
1357 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1358 ;;;;;; (16484 6599))
1359 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1360
1361 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1362 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1363
1364 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1365 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1366
1367 For example:
1368
1369 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1370 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1371 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1372 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1373
1374 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1375
1376 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1377
1378 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1379
1380 ;;;***
1381 \f
1382 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1383 ;;;;;; (16718 40975))
1384 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1385
1386 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1387 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1388 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1389 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1390
1391 \(fn)" t nil)
1392
1393 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
1394 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1395 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1396 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1397 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1398 seconds.
1399
1400 \(fn)" t nil)
1401
1402 ;;;***
1403 \f
1404 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1405 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (16213 43272))
1406 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1407
1408 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1409 Time execution of FORMS.
1410 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1411 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1412 FORMS once.
1413 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1414 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1415 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1416
1417 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1418
1419 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1420 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1421 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1422 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1423 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1424
1425 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1426
1427 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1428 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1429 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1430 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1431 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1432
1433 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1434
1435 ;;;***
1436 \f
1437 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (16820
1438 ;;;;;; 16328))
1439 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1440
1441 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1442 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1443
1444 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1445
1446 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1447 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1448 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1449 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1450
1451 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1452 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1453 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1454 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1455 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1456
1457 For third party BibTeX files, call the function `bibtex-convert-alien'
1458 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1459
1460
1461 Special information:
1462
1463 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1464
1465 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1466 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1467 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1468 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1469 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1470 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1471 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1472 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1473 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1474 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1475 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1476
1477 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1478 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1479 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1480 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1481 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1482 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1483 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1484 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1485
1486 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1487
1488 ----------------------------------------------------------
1489 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1490 if that value is non-nil.
1491
1492 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1493
1494 \(fn)" t nil)
1495
1496 ;;;***
1497 \f
1498 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1499 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1500 ;;;;;; (16719 60883))
1501 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1502
1503 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1504
1505 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1506 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1507 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1508
1509 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1510
1511 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1512 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1513
1514 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1515
1516 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1517 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1518
1519 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1520
1521 ;;;***
1522 \f
1523 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (16704
1524 ;;;;;; 8186))
1525 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1526
1527 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1528 Play blackbox.
1529 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1530
1531 What is blackbox?
1532
1533 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1534 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1535 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1536 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1537 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1538 your score.
1539
1540 Overview of play:
1541
1542 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1543 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1544 four.
1545
1546 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1547 movement keys.
1548
1549 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1550 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1551
1552 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1553 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1554
1555 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1556 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1557 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1558 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1559 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1560 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1561
1562 Details:
1563
1564 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1565
1566 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1567 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1568 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1569 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1570
1571 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1572 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1573 denoted by the letter `R'.
1574
1575 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1576 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1577 denoted by the letter `H'.
1578
1579 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1580 example.
1581
1582 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1583 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1584 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1585 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1586 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1587 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1588 ray.
1589
1590 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1591 degree deflection it causes.
1592
1593 1
1594 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1595 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1596 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1597 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1598 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1599 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1600 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1601 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1602 2 3
1603
1604 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1605 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1606
1607
1608 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1609 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1610 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1611 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1612 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1613 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1614 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1615 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1616
1617 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1618 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1619 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1620 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1621 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1622 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1623 emerging from the box.
1624
1625 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1626
1627 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1628 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1629 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1630 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1631 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1632 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1633 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1634 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1635
1636 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1637 a reflection.
1638
1639 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1640
1641 ;;;***
1642 \f
1643 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1644 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1645 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
1646 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (16588 19249))
1647 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1648 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1649 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1650 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1651
1652 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1653 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1654 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1655 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1656 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1657 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1658 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
1659 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
1660 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
1661 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
1662 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
1663 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
1664 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
1665 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
1666 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
1667 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
1668 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
1669 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
1670 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
1671
1672 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1673 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1674 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1675 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1676 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1677 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1678 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1679 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1680 recent one.
1681
1682 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1683 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1684 yank successive words.
1685
1686 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1687 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1688 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1689 name of the file being visited.
1690
1691 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1692 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1693 the list of bookmarks.)
1694
1695 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
1696
1697 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1698 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1699 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1700 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1701 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1702 this.
1703
1704 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1705 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1706 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1707 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1708
1709 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1710
1711 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1712 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1713 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1714 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1715 after a bookmark was set in it.
1716
1717 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1718
1719 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1720 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1721 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1722 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
1723
1724 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
1725
1726 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1727
1728 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1729 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1730 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1731 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1732
1733 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1734 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1735 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1736
1737 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1738 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1739 name.
1740
1741 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
1742
1743 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1744 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1745 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1746 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1747 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1748 this.
1749
1750 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1751
1752 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1753 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1754 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1755 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1756 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1757 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1758 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1759 probably because we were called from there.
1760
1761 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
1762
1763 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1764 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1765 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
1766
1767 \(fn)" t nil)
1768
1769 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1770 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1771 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1772 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1773 \(second argument).
1774
1775 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1776 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1777 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1778 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1779 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1780
1781 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1782 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1783 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1784 `bookmark-default-file'.
1785
1786 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
1787
1788 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1789 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1790 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1791 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1792 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1793 while loading.
1794
1795 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1796 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1797 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1798 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1799 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1800 explicitly.
1801
1802 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1803 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1804 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1805 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
1806
1807 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
1808
1809 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1810 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1811 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1812 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1813 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
1814
1815 \(fn)" t nil)
1816
1817 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1818
1819 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1820
1821 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-jump))) map))
1822
1823 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
1824
1825 ;;;***
1826 \f
1827 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1828 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1829 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1830 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1831 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
1832 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1833 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1834 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
1835 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (16783 21522))
1836 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1837
1838 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
1839 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1840 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1841 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1842
1843 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1844 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1845 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1846 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1847 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1848
1849 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
1850
1851 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1852 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1853 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1854 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1855 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1856 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
1857
1858 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
1859
1860 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1861 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1862 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1863 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1864 narrowed.
1865
1866 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
1867
1868 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1869 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
1870
1871 \(fn)" t nil)
1872
1873 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1874 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
1875
1876 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
1877
1878 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1879 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1880 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1881 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1882
1883 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
1884
1885 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1886 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1887 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1888 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1889
1890 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1891
1892 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1893 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1894 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1895 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1896 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1897 to use.
1898
1899 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1900
1901 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
1902 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
1903 Default to the URL around or before point.
1904
1905 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1906 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
1907 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1908 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1909
1910 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1911 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1912
1913 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Galeon, Netscape,
1914 Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, MMM, Konqueror, and then W3.
1915
1916 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
1917
1918 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1919 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1920 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1921 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1922
1923 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1924 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1925 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1926 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1927
1928 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1929 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1930
1931 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1932
1933 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
1934 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
1935 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1936 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
1937
1938 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1939 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
1940 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1941 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1942
1943 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
1944 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
1945 new tab in an existing window instead.
1946
1947 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1948 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1949
1950 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1951
1952 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
1953 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
1954 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1955 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
1956
1957 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1958 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
1959 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1960 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1961
1962 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
1963 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
1964 new tab in an existing window instead.
1965
1966 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1967 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1968
1969 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1970
1971 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
1972 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
1973 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1974 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
1975
1976 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1977 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
1978 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
1979 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1980
1981 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1982 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1983
1984 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1985
1986 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1987 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1988
1989 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1990 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1991 program is invoked according to the variable
1992 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1993
1994 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1995 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1996 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1997 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1998
1999 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2000 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2001
2002 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2003
2004 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2005 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2006 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2007 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2008
2009 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2010
2011 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2012 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2013 Default to the URL around or before point.
2014
2015 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2016 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2017 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2018
2019 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2020 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2021 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2022 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2023
2024 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2025 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2026
2027 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2028
2029 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2030 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2031 Default to the URL around or before point.
2032
2033 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2034
2035 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2036 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2037 Default to the URL around or before point.
2038
2039 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2040 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2041 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2042
2043 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2044 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2045
2046 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2047
2048 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2049 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2050 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2051 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2052
2053 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2054
2055 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2056 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2057 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2058 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2059 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2060
2061 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2062
2063 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2064 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2065 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2066 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2067
2068 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2069 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2070 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2071 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2072
2073 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2074 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2075
2076 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2077
2078 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2079 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2080 Default to the URL around or before point.
2081
2082 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2083
2084 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2085 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2086 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2087 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2088 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2089 current one.
2090
2091 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2092 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2093 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2094 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2095
2096 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2097 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2098
2099 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2100
2101 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2102 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2103 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2104 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2105 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2106 don't offer a form of remote control.
2107
2108 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2109
2110 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2111 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2112 Default to the URL around or before point.
2113
2114 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2115
2116 ;;;***
2117 \f
2118 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (16213
2119 ;;;;;; 43281))
2120 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2121
2122 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2123 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2124
2125 \(fn)" t nil)
2126
2127 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2128 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2129
2130 \(fn)" nil nil)
2131
2132 ;;;***
2133 \f
2134 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2135 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (16704 8186))
2136 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2137
2138 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2139 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2140 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2141 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2142
2143 \(fn)" t nil)
2144
2145 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2146 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2147 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2148 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2149
2150 \(fn)" t nil)
2151
2152 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2153 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2154
2155 \(fn)" t nil)
2156
2157 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2158 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2159 \\<bs-mode-map>
2160 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2161 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2162 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2163 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2164
2165 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2166 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2167 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2168 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2169 name of buffer configuration.
2170
2171 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2172
2173 ;;;***
2174 \f
2175 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2176 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (16750
2177 ;;;;;; 18527))
2178 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2179
2180 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2181 Keymap used by buttons.")
2182
2183 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2184 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2185 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2186
2187 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2188 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2189 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2190 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2191 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2192 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2193
2194 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2195 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2196 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2197 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2198
2199 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2200
2201 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2202 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2203 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2204 specifying properties to add to the button.
2205 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2206 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2207 `define-button-type'.
2208
2209 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2210
2211 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2212
2213 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2214 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2215 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2216 specifying properties to add to the button.
2217 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2218 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2219 `define-button-type'.
2220
2221 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2222
2223 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2224
2225 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2226 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2227 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2228 specifying properties to add to the button.
2229 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2230 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2231 `define-button-type'.
2232
2233 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2234 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2235 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2236 `make-text-button'.
2237
2238 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2239
2240 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2241
2242 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2243 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2244 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2245 specifying properties to add to the button.
2246 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2247 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2248 `define-button-type'.
2249
2250 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2251 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2252 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2253 `insert-text-button'.
2254
2255 Also see `make-text-button'.
2256
2257 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2258
2259 ;;;***
2260 \f
2261 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2262 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2263 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2264 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2265 ;;;;;; (16801 58026))
2266 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2267
2268 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2269 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2270 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2271
2272 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2273
2274 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2275 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2276 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2277 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2278
2279 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2280 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2281 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2282 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2283 whether to compile it.
2284
2285 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2286
2287 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2288 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2289
2290 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2291
2292 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2293 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2294 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2295 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2296 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2297
2298 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2299
2300 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2301 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2302 Print the result in the echo area.
2303 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2304
2305 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2306
2307 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2308 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2309 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2310
2311 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2312
2313 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2314 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2315 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2316 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2317 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2318 all functions called by those functions.
2319
2320 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2321 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2322 cons, etc.).
2323
2324 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2325 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2326 invoked interactively.
2327
2328 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2329
2330 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2331 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2332 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2333 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2334
2335 \(fn)" nil nil)
2336
2337 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2338 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2339 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2340 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2341 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2342 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2343 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2344 already up-to-date.
2345
2346 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2347
2348 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2349 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2350 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2351 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2352
2353 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2354
2355 ;;;***
2356 \f
2357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (16630 17322))
2358 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2359
2360 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2361
2362 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2363
2364 ;;;***
2365 \f
2366 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2367 ;;;;;; (16436 34880))
2368 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2369
2370 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2371 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2372 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2373 from the cursor position.
2374
2375 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2376
2377 ;;;***
2378 \f
2379 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2380 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2381 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (16816
2382 ;;;;;; 23730))
2383 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2384
2385 (defvar calc-settings-file user-init-file "\
2386 *File in which to record permanent settings; default is `user-init-file'.")
2387 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2388
2389 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2390 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2391
2392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2393
2394 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2395 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2396
2397 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2398
2399 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2400 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2401
2402 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2403
2404 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2405 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2406
2407 \(fn)" t nil)
2408
2409 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2410 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2411 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2412 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2413
2414 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2415
2416 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2417 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2418 This is most useful in the X window system.
2419 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2420 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2421
2422 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2423
2424 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2425 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2426 See calc-keypad for details.
2427
2428 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2429
2430 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2431 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2432
2433 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2434
2435 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2436 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2437
2438 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2439
2440 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2441 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2442
2443 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2444
2445 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2446 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2447 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2448
2449 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2450
2451 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2452 Not documented
2453
2454 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2455
2456 ;;;***
2457 \f
2458 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (16213
2459 ;;;;;; 43267))
2460 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2461
2462 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2463 Run the Emacs calculator.
2464 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2465
2466 \(fn)" t nil)
2467
2468 ;;;***
2469 \f
2470 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar calendar-setup solar-holidays bahai-holidays
2471 ;;;;;; islamic-holidays christian-holidays hebrew-holidays other-holidays
2472 ;;;;;; local-holidays oriental-holidays general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer
2473 ;;;;;; diary-list-include-blanks nongregorian-diary-marking-hook
2474 ;;;;;; mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook diary-display-hook
2475 ;;;;;; diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2476 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2477 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2478 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2479 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2480 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2481 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2482 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2483 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2484 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2485 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2486 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2487 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2488 ;;;;;; (16738 29931))
2489 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2490
2491 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2492 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2493 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2494
2495 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar")
2496
2497 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2498 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2499 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2500 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2501 the screen.")
2502
2503 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar")
2504
2505 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2506 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2507 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2508 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2509 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2510 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2511
2512 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar")
2513
2514 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2515 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2516 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2517 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2518 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2519 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2520 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2521
2522 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2523 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2524 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2525 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2526 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2527
2528 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2529 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2530 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2531
2532 (custom-autoload (quote number-of-diary-entries) "calendar")
2533
2534 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2535 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2536 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2537
2538 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar")
2539
2540 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2541 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2542 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2543
2544 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar")
2545
2546 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2547 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2548 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2549 displayed.")
2550
2551 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar")
2552
2553 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2554 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2555 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2556
2557 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar")
2558
2559 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2560 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2561 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2562
2563 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2564
2565 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2566
2567 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2568 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2569 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2570
2571 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2572 calendar.")
2573
2574 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2575
2576 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2577 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2578 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2579
2580 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2581 calendar.")
2582
2583 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2584
2585 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2586 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2587 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2588
2589 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2590 calendar.")
2591
2592 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2593
2594 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2595 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2596 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2597
2598 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar")
2599
2600 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2601 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2602 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2603 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2604 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2605
2606 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar")
2607
2608 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2609 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2610 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2611 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2612 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2613 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2614 a function is also provided for this:
2615 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2616
2617 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2618 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2619 date is not visible in the window.
2620
2621 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2622 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2623 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2624
2625 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2626
2627 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2628 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2629
2630 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2631 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2632 date is visible in the window.
2633
2634 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2635 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2636 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2637
2638 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2639
2640 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2641 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2642
2643 For example,
2644
2645 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2646
2647 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2648
2649 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar")
2650
2651 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2652 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2653
2654 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
2655 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
2656
2657 MONTH/DAY
2658 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2659 MONTHNAME DAY
2660 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2661 DAYNAME
2662
2663 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
2664 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
2665 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
2666 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
2667 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
2668 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
2669 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
2670 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
2671 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
2672 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
2673 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
2674 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
2675 in every week.
2676
2677 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
2678 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
2679 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
2680 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
2681
2682 DAY/MONTH
2683 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2684 DAY MONTHNAME
2685 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2686 DAYNAME
2687
2688 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2689 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2690
2691 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2692 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2693 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2694 window but will appear in a diary window.
2695
2696 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2697 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2698
2699 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2700 entries (in the default American style):
2701
2702 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2703 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2704 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2705 21: Payday
2706 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2707 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2708 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2709 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2710 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2711 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2712 &* 15 time cards due.
2713
2714 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2715 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2716 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2717 single diary entry
2718
2719 02/11/1989
2720 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2721 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2722 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2723 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2724 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2725 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2726
2727 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2728 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2729 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2730
2731 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2732
2733 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2734
2735 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
2736 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
2737 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
2738 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
2739 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2740 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2741 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2742 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
2743 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
2744 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
2745 details.
2746
2747 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
2748 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
2749 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
2750 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
2751 documentation for these functions for details.
2752
2753 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2754 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2755
2756 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar")
2757
2758 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2759 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2760
2761 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar")
2762
2763 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2764 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2765
2766 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2767
2768 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2769 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2770
2771 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2772
2773 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
2774 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
2775
2776 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2777
2778 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2779 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2780 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2781
2782 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar")
2783
2784 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2785 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2786 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2787
2788 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2789
2790 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2791 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2792 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
2793 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
2794 full.")
2795
2796 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar")
2797
2798 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2799 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2800 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2801 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
2802 are
2803
2804 DAY/MONTH
2805 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2806 DAY MONTHNAME
2807 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2808 DAYNAME
2809
2810 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
2811 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
2812 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period. To take effect,
2813 this variable should be set before the calendar package and its associates
2814 are loaded. Otherwise, use one of the functions `european-calendar' or
2815 `american-calendar' to force the appropriate update.")
2816
2817 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar")
2818
2819 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2820 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2821 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2822
2823 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2824
2825 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2826 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2827 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2828
2829 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2830
2831 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2832 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2833 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2834
2835 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2836
2837 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2838 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2839 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2840
2841 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2842
2843 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2844 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2845 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2846 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2847 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2848 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2849
2850 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2851
2852 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2853 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2854 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2855
2856 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2857 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2858 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2859 of the form
2860
2861 #include \"filename\"
2862
2863 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2864 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2865 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2866 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2867 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2868
2869 For example, you could use
2870
2871 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2872 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2873 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2874
2875 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2876 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2877 lexicographic order.")
2878
2879 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2880
2881 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2882 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2883 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2884
2885 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar")
2886
2887 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2888 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2889 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2890 diary display.
2891
2892 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2893 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2894 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2895 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2896 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2897 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2898 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2899
2900 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2901 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2902 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2903 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2904 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2905 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2906 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2907 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2908
2909 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar")
2910
2911 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2912 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2913 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
2914 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
2915 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
2916 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2917 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2918
2919 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar")
2920
2921 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2922 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2923
2924 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2925 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2926 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2927 of the form
2928 #include \"filename\"
2929 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2930 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2931 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2932 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2933 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2934
2935 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2936
2937 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2938 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2939 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
2940 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
2941 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
2942 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2943 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2944
2945 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar")
2946
2947 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2948 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2949 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2950 are holidays.")
2951
2952 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar")
2953
2954 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2955 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2956 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2957 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2958 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2959
2960 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar")
2961
2962 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2963
2964 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2965 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2966 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2967
2968 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar")
2969
2970 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2971
2972 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2973 *Oriental holidays.
2974 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2975
2976 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar")
2977
2978 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2979
2980 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2981 *Local holidays.
2982 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2983
2984 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar")
2985
2986 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2987
2988 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2989 *User defined holidays.
2990 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2991
2992 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar")
2993
2994 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2995
2996 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2997
2998 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2999
3000 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3001
3002 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3003
3004 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3005
3006 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3007
3008 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3009
3010 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3011
3012 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3013 *Jewish holidays.
3014 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3015
3016 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar")
3017
3018 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3019
3020 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3021 *Christian holidays.
3022 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3023
3024 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar")
3025
3026 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3027
3028 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3029 *Islamic holidays.
3030 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3031
3032 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar")
3033
3034 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3035
3036 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3037 *Baha'i holidays.
3038 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3039
3040 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar")
3041
3042 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3043
3044 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3045 *Sun-related holidays.
3046 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3047
3048 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar")
3049
3050 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3051
3052 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3053 The frame setup of the calendar.
3054 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3055 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3056 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3057 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3058 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3059
3060 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar")
3061
3062 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3063 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3064 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3065
3066 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3067 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3068
3069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3070
3071 ;;;***
3072 \f
3073 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3074 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (16697 49031))
3075 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3076
3077 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3078 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3079
3080 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3081
3082 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3083 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3084 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3085 it fails.
3086
3087 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3088
3089 ;;;***
3090 \f
3091 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3092 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3093 ;;;;;; (16816 23740))
3094 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3095
3096 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3097 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3098 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3099 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3100 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3101 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3102 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3103
3104 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3105
3106 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3107 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3108 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3109 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3110 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3111 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3112 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3113 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3114
3115 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3116 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3117 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3118 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3119 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3120 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3121
3122 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3123
3124 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3125 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3126
3127 Key bindings:
3128 \\{c-mode-map}
3129
3130 \(fn)" t nil)
3131
3132 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3133 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3134
3135 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3136 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3137 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3138 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3139 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3140 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3141 message.
3142
3143 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3144
3145 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3146 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3147
3148 Key bindings:
3149 \\{c++-mode-map}
3150
3151 \(fn)" t nil)
3152
3153 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3154 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3155 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3156
3157 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3158 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3159 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3160 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3161 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3162 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3163 message.
3164
3165 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3166
3167 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3168 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3169
3170 Key bindings:
3171 \\{objc-mode-map}
3172
3173 \(fn)" t nil)
3174
3175 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3176 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3177 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3178
3179 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3180 Major mode for editing Java code.
3181 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3182 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3183 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3184 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3185 message.
3186
3187 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3188
3189 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3190 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3191
3192 Key bindings:
3193 \\{java-mode-map}
3194
3195 \(fn)" t nil)
3196
3197 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3198 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3199 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3200
3201 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3202 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3203 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3204 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3205 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3206 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3207 message.
3208
3209 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3210
3211 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3212 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3213
3214 Key bindings:
3215 \\{idl-mode-map}
3216
3217 \(fn)" t nil)
3218
3219 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3220 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3221 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3222 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3223
3224 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3225 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3226 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3227 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3228 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3229 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3230 message.
3231
3232 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3233
3234 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3235 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3236
3237 Key bindings:
3238 \\{pike-mode-map}
3239
3240 \(fn)" t nil)
3241 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3242 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3243 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3244 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3245 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3246 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3247
3248 ;;;***
3249 \f
3250 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3251 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (16667 39430))
3252 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3253
3254 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3255 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
3256 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
3257 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
3258 for details of setting up styles.
3259
3260 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
3261 style name.
3262
3263 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is t, no style variables that
3264 already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
3265 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
3266 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
3267 will be reassigned.
3268
3269 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, only those style variables that
3270 have default (i.e. non-buffer local) values will keep their settings
3271 while the rest will be overridden. This is useful to avoid overriding
3272 global settings done in ~/.emacs when setting a style from a mode hook
3273 \(providing the style variables are buffer local, which is the
3274 default).
3275
3276 Obviously, setting DONT-OVERRIDE to t is useful mainly when the
3277 initial style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since
3278 that is done internally by CC Mode, it typically won't have any effect
3279 when used elsewhere.
3280
3281 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3282
3283 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3284 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3285 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3286 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3287
3288 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3289
3290 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3291 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3292 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3293
3294 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3295
3296 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3297 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3298 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3299 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3300 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3301
3302 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3303
3304 ;;;***
3305 \f
3306 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3307 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3308 ;;;;;; (16585 28856))
3309 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3310
3311 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3312 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3313
3314 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3315
3316 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3317 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3318
3319 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3320
3321 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3322 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3323
3324 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3325 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3326 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3327 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3328 execution.
3329
3330 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3331
3332 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3333
3334 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3335 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3336
3337 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3338 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3339 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3340 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3341
3342 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3343 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3344 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3345 `write' commands.
3346
3347 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3348 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3349 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3350 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3351
3352 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3353 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3354 semantics.
3355
3356 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3357
3358 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3359
3360 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3361
3362 STATEMENT :=
3363 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3364 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3365
3366 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3367 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3368 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3369 | integer
3370
3371 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3372
3373 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3374 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3375 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3376
3377 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3378 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3379 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3380
3381 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3382 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3383
3384 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3385 BREAK := (break)
3386
3387 REPEAT :=
3388 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3389 (repeat)
3390 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3391 ;; (repeat))
3392 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3393 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3394 ;; (read REG)
3395 ;; (repeat))
3396 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3397 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3398 ;; (read REG)
3399 ;; (repeat))
3400 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3401
3402 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3403 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3404 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3405 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3406 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3407 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3408 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3409 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3410 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3411 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3412 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3413 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3414 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3415 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3416 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3417 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3418
3419 WRITE :=
3420 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3421 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3422 ;; representation.
3423 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3424 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3425 ;; (write r7))
3426 | (write EXPRESSION)
3427 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3428 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3429 ;; representation.
3430 | (write integer)
3431 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3432 ;; buffer.
3433 | (write string)
3434 ;; Same as: (write string)
3435 | string
3436 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3437 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3438 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3439 ;; representation.
3440 | (write REG ARRAY)
3441 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3442 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3443 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3444 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3445 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3446 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3447
3448 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3449 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3450
3451 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3452 END := (end)
3453
3454 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3455 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3456 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3457
3458 ARG := REG | integer
3459
3460 OPERATOR :=
3461 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3462 + | - | * | / | %
3463
3464 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3465 | & | `|' | ^
3466
3467 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3468 | << | >>
3469
3470 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3471 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3472 | <8
3473
3474 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3475 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3476 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3477 | >8
3478
3479 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3480 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3481 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3482 | //
3483
3484 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3485 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3486
3487 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3488 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3489 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3490 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3491 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3492 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3493 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3494 | de-sjis
3495
3496 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3497 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3498 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3499 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3500 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3501 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3502 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3503 ;; byte of SJIS.
3504 | en-sjis
3505
3506 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3507 ;; Same meaning as C code
3508 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3509
3510 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3511 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3512 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3513 | <8=
3514
3515 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3516 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3517 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3518
3519 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3520 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3521 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3522 | //=
3523
3524 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3525
3526
3527 TRANSLATE :=
3528 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3529 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3530 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3531 LOOKUP :=
3532 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3533 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3534 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3535 MAP :=
3536 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3537 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3538 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3539 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3540 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3541 MAP-ID := integer
3542
3543 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3544
3545 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3546 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3547 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3548 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3549 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3550 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3551
3552 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3553
3554 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3555 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3556 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3557
3558 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3559
3560 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3561
3562 ;;;***
3563 \f
3564 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3565 ;;;;;; (16534 3809))
3566 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3567
3568 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
3569 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3570 There are no special keybindings by default.
3571
3572 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3573 to the action header.
3574
3575 \(fn)" t nil)
3576
3577 ;;;***
3578 \f
3579 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3580 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3581 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3582 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3583 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3584 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3585 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3586 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3587 ;;;;;; (16709 44237))
3588 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3589
3590 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3591 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3592 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3593 the users will view as each check is completed.
3594
3595 \(fn)" t nil)
3596
3597 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3598 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3599 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3600 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3601 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3602 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3603 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3604 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3605
3606 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3607
3608 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3609 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3610 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3611 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3612 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3613 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3614 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3615 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3616
3617 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3618
3619 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3620 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3621 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3622 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3623 spacing are all verified.
3624
3625 \(fn)" t nil)
3626
3627 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3628 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3629 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3630 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3631 otherwise stop after the first error.
3632
3633 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3634
3635 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3636 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3637 Only documentation strings are checked.
3638 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3639 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3640 a separate buffer.
3641
3642 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3643
3644 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3645 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3646 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3647 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3648 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3649
3650 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3651
3652 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3653 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3654 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3655 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3656 if there is one.
3657
3658 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3659
3660 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3661 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3662 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3663 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3664 if there is one.
3665 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3666
3667 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3668
3669 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3670 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3671 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3672
3673 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3674
3675 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3676 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3677 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3678 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3679 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3680
3681 \(fn)" t nil)
3682
3683 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3684 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3685 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3686 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3687 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3688 space at the end of each line.
3689
3690 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3691
3692 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3693 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3694 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3695 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3696
3697 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3698
3699 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3700 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3701 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3702 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3703
3704 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3705
3706 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3707 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3708 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3709 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3710
3711 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3712
3713 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3714 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3715 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3716 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3717
3718 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3719
3720 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3721 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3722 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3723 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3724
3725 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3726
3727 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3728 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3729 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3730 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3731
3732 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3733
3734 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3735 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3736 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3737 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3738
3739 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3740
3741 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3742 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3743 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3744 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3745
3746 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3747
3748 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3749 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3750 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3751 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3752
3753 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3754
3755 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3756 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3757 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3758
3759 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3760 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3761 checking of documentation strings.
3762
3763 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3764
3765 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3766
3767 ;;;***
3768 \f
3769 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3770 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (16213
3771 ;;;;;; 43280))
3772 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3773
3774 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3775 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3776 Return the length of resulting text.
3777
3778 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3779
3780 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3781 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3782
3783 \(fn)" t nil)
3784
3785 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3786 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3787 Return the length of resulting text.
3788
3789 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3790
3791 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3792 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3793
3794 \(fn)" t nil)
3795
3796 ;;;***
3797 \f
3798 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3799 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (16213 43267))
3800 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3801
3802 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3803 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3804 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3805 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3806 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3807 editing and the result is evaluated.
3808
3809 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3810
3811 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3812 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3813 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3814 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3815 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3816
3817 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3818
3819 \(fn)" t nil)
3820
3821 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3822 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3823 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3824 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3825 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3826
3827 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3828 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3829 \\{command-history-map}
3830
3831 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3832 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3833
3834 \(fn)" t nil)
3835
3836 ;;;***
3837 \f
3838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (16764 51520))
3839 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3840
3841 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3842 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3843 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3844 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3845 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3846 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3847
3848 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3849 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3850
3851 ;;;***
3852 \f
3853 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3854 ;;;;;; (16680 26003))
3855 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3856
3857 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
3858 Not documented
3859
3860 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3861
3862 ;;;***
3863 \f
3864 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3865 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
3866 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3867
3868 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3869 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3870 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3871 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3872
3873 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3874 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3875 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3876
3877 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3878 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3879
3880 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3881
3882 ;;;***
3883 \f
3884 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (16718
3885 ;;;;;; 40975))
3886 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3887
3888 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3889 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3890 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3891 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3892 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3893 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3894 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3895
3896 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3897 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3898
3899 ;;;***
3900 \f
3901 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
3902 ;;;;;; (16589 26258))
3903 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
3904
3905 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
3906 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
3907 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
3908 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
3909 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
3910 ?* is used.
3911 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
3912
3913 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
3914 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
3915 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
3916
3917 ;;;***
3918 \f
3919 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3920 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3921 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (16216 22162))
3922 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3923
3924 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3925 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3926 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3927 ASCII table.
3928
3929 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3930 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3931 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3932 decoder and encoder created by this function.
3933
3934 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
3935
3936 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3937 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3938 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3939
3940 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3941
3942 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3943 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3944 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3945
3946 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3947
3948 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3949 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3950 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3951
3952 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3953
3954 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3955 Return an alist of supported codepages.
3956
3957 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
3958 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
3959 for the character set supported by that codepage.
3960
3961 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
3962 is a vector, and has a charset property.
3963
3964 \(fn)" nil nil)
3965
3966 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3967 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
3968
3969 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
3970 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
3971 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
3972
3973 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
3974
3975 ;;;***
3976 \f
3977 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3978 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3979 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3980 ;;;;;; (16810 63790))
3981 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3982
3983 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3984 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3985 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3986 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3987 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3988 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3989 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3990 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3991
3992 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3993
3994 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3995
3996 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3997 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3998 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3999 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4000 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4001 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4002 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4003 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4004
4005 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4006
4007 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4008
4009 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4010 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4011 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4012 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4013 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4014 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4015
4016 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4017
4018 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4019 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4020 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4021
4022 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4023
4024 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4025
4026 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4027 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4028 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4029
4030 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4031
4032 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4033
4034 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4035 Send COMMAND to current process.
4036 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4037 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4038
4039 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4040
4041 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4042 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4043 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4044 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4045
4046 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4047
4048 ;;;***
4049 \f
4050 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (16810
4051 ;;;;;; 63790))
4052 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4053
4054 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4055 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4056 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4057 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4058
4059 This command pushes the mark in each window
4060 at the prior location of point in that window.
4061 If both windows display the same buffer,
4062 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4063 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4064
4065 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4066 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4067 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4068 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4069 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4070 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4071 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4072 ignored.
4073
4074 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4075 this command work in interlaced mode:
4076 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4077 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4078 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4079
4080 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4081
4082 ;;;***
4083 \f
4084 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4085 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compile compilation-search-path
4086 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4087 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (16805 44924))
4088 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4089
4090 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4091 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
4092
4093 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile")
4094
4095 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4096 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4097
4098 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile")
4099
4100 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4101 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4102 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4103 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4104 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4105 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4106 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4107
4108 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4109 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4110 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4111 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4112 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4113
4114 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4115 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4116 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4117 describing how the process finished.")
4118
4119 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4120 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4121 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4122 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4123
4124 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4125 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4126 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4127
4128 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile")
4129
4130 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4131 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4132 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4133 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4134
4135 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile")
4136
4137 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4138 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4139 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4140 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4141
4142 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4143 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4144
4145 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4146 and move to the source code that caused it.
4147
4148 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4149 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4150 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4151 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4152
4153 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4154 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4155 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4156 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4157 subprocesses.
4158
4159 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4160 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4161 to a function that generates a unique name.
4162
4163 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4164
4165 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4166 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4167 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4168 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4169 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4170
4171 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see).
4172
4173 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4174
4175 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4176
4177 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4178 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4179 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4180 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4181 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4182 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4183 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4184
4185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4186
4187 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4188 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4189 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4190 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4191 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4192 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4193
4194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4195
4196 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4197 Not documented
4198
4199 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4200
4201 ;;;***
4202 \f
4203 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4204 ;;;;;; (16377 12871))
4205 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4206
4207 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4208 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4209 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4210 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4211 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4212
4213 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete")
4214
4215 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4216 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4217 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4218
4219 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4220 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4221 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4222 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4223
4224 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4225 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4226 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4227 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
4228
4229 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4230 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4231 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4232 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4233
4234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4235
4236 ;;;***
4237 \f
4238 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4239 ;;;;;; (16581 41633))
4240 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4241
4242 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4243 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4244
4245 \(fn)" t nil)
4246
4247 ;;;***
4248 \f
4249 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4250 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4251 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4252 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (16702 49512))
4253 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4254
4255 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4256 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4257 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4258 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4259 `make-composition'.
4260
4261 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4262
4263 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4264 | | 1:tc or top-center
4265 | | 2:tr or top-right
4266 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4267 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4268 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4269 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4270 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4271 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4272
4273 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4274 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4275 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4276 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4277 be added.
4278
4279 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4280 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4281 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4282
4283 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4284 | | |
4285 | global| |
4286 | glyph | |
4287 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4288 +----+--*--+
4289 | | new |
4290 | |glyph|
4291 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4292 ")
4293
4294 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4295 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4296 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4297 \(see reference-point-alist).
4298
4299 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4300
4301 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4302 Compose characters in the current region.
4303
4304 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4305 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4306
4307 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4308
4309 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4310 specifying the region.
4311
4312 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4313 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4314 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4315
4316 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4317 of the text in the region.
4318
4319 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4320
4321 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4322 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4323 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4324 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4325
4326 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4327 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4328 detail.
4329
4330 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4331 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4332 text in the composition.
4333
4334 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4335
4336 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4337 Decompose text in the current region.
4338
4339 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4340 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4341
4342 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4343
4344 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4345 Compose characters in string STRING.
4346
4347 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4348 the characters in it.
4349
4350 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4351 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
4352 STRING respectively.
4353
4354 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4355 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4356 `compose-region' for more detail.
4357
4358 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4359 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4360 text in the composition.
4361
4362 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4363
4364 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4365 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4366
4367 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4368
4369 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4370 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4371 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4372 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4373 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4374 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4375 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4376 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4377
4378 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4379
4380 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4381 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4382
4383 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4384 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4385
4386 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4387 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4388
4389 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4390 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4391
4392 If no composition is found, return nil.
4393
4394 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4395 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4396
4397 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4398 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4399 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4400
4401 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4402
4403 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4404
4405 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4406 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4407 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4408
4409 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4410
4411 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4412
4413 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4414
4415 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4416 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4417
4418 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4419 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4420 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4421 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4422 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4423 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4424 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4425 nil.
4426
4427 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4428 is:
4429 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4430 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4431
4432 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4433
4434 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4435 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4436
4437 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4438
4439 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4440
4441 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4442 Compose last characters.
4443 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4444 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4445 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4446 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4447 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4448 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4449 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4450 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4451 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4452 after a sequence character events.
4453
4454 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
4455 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4456
4457 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4458 Convert CHAR to string.
4459
4460 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4461 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4462 vector of CHAR respectively.
4463 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4464
4465 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4466
4467 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4468
4469 ;;;***
4470 \f
4471 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4472 ;;;;;; conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode conf-unix-mode
4473 ;;;;;; conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (16813 38253))
4474 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4475
4476 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4477 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4478 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4479 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4480 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4481 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4482 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4483
4484 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4485 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4486 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4487
4488 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4489 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4490 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4491
4492 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4493 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4494 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4495 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4496
4497 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4498 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4499 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4500 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4501 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4502 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4503 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4504
4505 \\{conf-mode-map}
4506
4507 \(fn &optional COMMENT SYNTAX-TABLE NAME)" t nil)
4508
4509 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4510 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4511 Comments start with `#'.
4512 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4513
4514 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with C-c C-u
4515
4516 \[Desktop Entry]
4517 Encoding=UTF-8
4518 Name=The GIMP
4519 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4520 Name[cs]=GIMP
4521
4522 \(fn)" t nil)
4523
4524 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4525 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4526 Comments start with `;'.
4527 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4528
4529 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with C-c C-w
4530
4531 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4532 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4533 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4534
4535 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4536 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4537
4538 \(fn)" t nil)
4539
4540 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4541 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4542 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4543 between `/*' and `*/'.
4544 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4545
4546 # Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-j (Java properties)
4547 // another kind of comment
4548 /* yet another */
4549
4550 name:value
4551 name=value
4552 name value
4553 x.1 =
4554 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4555 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4556
4557 \(fn)" t nil)
4558
4559 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4560 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4561 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4562 recognized according to `conf-space-keywords'. Interactively
4563 with a prefix ARG of `0' no keywords will be recognized. With
4564 any other prefix arg you will be prompted for a regexp to match
4565 the keywords. Programmatically you can pass such a regexp as
4566 KEYWORDS, or any non-nil non-string for no keywords.
4567
4568 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4569
4570 # Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-s (space separated)
4571
4572 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4573 image/png png
4574 image/tiff tiff tif
4575
4576 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4577 class desktop
4578 # Standard multimedia devices
4579 add /dev/audio desktop
4580 add /dev/mixer desktop
4581
4582 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4583
4584 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4585 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4586 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4587 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4588
4589 # Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-c (colon)
4590
4591 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4592 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4593
4594 \(fn &optional COMMENT SYNTAX-TABLE NAME)" t nil)
4595
4596 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4597 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4598 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4599 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4600
4601 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-p (PPD)
4602
4603 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4604 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4605
4606 \(fn)" t nil)
4607
4608 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4609 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4610 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4611 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4612
4613 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-x (.Xdefaults)
4614
4615 *background: gray99
4616 *foreground: black
4617
4618 \(fn)" t nil)
4619
4620 ;;;***
4621 \f
4622 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4623 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (16213 43281))
4624 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4625
4626 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
4627 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4628 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4629 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4630
4631 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4632
4633 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
4634 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4635 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4636 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4637
4638 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4639
4640 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
4641 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4642 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4643 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4644
4645 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4646
4647 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
4648 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4649
4650 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4651
4652 ;;;***
4653 \f
4654 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
4655 ;;;;;; (16675 7397))
4656 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4657
4658 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
4659 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
4660 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4661 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4662 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4663 following the copyright are updated as well.
4664 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4665 interactively.
4666
4667 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4668
4669 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
4670 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4671
4672 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4673
4674 ;;;***
4675 \f
4676 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
4677 ;;;;;; (16805 44924))
4678 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4679
4680 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
4681 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4682 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4683 Tab indents for Perl code.
4684 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4685 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4686
4687 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4688 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4689 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4690 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4691 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4692 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4693 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4694 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4695 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4696 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4697 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4698 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4699
4700 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4701
4702 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4703 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4704
4705 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4706
4707 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4708 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4709 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4710 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4711 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4712 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4713 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4714 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4715 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4716
4717 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4718
4719 bite if angry;
4720
4721 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4722 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4723 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4724 to nil.)
4725
4726 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4727 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4728 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4729
4730 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4731
4732 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4733 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4734 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4735 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4736 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4737
4738 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4739
4740 if (A) { B }
4741
4742 into
4743
4744 B if A;
4745
4746 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4747
4748 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4749 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4750 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4751 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4752 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4753 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4754 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4755 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4756 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4757 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4758 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4759 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4760 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4761
4762 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4763 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4764 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4765 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4766 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4767 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4768
4769 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4770 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4771 man via menu.
4772
4773 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4774 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4775 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4776 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4777 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4778
4779 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4780 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4781 span the needed amount of lines.
4782
4783 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4784 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4785 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4786 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4787
4788 Variables controlling indentation style:
4789 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4790 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4791 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4792 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4793 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4794 `cperl-auto-newline'
4795 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4796 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4797 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4798 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4799 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4800 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4801 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4802 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4803 `cperl-indent-level'
4804 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4805 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4806 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4807 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4808 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4809 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4810 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4811 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4812 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4813 `cperl-brace-offset'
4814 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4815 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4816 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4817 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4818 `cperl-label-offset'
4819 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4820 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4821 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4822
4823 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
4824 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
4825 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
4826 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
4827 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
4828
4829 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4830 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4831 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4832 \(both available from menu).
4833
4834 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4835 column 0 is indented on
4836 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4837
4838 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4839 with no args.
4840
4841 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4842 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4843 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4844
4845 \(fn)" t nil)
4846
4847 ;;;***
4848 \f
4849 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4850 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
4851 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4852
4853 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
4854 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4855 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4856 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4857 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4858
4859 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4860
4861 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
4862 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4863
4864 \(fn)" t nil)
4865
4866 ;;;***
4867 \f
4868 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4869 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
4870 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4871
4872 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4873 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4874 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4875 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4876
4877 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4878 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4879
4880 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
4881
4882 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
4883 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4884 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4885
4886 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4887
4888 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
4889
4890 ;;;***
4891 \f
4892 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4893 ;;;;;; (16213 43272))
4894 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4895
4896 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
4897 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4898 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4899 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4900
4901 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4902 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4903 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4904 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4905
4906 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4907 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4908 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4909
4910 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4911 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4912 'bob', and 'eve'.
4913
4914 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4915 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4916 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4917
4918 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4919
4920 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4921 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4922 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4923
4924 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4925
4926 ;;;***
4927 \f
4928 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (16775
4929 ;;;;;; 26710))
4930 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4931
4932 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4933 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4934 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4935 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4936 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
4937
4938 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base")
4939
4940 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
4941 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4942 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the region (and
4943 highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'), and typed text replaces
4944 the active selection. C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v will undo, cut, copy, and
4945 paste (in addition to the normal emacs bindings).
4946
4947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4948 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
4949 '(error (concat "\n\n"
4950 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution,\n"
4951 "so you may now enable and customize CUA via the Options menu.\n\n"
4952 "Your " (file-name-nondirectory user-init-file) " loads an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
4953 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n"
4954 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
4955 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))
4956
4957 ;;;***
4958 \f
4959 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
4960 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4961 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4962 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4963 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
4964 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4965 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4966 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4967 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (16820 16328))
4968 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4969 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4970
4971 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
4972 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4973
4974 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4975 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4976
4977 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4978 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4979
4980 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4981
4982 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4983
4984 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4985 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4986 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4987
4988 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4989 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4990
4991 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4992 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4993
4994 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4995 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4996
4997 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4998 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4999
5000 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5001
5002 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5003
5004 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5005 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5006 Return VALUE.
5007
5008 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5009 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5010
5011 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5012 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5013
5014 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5015 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5016
5017 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5018 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5019
5020 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5021
5022 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5023
5024 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5025 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5026 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5027 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5028 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5029
5030 \(fn)" t nil)
5031
5032 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5033 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5034 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5035 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5036
5037 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5038
5039 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5040 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5041
5042 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5043
5044 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5045 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5046
5047 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5048
5049 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5050
5051 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5052 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5053
5054 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5055
5056 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5057
5058 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5059 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5060 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5061
5062 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5063
5064 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5065 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
5066 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5067 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
5068 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5069
5070 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
5071 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
5072 version.
5073
5074 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5075
5076 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5077 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5078 If FACE is nil, customize all faces.
5079
5080 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5081 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5082
5083 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5084
5085 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5086 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5087
5088 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5089 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5090
5091 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5092
5093 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5094 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
5095
5096 \(fn)" t nil)
5097
5098 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5099 Customize all user variable modified outside customize.
5100
5101 \(fn)" t nil)
5102
5103 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5104 Customize all already saved user options.
5105
5106 \(fn)" t nil)
5107
5108 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5109 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
5110 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5111 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5112 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5113 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
5114 user-settable, as well as faces and groups.
5115
5116 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5117
5118 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5119 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
5120 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable.
5121
5122 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5123
5124 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5125 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP.
5126
5127 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5128
5129 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5130 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP.
5131
5132 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5133
5134 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5135 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5136 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5137 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5138 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5139 that option.
5140
5141 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5142
5143 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5144 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5145 The result includes selecting that window.
5146 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5147 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5148 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5149 that option.
5150
5151 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5152
5153 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5154 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5155
5156 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5157
5158 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5159 File used for storing customization information.
5160 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5161 as specified by `user-init-file'. To make this feature work,
5162 you'll need to put something in your init file to specify
5163 the value of `custom-file'. Just customizing the variable
5164 won't suffice, because Emacs won't know which file to load
5165 unless the init file sets `custom-file'.
5166
5167 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
5168 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
5169 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
5170 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
5171
5172 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit")
5173
5174 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5175 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5176
5177 \(fn)" t nil)
5178
5179 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5180 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5181
5182 \(fn)" nil nil)
5183
5184 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5185 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5186 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5187
5188 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5189
5190 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5191 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5192 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5193 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5194 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5195
5196 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5197
5198 ;;;***
5199 \f
5200 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-theme-face-value
5201 ;;;;;; custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el"
5202 ;;;;;; (16589 26258))
5203 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5204
5205 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5206 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5207
5208 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5209
5210 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5211 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5212 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5213 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5214
5215 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5216
5217 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5218 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5219 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5220 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5221 between themes and faces.
5222 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5223
5224 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5225 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5226
5227 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5228
5229 (autoload (quote custom-theme-face-value) "cus-face" "\
5230 Return spec of FACE in THEME if THEME modifies FACE.
5231 Value is nil otherwise. The association between theme and spec for FACE
5232 is stored in FACE's property `theme-face'. The appropriate face
5233 is retrieved using `custom-theme-value'.
5234
5235 \(fn FACE THEME)" nil nil)
5236
5237 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5238 Reset the value of the face to values previously defined.
5239 Associate this setting with THEME.
5240
5241 ARGS is a list of lists of the form
5242
5243 (FACE TO-THEME)
5244
5245 This means reset FACE to its value in TO-THEME.
5246
5247 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5248
5249 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5250 Reset the value of the face to values previously saved.
5251 This is the setting assosiated the `user' theme.
5252
5253 ARGS is defined as for `custom-theme-reset-faces'
5254
5255 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5256
5257 ;;;***
5258 \f
5259 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5260 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
5261 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5262
5263 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5264 Create a custom theme.
5265
5266 \(fn)" t nil)
5267
5268 ;;;***
5269 \f
5270 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5271 ;;;;;; (16788 34908))
5272 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5273
5274 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5275 Mode used for cvs status output.
5276
5277 \(fn)" t nil)
5278
5279 ;;;***
5280 \f
5281 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5282 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (16213 43281))
5283 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5284
5285 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5286 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5287
5288 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5289 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5290 C++ modes are included.
5291
5292 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5293
5294 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5295
5296 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5297 Turn on CWarn mode.
5298
5299 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5300 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5301
5302 \(fn)" nil nil)
5303
5304 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5305 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5306 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5307 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5308 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5309
5310 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
5311
5312 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5313 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5314 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5315 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5316 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5317
5318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5319
5320 ;;;***
5321 \f
5322 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5323 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5324 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
5325 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5326
5327 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5328 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5329
5330 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5331
5332 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5333 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5334
5335 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5336
5337 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5338 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5339 For readability, the table is slightly
5340 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5341
5342 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5343 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5344 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5345 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5346 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5347
5348 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5349
5350 ;;;***
5351 \f
5352 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5353 ;;;;;; (16795 7139))
5354 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5355 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5356 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5357
5358 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5359 Completion on current word.
5360 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5361 and presents suggestions for completion.
5362
5363 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5364 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5365 completions.
5366
5367 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5368 then it searches *all* buffers.
5369
5370 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
5371 if there is a suitable one already.
5372
5373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5374
5375 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5376 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5377
5378 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5379 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5380 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5381 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5382 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5383
5384 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5385 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5386
5387 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5388 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5389 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5390
5391 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5392 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5393
5394 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5395
5396 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5397
5398 ;;;***
5399 \f
5400 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (16213
5401 ;;;;;; 43281))
5402 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5403
5404 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
5405 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5406
5407 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5408 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5409 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5410
5411 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5412 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5413 Data lines are not indented.
5414
5415 Key bindings:
5416
5417 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5418 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5419
5420 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5421 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5422 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5423 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5424
5425 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5426
5427 dcl-basic-offset
5428 Extra indentation within blocks.
5429
5430 dcl-continuation-offset
5431 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5432
5433 dcl-margin-offset
5434 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5435
5436 dcl-margin-label-offset
5437 Indentation for a label.
5438
5439 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5440 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5441
5442 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5443 dcl-block-end-regexp
5444 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5445 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5446 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5447 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5448 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5449
5450 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5451 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5452 Two such functions are included in the package:
5453 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5454 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5455
5456 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5457 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5458 One such function is included in the package:
5459 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5460
5461 dcl-tab-always-indent
5462 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5463 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5464 margin.
5465
5466 dcl-electric-characters
5467 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5468 typed.
5469
5470 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5471 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5472 which words trigger electric indentation.
5473
5474 dcl-tempo-comma
5475 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5476 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5477 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5478
5479 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5480 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5481 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5482 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5483
5484 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5485 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5486 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5487 dcl-imenu-label-call
5488 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5489
5490 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5491 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5492 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5493 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5494
5495
5496 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5497
5498 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5499 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5500 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5501 $ i = 1
5502 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5503 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5504 $ label:
5505 $ if i.eq.1
5506 $ then
5507 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5508 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5509 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5510 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5511 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5512 \"lined up with the command line\"
5513 $ type sys$input
5514 Data lines are not indented at all.
5515 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5516 $ endif
5517 $
5518
5519
5520 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5521 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5522
5523 \(fn)" t nil)
5524
5525 ;;;***
5526 \f
5527 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5528 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (16213 43273))
5529 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5530
5531 (setq debugger (quote debug))
5532
5533 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
5534 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5535 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5536 of the evaluator.
5537
5538 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5539 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5540 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5541
5542 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5543
5544 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5545 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5546 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
5547 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
5548 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
5549 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5550 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5551
5552 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5553
5554 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5555 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5556 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions.
5557
5558 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5559
5560 ;;;***
5561 \f
5562 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5563 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
5564 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5565
5566 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
5567 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5568
5569 \(fn)" t nil)
5570
5571 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
5572 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5573 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5574 Upper-case letters are commands.
5575
5576 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5577 modify it.
5578
5579 The most useful commands are:
5580 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5581 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5582 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5583 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5584 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5585 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5586
5587 \(fn)" t nil)
5588
5589 ;;;***
5590 \f
5591 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5592 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (16462
5593 ;;;;;; 53446))
5594 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5595
5596 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
5597 Customization of `columns' group.
5598
5599 \(fn)" t nil)
5600
5601 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
5602 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5603
5604 START and END delimits the text region.
5605
5606 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5607
5608 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
5609 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5610
5611 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5612
5613 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5614
5615 ;;;***
5616 \f
5617 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (16507
5618 ;;;;;; 41097))
5619 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5620
5621 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
5622 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5623 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
5624 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5625 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5626 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5627
5628 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5629
5630 Customization:
5631
5632 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5633 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5634 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5635 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5636 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5637 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5638 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5639 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5640 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5641 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5642 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5643 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5644 blank line.
5645 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5646 Directories to search when finding external units.
5647 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5648 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5649
5650 Coloring:
5651
5652 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5653 Face used to color delphi comments.
5654 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5655 Face used to color delphi strings.
5656 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5657 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5658 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5659 Face used to color everything else.
5660
5661 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5662 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5663
5664 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5665
5666 ;;;***
5667 \f
5668 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (16764
5669 ;;;;;; 51517))
5670 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5671
5672 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
5673
5674 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5675 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5676 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5677 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5678 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5679
5680 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
5681
5682 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
5683 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5684 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
5685 positive.
5686
5687 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5688 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5689 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5690 any selection.
5691
5692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5693
5694 ;;;***
5695 \f
5696 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5697 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (16213 43273))
5698 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5699
5700 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
5701 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5702
5703 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5704
5705 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5706 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5707 or nil if there is no parent.
5708 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5709 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5710 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5711 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5712 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5713
5714 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5715 arguments are currently understood:
5716 :group GROUP
5717 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5718 :syntax-table TABLE
5719 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5720 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5721 :abbrev-table TABLE
5722 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5723 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5724
5725 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5726
5727 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5728
5729 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5730 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5731 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5732
5733 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5734 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5735
5736 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5737 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5738 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5739
5740 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5741 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5742
5743 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5744 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5745
5746 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5747
5748 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
5749 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
5750 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5751 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5752 the first time the mode is used.
5753
5754 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5755
5756 ;;;***
5757 \f
5758 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5759 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (16801 58019))
5760 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5761
5762 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
5763 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5764 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5765 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5766 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5767 otherwise.
5768
5769 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5770
5771 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
5772 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5773 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5774 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5775 character composition information (if relevant),
5776 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5777
5778 \(fn POS)" t nil)
5779
5780 ;;;***
5781 \f
5782 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5783 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5784 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (16808 48569))
5785 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5786
5787 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5788 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5789 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5790 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5791 use either \\[customize] or the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5792
5793 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop")
5794
5795 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
5796 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5797 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5798 otherwise. See variable `desktop-save' for a description of when the
5799 desktop is saved.
5800
5801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5802
5803 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5804 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5805 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5806
5807 If the value is a function, it called by `desktop-save' with argument
5808 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to saved in the desktop
5809 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5810
5811 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5812 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5813
5814 Later, when `desktop-read' calls a function in `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'
5815 to restore the buffer, the auxiliary information is passed as the argument
5816 DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC.")
5817
5818 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
5819 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5820 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5821 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5822 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5823 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5824 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5825 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5826
5827 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5828
5829 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
5830 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5831 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5832
5833 \(fn)" nil nil)
5834
5835 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
5836 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5837 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5838 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5839 directory DIRNAME.
5840
5841 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5842
5843 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
5844 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5845
5846 \(fn)" t nil)
5847
5848 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
5849 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5850
5851 \(fn)" t nil)
5852
5853 ;;;***
5854 \f
5855 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
5856 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines
5857 ;;;;;; gnus-outlook-display-hook gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max
5858 ;;;;;; gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min) "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el"
5859 ;;;;;; (16775 26711))
5860 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
5861
5862 (defvar gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min 45 "\
5863 Minimum length of the cited line above the (possibly) wrapped line.")
5864
5865 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min) "deuglify")
5866
5867 (defvar gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max 95 "\
5868 Maximum length of the cited line after unwrapping.")
5869
5870 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max) "deuglify")
5871
5872 (defvar gnus-outlook-display-hook nil "\
5873 A hook called after an deuglified article has been prepared.
5874 It is run after `gnus-article-prepare-hook'.")
5875
5876 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-display-hook) "deuglify")
5877
5878 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
5879 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
5880 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
5881 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
5882 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
5883 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5884
5885 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5886
5887 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
5888 Repair a broken attribution line.
5889 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5890
5891 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5892
5893 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
5894 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
5895 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
5896 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5897
5898 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5899
5900 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
5901 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
5902
5903 \(fn)" t nil)
5904
5905 ;;;***
5906 \f
5907 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
5908 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (16585 28857))
5909 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
5910
5911 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
5912
5913 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
5914 Not documented
5915
5916 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
5917
5918 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
5919 Not documented
5920
5921 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
5922
5923 ;;;***
5924 \f
5925 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5926 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (16785 59559))
5927 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5928
5929 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
5930 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5931 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5932 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
5933 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
5934
5935 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5936
5937 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
5938 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5939 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5940 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5941
5942 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
5943 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
5944 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
5945 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
5946
5947 #!/bin/sh
5948 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
5949 emacs -batch \\
5950 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
5951 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
5952 european-calendar-style t \\
5953 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
5954 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
5955 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
5956
5957 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
5958 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
5959 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
5960 to run it every morning at 1am.
5961
5962 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5963
5964 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
5965 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5966
5967 \(fn)" t nil)
5968
5969 ;;;***
5970 \f
5971 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5972 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (16534 3807))
5973 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5974
5975 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
5976 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
5977
5978 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
5979
5980 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
5981 *The command to use to run diff.")
5982
5983 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
5984
5985 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
5986 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5987 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
5988 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
5989 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
5990 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5991
5992 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
5993
5994 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
5995 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5996 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5997 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5998 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5999 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6000
6001 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6002
6003 ;;;***
6004 \f
6005 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6006 ;;;;;; (16746 18215))
6007 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6008
6009 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6010 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6011 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6012 normal diffs.
6013 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6014 IF you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6015 headers for you on-the-fly.
6016
6017 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6018 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also revert the direction of
6019 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6020
6021 \(fn)" t nil)
6022
6023 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6024 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6025 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6026
6027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6028
6029 ;;;***
6030 \f
6031 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-restore-desktop-buffer dired-noselect dired-other-frame
6032 ;;;;;; dired-other-window dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target
6033 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-symlink dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy
6034 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-rename dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks
6035 ;;;;;; dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (16804 23129))
6036 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6037
6038 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6039 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6040 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6041 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6042 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6043 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6044 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6045 `insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.")
6046
6047 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired")
6048
6049 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6050 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6051
6052 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6053 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6054 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6055 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6056 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6057
6058 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6059 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6060
6061 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6062 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6063 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6064 always set this variable to t.")
6065
6066 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired")
6067
6068 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6069 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6070 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6071 A value of t means move to first file.")
6072
6073 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired")
6074
6075 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6076 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6077 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6078 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6079 are afterward marked with that character.")
6080
6081 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired")
6082
6083 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6084 *Controls marking of copied files.
6085 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6086 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6087
6088 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired")
6089
6090 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6091 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6092 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6093 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6094
6095 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired")
6096
6097 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6098 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6099 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6100 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6101
6102 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired")
6103
6104 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6105 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6106 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6107 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6108
6109 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6110
6111 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired")
6112
6113 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6114 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6115 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6116
6117 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired")
6118
6119 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6120 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6121 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6122 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6123 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6124 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6125
6126 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6127 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6128 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6129 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6130 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6131 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6132 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6133 list of files to make directory entries for.
6134 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6135 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6136 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6137 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
6138
6139 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6140
6141 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6142 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6143
6144 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6145 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6146
6147 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6148 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6149
6150 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6151 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6152
6153 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6154
6155 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6156 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6157
6158 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6159 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6160
6161 (autoload (quote dired-restore-desktop-buffer) "dired" "\
6162 Restore a dired buffer specified in a desktop file.
6163
6164 \(fn DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)" nil nil)
6165
6166 ;;;***
6167 \f
6168 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6169 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6170 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6171 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6172 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6173 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6174 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6175 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6176 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6177 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6178 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6179 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6180 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
6181 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (16804 23129))
6182 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6183
6184 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6185 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6186 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6187 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6188 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6189 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6190 which is options for `diff'.
6191
6192 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6193
6194 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6195 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6196 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6197 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6198 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6199 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6200
6201 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6202
6203 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
6204 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6205 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6206
6207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6208
6209 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
6210 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6211
6212 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6213
6214 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
6215 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6216
6217 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6218
6219 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
6220 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6221 This calls touch.
6222
6223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6224
6225 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
6226 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6227 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6228 `lpr-switches' as default.
6229
6230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6231
6232 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6233 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
6234 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
6235 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
6236 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
6237
6238 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
6239 with a prefix argument.
6240
6241 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
6242
6243 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6244 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6245 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6246 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6247 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6248
6249 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6250 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6251
6252 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6253 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6254 file name substituted for `?'.
6255
6256 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6257 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6258
6259 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6260 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6261 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6262 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6263
6264 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6265
6266 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6267 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6268 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6269
6270 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6271 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6272 in a subdir.
6273
6274 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6275 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument.
6276
6277 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6278
6279 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6280 Not documented
6281
6282 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
6283
6284 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
6285 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6286 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6287 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
6288 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
6289 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
6290 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
6291 from the buffer as well.
6292 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
6293 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
6294 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6295
6296 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6297
6298 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
6299 Not documented
6300
6301 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6302
6303 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
6304 Not documented
6305
6306 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
6307
6308 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
6309 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6310
6311 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6312
6313 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
6314 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6315
6316 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6317
6318 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
6319 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6320
6321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6322
6323 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
6324 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6325 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6326 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6327
6328 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6329 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6330 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6331 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6332 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6333 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6334 See Info node `(emacs-xtra)Subdir switches' for more details.
6335
6336 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6337
6338 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
6339 Not documented
6340
6341 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6342
6343 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
6344 Not documented
6345
6346 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6347
6348 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
6349 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
6350
6351 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6352
6353 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
6354 Not documented
6355
6356 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
6357
6358 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
6359 Not documented
6360
6361 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
6362
6363 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6364 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
6365
6366 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6367
6368 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
6369 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
6370 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
6371 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6372 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
6373 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
6374 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6375 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6376 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6377
6378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6379
6380 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
6381 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6382 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6383 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6384 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
6385 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6386 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6387 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6388
6389 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6390
6391 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
6392 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6393 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6394 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6395 and new hard links are made in that directory
6396 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6397 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6398 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6399
6400 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6401
6402 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
6403 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6404 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
6405 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
6406 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
6407 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
6408 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6409
6410 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6411
6412 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6413 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6414
6415 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
6416 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
6417 file if none are marked.
6418
6419 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
6420 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
6421 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
6422 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
6423
6424 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
6425 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
6426
6427 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6428
6429 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6430 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6431 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6432
6433 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6434
6435 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6436 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6437 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6438
6439 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6440
6441 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6442 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6443 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6444
6445 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6446
6447 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
6448 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
6449
6450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6451
6452 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
6453 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
6454
6455 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6456
6457 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6458 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6459 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
6460 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6461 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
6462 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6463 this subdirectory.
6464 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6465
6466 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6467 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6468 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6469 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6470 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6471 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6472 See Info node `(emacs-xtra)Subdir switches' for more details.
6473
6474 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6475
6476 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6477 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6478 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
6479 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6480 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
6481 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6482 this subdirectory.
6483 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6484
6485 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6486
6487 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6488 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
6489 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
6490
6491 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
6492
6493 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6494 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
6495 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
6496 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
6497
6498 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
6499
6500 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
6501 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
6502 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
6503 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
6504
6505 \(fn)" t nil)
6506
6507 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6508 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
6509 Lower levels are unaffected.
6510
6511 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
6512
6513 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
6514 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6515
6516 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6517
6518 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
6519 Go down in the dired tree.
6520
6521 \(fn)" t nil)
6522
6523 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6524 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6525 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6526 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
6527
6528 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6529
6530 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
6531 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6532 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6533 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
6534
6535 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6536
6537 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
6538 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6539 Stops when a match is found.
6540 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6541
6542 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6543
6544 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6545 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6546 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6547 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6548 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6549
6550 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6551
6552 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
6553 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6554 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6555 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6556
6557 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6558
6559 ;;;***
6560 \f
6561 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (16589 26258))
6562 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6563
6564 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
6565 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6566 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6567 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6568 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6569 buffer and try again.
6570
6571 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6572
6573 ;;;***
6574 \f
6575 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (16213 43267))
6576 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6577
6578 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
6579 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6580 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6581
6582 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
6583
6584 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6585 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
6586
6587 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
6588 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
6589
6590 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6591
6592 ;;;***
6593 \f
6594 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (16519
6595 ;;;;;; 44982))
6596 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6597
6598 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
6599 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6600 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6601 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6602 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6603 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6604
6605 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6606
6607 ;;;***
6608 \f
6609 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
6610 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
6611 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
6612 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
6613 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (16814 63075))
6614 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6615
6616 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6617 Return a new, empty display table.
6618
6619 \(fn)" nil nil)
6620
6621 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6622 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6623 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6624 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6625 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6626
6627 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6628
6629 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6630 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6631 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6632 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6633 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6634
6635 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6636
6637 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6638 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6639
6640 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6641
6642 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6643 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6644
6645 \(fn)" t nil)
6646
6647 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
6648 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6649
6650 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6651
6652 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
6653 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6654
6655 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6656
6657 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
6658 Display character C using printable string S.
6659
6660 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6661
6662 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
6663 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6664 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6665 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6666
6667 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6668
6669 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
6670 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6671 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6672 X frame.
6673
6674 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6675
6676 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
6677 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6678
6679 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6680
6681 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
6682 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6683
6684 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6685
6686 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
6687 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6688
6689 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
6690 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
6691 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
6692 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
6693
6694 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
6695 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
6696 European character display.
6697
6698 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6699 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6700 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6701 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6702
6703 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6704 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
6705 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
6706 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
6707 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
6708
6709 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6710
6711 ;;;***
6712 \f
6713 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6714 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
6715 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6716
6717 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
6718 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6719 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6720 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6721 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6722 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6723 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6724 Default is 2.
6725
6726 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6727
6728 ;;;***
6729 \f
6730 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6731 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (16710 53610))
6732 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6733
6734 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
6735 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6736 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6737 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6738 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6739 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6740 table and its own syntax table.
6741
6742 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6743
6744 \(fn)" t nil)
6745
6746 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
6747 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6748
6749 \(fn)" t nil)
6750 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
6751
6752 ;;;***
6753 \f
6754 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (16213 43281))
6755 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6756
6757 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
6758 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6759
6760 \(fn)" t nil)
6761
6762 ;;;***
6763 \f
6764 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
6765 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
6766 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6767
6768 (defvar double-mode nil "\
6769 Toggle Double mode.
6770 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6771 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
6772
6773 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
6774
6775 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
6776 Toggle Double mode.
6777 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
6778
6779 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6780 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6781
6782 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6783
6784 ;;;***
6785 \f
6786 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (16213 43281))
6787 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6788
6789 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
6790 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6791
6792 \(fn)" t nil)
6793
6794 ;;;***
6795 \f
6796 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6797 ;;;;;; (16698 21927))
6798 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6799
6800 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
6801 Play sounds in message buffers.
6802
6803 \(fn)" t nil)
6804
6805 ;;;***
6806 \f
6807 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6808 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6809 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (16775 26710))
6810 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6811
6812 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
6813
6814 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6815 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6816 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6817 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
6818
6819 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6820 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6821 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6822 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6823 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6824 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6825 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6826 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6827 used (see below).
6828
6829 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
6830 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
6831 Before the actual body code, you can write
6832 keyword arguments (alternating keywords and values).
6833 These following keyword arguments are supported (other keywords
6834 will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
6835 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6836 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6837 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6838 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6839 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6840 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6841 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6842 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6843
6844 For example, you could write
6845 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6846 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6847 ...BODY CODE...)
6848
6849 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6850
6851 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6852 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
6853 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6854 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6855 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
6856 :group to specify the custom group.
6857
6858 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6859
6860 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
6861 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6862 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6863 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6864 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6865 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6866 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6867
6868 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6869
6870 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
6871 Not documented
6872
6873 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6874
6875 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
6876 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6877 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6878
6879 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6880
6881 ;;;***
6882 \f
6883 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6884 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (16787
6885 ;;;;;; 16350))
6886 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6887
6888 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
6889
6890 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
6891 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6892
6893 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6894 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6895 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6896
6897 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6898 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6899
6900 :filter FUNCTION
6901
6902 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6903 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
6904
6905 :visible INCLUDE
6906
6907 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6908 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
6909
6910 :active ENABLE
6911
6912 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6913 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6914
6915 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6916
6917 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6918
6919 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6920
6921 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6922 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6923
6924 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6925 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6926
6927 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6928
6929 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6930
6931 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6932
6933 :keys KEYS
6934
6935 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6936 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6937 computed automatically.
6938 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6939
6940 :key-sequence KEYS
6941
6942 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6943 menu item.
6944 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6945 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6946 keyboard equivalent.
6947
6948 :active ENABLE
6949
6950 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6951 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6952
6953 :included INCLUDE
6954
6955 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6956 expression has a non-nil value.
6957
6958 :suffix FORM
6959
6960 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6961 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
6962
6963 :style STYLE
6964
6965 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6966 defined:
6967
6968 toggle: A checkbox.
6969 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6970 radio: A radio button.
6971 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6972 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6973 menu bar itself.
6974 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6975
6976 :selected SELECTED
6977
6978 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6979 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6980
6981 :help HELP
6982
6983 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6984
6985 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6986 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6987 as a solid horizontal line.
6988
6989 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6990
6991 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6992
6993 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
6994 Not documented
6995
6996 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6997
6998 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
6999 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7000 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7001 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7002
7003 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7004
7005 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7006 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7007 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7008 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7009 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7010 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7011
7012 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7013 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7014 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7015
7016 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
7017 to implement dynamic menus.
7018
7019 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
7020
7021 ;;;***
7022 \f
7023 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7024 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7025 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
7026 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
7027 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
7028 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7029 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7030 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (16801 58033))
7031 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7032
7033 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
7034 Customization for ebnf group.
7035
7036 \(fn)" t nil)
7037
7038 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7039 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7040
7041 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7042
7043 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7044 processed.
7045
7046 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7047
7048 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7049
7050 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7051 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7052
7053 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7054 killed after process termination.
7055
7056 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7057
7058 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7059
7060 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7061 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7062
7063 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7064 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7065 it to the printer.
7066
7067 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7068 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7069 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7070 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7071
7072 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7073
7074 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7075 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7076 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7077
7078 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7079
7080 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7081 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7082
7083 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7084
7085 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7086 processed.
7087
7088 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7089
7090 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7091
7092 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7093 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7094
7095 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7096 killed after process termination.
7097
7098 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7099
7100 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7101
7102 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7103 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7104 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7105 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7106
7107 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7108
7109 \(fn)" t nil)
7110
7111 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7112 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7113 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7114
7115 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7116
7117 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7118
7119 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7120 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7121
7122 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7123
7124 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7125 processed.
7126
7127 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7128
7129 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7130
7131 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7132 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7133
7134 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7135 killed after EPS generation.
7136
7137 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7138
7139 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7140
7141 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7142 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
7143
7144 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7145 The EPS file name has the following form:
7146
7147 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7148
7149 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7150 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7151
7152 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7153 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7154 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
7155 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7156
7157 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
7158
7159 \(fn)" t nil)
7160
7161 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7162 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
7163
7164 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7165 The EPS file name has the following form:
7166
7167 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7168
7169 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7170 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7171
7172 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7173 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7174 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
7175 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7176
7177 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
7178
7179 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7180
7181 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
7182
7183 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7184 Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7185
7186 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7187
7188 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7189 processed.
7190
7191 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7192
7193 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7194
7195 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7196 Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE.
7197
7198 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7199 killed after syntax checking.
7200
7201 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7202
7203 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7204
7205 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7206 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7207
7208 \(fn)" t nil)
7209
7210 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7211 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
7212
7213 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7214
7215 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
7216 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7217
7218 \(fn)" nil nil)
7219
7220 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7221 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7222
7223 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7224
7225 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7226
7227 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7228 Delete style NAME.
7229
7230 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7231
7232 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7233
7234 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7235 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7236
7237 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7238
7239 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7240
7241 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7242 Set STYLE as the current style.
7243
7244 It returns the old style symbol.
7245
7246 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7247
7248 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7249
7250 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7251 Reset current style.
7252
7253 It returns the old style symbol.
7254
7255 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7256
7257 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7258
7259 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7260 Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style.
7261
7262 It returns the old style symbol.
7263
7264 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7265
7266 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7267
7268 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7269 Pop a style and set it as the current style.
7270
7271 It returns the old style symbol.
7272
7273 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7274
7275 \(fn)" t nil)
7276
7277 ;;;***
7278 \f
7279 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7280 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7281 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7282 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7283 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7284 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7285 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7286 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7287 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7288 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7289 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (16234
7290 ;;;;;; 50257))
7291 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7292
7293 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
7294 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7295 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7296 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7297 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7298 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7299
7300 Tree mode key bindings:
7301 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7302
7303 \(fn)" t nil)
7304
7305 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
7306 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7307
7308 \(fn)" t nil)
7309
7310 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
7311 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7312
7313 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7314
7315 \(fn)" nil nil)
7316
7317 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
7318 View declaration of member at point.
7319
7320 \(fn)" t nil)
7321
7322 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
7323 Find declaration of member at point.
7324
7325 \(fn)" t nil)
7326
7327 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
7328 View definition of member at point.
7329
7330 \(fn)" t nil)
7331
7332 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
7333 Find definition of member at point.
7334
7335 \(fn)" t nil)
7336
7337 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
7338 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7339
7340 \(fn)" t nil)
7341
7342 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
7343 View definition of member at point in other window.
7344
7345 \(fn)" t nil)
7346
7347 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
7348 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7349
7350 \(fn)" t nil)
7351
7352 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
7353 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7354
7355 \(fn)" t nil)
7356
7357 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
7358 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7359
7360 \(fn)" t nil)
7361
7362 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
7363 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7364
7365 \(fn)" t nil)
7366
7367 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
7368 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7369 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7370 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7371 completion.
7372
7373 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7374
7375 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
7376 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7377 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7378 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7379
7380 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7381
7382 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
7383 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7384 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7385 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7386
7387 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7388
7389 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
7390 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7391 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7392
7393 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7394
7395 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
7396 Search for call sites of a member.
7397 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7398 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7399 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7400 looks like a function call to the member.
7401
7402 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7403
7404 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
7405 Move backward in the position stack.
7406 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7407
7408 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7409
7410 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
7411 Move forward in the position stack.
7412 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7413
7414 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7415
7416 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
7417 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7418
7419 \(fn)" t nil)
7420
7421 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
7422 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7423
7424 \(fn)" t nil)
7425
7426 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
7427 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7428 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7429 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7430
7431 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7432
7433 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
7434 Display statistics for a class tree.
7435
7436 \(fn)" t nil)
7437
7438 ;;;***
7439 \f
7440 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7441 ;;;;;; (16787 16350))
7442 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7443
7444 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
7445 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7446 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7447 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7448
7449 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7450 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7451 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7452
7453 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7454 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7455 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7456
7457 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7458
7459 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7460
7461 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7462
7463 ;;;***
7464 \f
7465 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7466 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (16213 43267))
7467 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7468
7469 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
7470 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7471 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7472
7473 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7474
7475 ;;;***
7476 \f
7477 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
7478 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (16810 63791))
7479 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7480
7481 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7482 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
7483 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7484 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7485 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7486
7487 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7488 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7489 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7490 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7491
7492 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug")
7493
7494 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7495 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7496 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7497 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7498
7499 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug")
7500
7501 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
7502 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
7503 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
7504 \(naming a function), or a list.
7505
7506 \(fn SYMBOL SPEC)" nil (quote macro))
7507
7508 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
7509
7510 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
7511 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7512 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7513 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7514 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7515
7516 If you do this on a function definition
7517 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
7518 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
7519 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
7520 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
7521
7522 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7523 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7524 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7525 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7526 already is one.)
7527
7528 \(fn)" t nil)
7529
7530 ;;;***
7531 \f
7532 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7533 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
7534 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
7535 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
7536 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
7537 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
7538 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
7539 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
7540 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
7541 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (16580 11202))
7542 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7543
7544 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
7545 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7546
7547 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7548
7549 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
7550 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7551
7552 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7553
7554 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
7555
7556 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
7557
7558 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
7559 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7560 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7561 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7562
7563 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7564
7565 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
7566 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7567
7568 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7569
7570 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
7571
7572 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
7573 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7574
7575 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7576
7577 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
7578
7579 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
7580 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7581 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7582 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7583
7584 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7585
7586 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
7587
7588 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
7589 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7590 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7591 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7592
7593 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7594
7595 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
7596
7597 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
7598 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7599 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7600 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7601
7602 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7603
7604 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
7605
7606 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
7607 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7608 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7609 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7610
7611 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7612
7613 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
7614
7615 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7616 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7617 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7618 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7619 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7620 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7621
7622 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7623
7624 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
7625 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7626 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7627 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7628
7629 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7630
7631 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
7632
7633 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7634 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7635 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7636 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7637
7638 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7639
7640 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
7641
7642 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
7643
7644 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
7645 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7646 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7647 follows:
7648 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7649 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7650
7651 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7652
7653 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
7654 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7655 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7656 follows:
7657 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7658 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7659
7660 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7661
7662 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
7663 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7664 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
7665 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
7666 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
7667 region.
7668 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7669 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7670
7671 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7672
7673 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
7674 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7675 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
7676 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
7677 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
7678 region.
7679 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7680 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7681 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7682
7683 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7684
7685 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
7686
7687 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
7688 Merge two files without ancestor.
7689
7690 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7691
7692 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7693 Merge two files with ancestor.
7694
7695 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7696
7697 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
7698
7699 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
7700 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7701
7702 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7703
7704 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7705 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7706
7707 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7708
7709 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
7710 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7711 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7712 buffer.
7713
7714 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7715
7716 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7717 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7718 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7719 buffer.
7720
7721 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7722
7723 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
7724 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
7725 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
7726 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
7727
7728 \(fn POS)" t nil)
7729
7730 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
7731 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7732 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7733 and don't ask the user.
7734 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7735 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7736
7737 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7738
7739 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
7740 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
7741 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
7742 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7743 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7744 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7745
7746 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7747
7748 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
7749
7750 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
7751
7752 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
7753 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7754 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7755 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7756 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7757
7758 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7759
7760 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
7761
7762 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
7763 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7764 When called interactively, displays the version.
7765
7766 \(fn)" t nil)
7767
7768 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
7769 Display Ediff's manual.
7770 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7771
7772 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7773
7774 ;;;***
7775 \f
7776 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7777 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
7778 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7779
7780 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
7781 Not documented
7782
7783 \(fn)" t nil)
7784
7785 ;;;***
7786 \f
7787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (16213 43267))
7788 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
7789
7790 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
7791 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
7792
7793 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
7794
7795 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation))))))
7796
7797 ;;;***
7798 \f
7799 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
7800 ;;;;;; (16626 19946))
7801 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
7802
7803 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
7804 Display Ediff's registry.
7805
7806 \(fn)" t nil)
7807
7808 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
7809
7810 ;;;***
7811 \f
7812 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7813 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (16442 4953))
7814 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
7815
7816 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
7817 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7818 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7819 which see.
7820
7821 \(fn)" t nil)
7822
7823 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
7824 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7825 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7826 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7827
7828 \(fn)" t nil)
7829
7830 ;;;***
7831 \f
7832 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7833 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7834 ;;;;;; (16733 11795))
7835 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7836
7837 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7838 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7839 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7840
7841 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7842 Edit a keyboard macro.
7843 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7844 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7845 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7846 its command name.
7847 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7848
7849 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7850
7851 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7852 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7853
7854 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7855
7856 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7857 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7858
7859 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7860
7861 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7862 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7863 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7864 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7865 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7866 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7867
7868 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7869 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7870 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7871 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7872
7873 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7874
7875 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7876 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7877 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7878 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7879 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7880 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7881
7882 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7883
7884 ;;;***
7885 \f
7886 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7887 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (16213 43273))
7888 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7889
7890 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
7891 Set scroll margins.
7892 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7893 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7894
7895 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7896
7897 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
7898 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7899
7900 \(fn)" t nil)
7901
7902 ;;;***
7903 \f
7904 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7905 ;;;;;; (16775 26706))
7906 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7907
7908 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
7909 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7910 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
7911 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7912 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7913 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7914 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7915 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7916
7917 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7918 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7919
7920 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
7921 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
7922 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
7923 this value is non-nil.
7924
7925 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7926 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7927 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7928
7929 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7930 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7931 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
7932
7933 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7934
7935 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
7936 Not documented
7937
7938 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7939
7940 ;;;***
7941 \f
7942 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7943 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (16507 41097))
7944 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7945
7946 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
7947 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7948
7949 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc")
7950
7951 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7952 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7953 Show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
7954
7955 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
7956 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
7957 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
7958 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
7959 from the documentation string if possible.
7960
7961 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
7962 instead.
7963
7964 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7965
7966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7967
7968 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7969 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
7970
7971 \(fn)" t nil)
7972
7973 ;;;***
7974 \f
7975 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (16768
7976 ;;;;;; 48631))
7977 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7978
7979 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
7980 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7981
7982 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7983 an elided material again.
7984
7985 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7986
7987 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7988
7989 ;;;***
7990 \f
7991 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7992 ;;;;;; (16816 23731))
7993 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7994
7995 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
7996 Initialize elint.
7997
7998 \(fn)" t nil)
7999
8000 ;;;***
8001 \f
8002 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8003 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (16783
8004 ;;;;;; 21522))
8005 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8006
8007 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
8008 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8009 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8010
8011 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8012
8013 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
8014 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8015 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8016
8017 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8018
8019 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
8020 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8021 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8022
8023 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8024
8025 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8026
8027 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
8028 Display current profiling results.
8029 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8030 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
8031 displayed.
8032
8033 \(fn)" t nil)
8034
8035 ;;;***
8036 \f
8037 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8038 ;;;;;; (16804 23129))
8039 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8040
8041 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
8042 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8043 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8044
8045 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8046
8047 ;;;***
8048 \f
8049 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8050 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8051 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8052 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8053 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (16381 6707))
8054 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8055
8056 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8057 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8058 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8059 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8060 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8061 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8062 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8063 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8064 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8065 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8066 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8067 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8068 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8069 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8070 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8071 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8072
8073 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
8074 Run Emerge on two files.
8075
8076 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8077
8078 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8079 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8080
8081 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8082
8083 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
8084 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8085
8086 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8087
8088 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8089 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8090
8091 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8092
8093 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
8094 Not documented
8095
8096 \(fn)" nil nil)
8097
8098 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
8099 Not documented
8100
8101 \(fn)" nil nil)
8102
8103 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
8104 Not documented
8105
8106 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8107
8108 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
8109 Not documented
8110
8111 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8112
8113 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
8114 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8115
8116 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8117
8118 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8119 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8120
8121 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8122
8123 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
8124 Not documented
8125
8126 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8127
8128 ;;;***
8129 \f
8130 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
8131 ;;;;;; (16657 61756))
8132 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
8133
8134 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
8135 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
8136 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
8137 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8138 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
8139
8140 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb")
8141
8142 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
8143 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
8144 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
8145
8146 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
8147 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
8148 automatically.
8149
8150 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
8151 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
8152 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
8153
8154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8155
8156 ;;;***
8157 \f
8158 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8159 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (16738 29931))
8160 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8161
8162 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
8163 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8164 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8165 text/enriched format.
8166 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8167
8168 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8169 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8170
8171 Commands:
8172
8173 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8174
8175 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8176
8177 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
8178 Not documented
8179
8180 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8181
8182 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
8183 Not documented
8184
8185 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8186
8187 ;;;***
8188 \f
8189 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (16777
8190 ;;;;;; 65418))
8191 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
8192
8193 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
8194 Emacs shell interactive mode.
8195
8196 \\{eshell-mode-map}
8197
8198 \(fn)" nil nil)
8199
8200 ;;;***
8201 \f
8202 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (16548
8203 ;;;;;; 34615))
8204 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
8205
8206 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
8207 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
8208
8209 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8210
8211 ;;;***
8212 \f
8213 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
8214 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (16484 6599))
8215 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
8216
8217 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
8218 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
8219 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
8220 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
8221 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
8222 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
8223 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
8224 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
8225 buffer selected (or created).
8226
8227 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8228
8229 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
8230 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
8231 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
8232
8233 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
8234
8235 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
8236 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
8237 The result might be any Lisp object.
8238 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
8239 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
8240 corresponding to a successful execution.
8241
8242 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
8243
8244 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
8245 Report a bug in Eshell.
8246 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8247 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
8248
8249 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
8250
8251 ;;;***
8252 \f
8253 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
8254 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
8255 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
8256 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
8257 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook
8258 ;;;;;; tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list tags-table-list
8259 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (16746
8260 ;;;;;; 18215))
8261 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
8262
8263 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
8264 *File name of tags table.
8265 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
8266 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
8267 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8268 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
8269
8270 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
8271 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
8272 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
8273 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
8274
8275 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
8276
8277 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
8278 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
8279 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
8280 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
8281 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
8282 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8283
8284 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
8285
8286 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
8287 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
8288 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
8289 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
8290 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
8291 `auto-compression-mode').")
8292
8293 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
8294
8295 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
8296 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
8297 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
8298 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
8299 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
8300
8301 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
8302
8303 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
8304 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
8305 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
8306 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
8307
8308 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
8309
8310 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
8311 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
8312 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
8313 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
8314 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
8315
8316 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
8317
8318 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
8319 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
8320 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
8321 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
8322
8323 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
8324 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
8325 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
8326 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
8327 file the tag was in.
8328
8329 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
8330
8331 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
8332 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
8333 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
8334 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
8335 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
8336 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
8337 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
8338 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
8339 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
8340
8341 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
8342
8343 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
8344 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
8345 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
8346 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
8347 without directory names.
8348
8349 \(fn)" nil nil)
8350
8351 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
8352 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8353 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
8354 but does not select the buffer.
8355 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
8356
8357 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8358 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8359 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8360 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8361 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8362
8363 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8364
8365 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8366 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8367 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8368
8369 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8370
8371 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8372
8373 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
8374 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8375 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
8376 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
8377
8378 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8379 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8380 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8381 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8382 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8383
8384 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8385
8386 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8387 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8388 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8389
8390 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8391
8392 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8393 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
8394
8395 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
8396 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8397 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
8398 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
8399 around or before point.
8400
8401 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8402 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8403 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8404 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8405 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8406
8407 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8408
8409 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8410 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8411 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8412
8413 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8414
8415 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8416 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
8417
8418 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
8419 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8420 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
8421 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
8422 around or before point.
8423
8424 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8425 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8426 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8427 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8428 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8429
8430 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8431
8432 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8433 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8434 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8435
8436 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8437
8438 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
8439 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
8440
8441 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
8442 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
8443 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
8444
8445 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8446 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8447 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8448 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8449 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8450
8451 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
8452
8453 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8454 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8455 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8456
8457 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8458
8459 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
8460 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
8461 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
8462
8463 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
8464 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
8465
8466 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
8467 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
8468 where they were found.
8469
8470 \(fn)" t nil)
8471
8472 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
8473 Select next file among files in current tags table.
8474
8475 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
8476 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
8477 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
8478
8479 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
8480 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
8481
8482 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
8483 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
8484
8485 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
8486
8487 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
8488 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
8489 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
8490 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
8491
8492 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
8493 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
8494 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
8495 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
8496 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
8497
8498 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
8499 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
8500
8501 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
8502 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
8503 Stops when a match is found.
8504 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8505
8506 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8507
8508 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
8509
8510 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
8511 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
8512 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
8513 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
8514 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8515
8516 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8517
8518 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
8519
8520 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
8521 Display list of tags in file FILE.
8522 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
8523 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
8524 directory specification.
8525
8526 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
8527
8528 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
8529 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
8530
8531 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8532
8533 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
8534 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
8535 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
8536 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
8537
8538 \(fn)" t nil)
8539
8540 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
8541 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
8542 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
8543 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
8544 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
8545
8546 \(fn)" t nil)
8547
8548 ;;;***
8549 \f
8550 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
8551 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
8552 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
8553 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
8554 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
8555 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
8556 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
8557 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (16498 35858))
8558 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
8559
8560 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
8561 Not documented
8562
8563 \(fn)" nil nil)
8564
8565 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
8566 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
8567 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
8568 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8569
8570 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
8571 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
8572 language.
8573
8574 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
8575 even if the buffer is read-only.
8576
8577 See also the descriptions of the variables
8578 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
8579 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
8580
8581 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8582
8583 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8584 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
8585
8586 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8587 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8588
8589 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
8590 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
8591 language.
8592
8593 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
8594 buffer is read-only.
8595
8596 See also the descriptions of the variables
8597 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
8598 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
8599
8600 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8601
8602 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8603 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
8604 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
8605
8606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8607
8608 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
8609 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
8610
8611 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
8612 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
8613
8614 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
8615 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
8616
8617 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8618
8619 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8620 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
8621 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
8622 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
8623
8624 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8625
8626 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
8627 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
8628 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8629 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8630
8631 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
8632 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
8633 the primary language.
8634
8635 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
8636 buffer is read-only.
8637
8638 See also the descriptions of the variables
8639 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
8640 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
8641
8642 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8643
8644 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8645 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
8646 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8647 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8648
8649 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
8650 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
8651 primary language.
8652
8653 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
8654 buffer is read-only.
8655
8656 See also the descriptions of the variables
8657 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
8658 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
8659
8660 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8661
8662 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8663 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
8664 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
8665
8666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8667
8668 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
8669 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
8670
8671 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
8672 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
8673 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
8674 3) convert the body into SERA.
8675
8676 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
8677
8678 \(fn)" t nil)
8679
8680 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8681 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
8682 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
8683
8684 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8685
8686 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
8687 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
8688
8689 \(fn)" t nil)
8690
8691 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
8692 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
8693
8694 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
8695 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
8696 be 1, 2, or 3.
8697
8698 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
8699 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
8700 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
8701
8702 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
8703
8704 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
8705
8706 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
8707 Allow the user to input special characters.
8708
8709 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8710
8711 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8712 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
8713 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
8714
8715 \(fn)" t nil)
8716
8717 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8718 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
8719
8720 \(fn)" t nil)
8721
8722 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8723 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
8724
8725 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
8726 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
8727
8728 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
8729 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
8730
8731 \(fn)" nil nil)
8732
8733 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8734 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
8735
8736 \(fn)" nil nil)
8737
8738 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
8739 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
8740
8741 \(fn)" nil nil)
8742
8743 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
8744 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
8745
8746 \(fn)" nil nil)
8747
8748 ;;;***
8749 \f
8750 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
8751 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
8752 ;;;;;; (16775 26715))
8753 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
8754
8755 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
8756 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
8757 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
8758 server for future sessions.
8759
8760 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
8761
8762 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
8763 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
8764 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
8765
8766 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
8767
8768 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
8769 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
8770 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
8771
8772 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
8773
8774 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
8775 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
8776 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
8777 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
8778 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
8779 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
8780 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
8781 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
8782 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
8783 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
8784 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
8785 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
8786
8787 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
8788
8789 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
8790 Display a form to query the directory server.
8791 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
8792 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
8793
8794 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
8795
8796 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
8797 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
8798 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
8799
8800 \(fn)" t nil)
8801
8802 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
8803
8804 ;;;***
8805 \f
8806 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
8807 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
8808 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (16213 43280))
8809 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
8810
8811 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
8812 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
8813
8814 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8815
8816 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
8817 Display URL and make it clickable.
8818
8819 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
8820
8821 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
8822 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
8823
8824 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
8825
8826 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
8827 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
8828
8829 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8830
8831 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
8832 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
8833
8834 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8835
8836 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
8837 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
8838
8839 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8840
8841 ;;;***
8842 \f
8843 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
8844 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (16213 43280))
8845 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
8846
8847 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
8848 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
8849 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
8850
8851 \(fn)" t nil)
8852
8853 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
8854 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
8855
8856 \(fn)" t nil)
8857
8858 ;;;***
8859 \f
8860 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
8861 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
8862 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
8863
8864 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
8865 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
8866
8867 \(fn)" t nil)
8868
8869 ;;;***
8870 \f
8871 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
8872 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find
8873 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
8874 ;;;;;; (16435 60138))
8875 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
8876
8877 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
8878 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
8879 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
8880
8881 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
8882
8883 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
8884 Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name.
8885 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'.
8886
8887 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
8888
8889 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
8890 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
8891 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
8892 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
8893 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
8894 executable.
8895
8896 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
8897
8898 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
8899 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
8900 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
8901
8902 \(fn)" t nil)
8903
8904 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
8905 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
8906 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
8907 file modes.
8908
8909 \(fn)" nil nil)
8910
8911 ;;;***
8912 \f
8913 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
8914 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (16213 43267))
8915 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
8916
8917 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
8918 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
8919 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
8920 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
8921
8922 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
8923
8924 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
8925 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
8926 to generate such functions.
8927
8928 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
8929 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
8930 beginning of the expanded text.
8931
8932 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
8933 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
8934 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
8935 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
8936
8937 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
8938
8939 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
8940
8941 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
8942 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8943 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8944
8945 \(fn)" t nil)
8946
8947 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
8948 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8949 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8950
8951 \(fn)" t nil)
8952 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
8953 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
8954
8955 ;;;***
8956 \f
8957 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (16805 44924))
8958 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
8959
8960 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
8961 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
8962 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
8963
8964 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
8965 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
8966 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
8967
8968 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
8969
8970 Key definitions:
8971 \\{f90-mode-map}
8972
8973 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
8974
8975 `f90-do-indent'
8976 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
8977 `f90-if-indent'
8978 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
8979 `f90-type-indent'
8980 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
8981 `f90-program-indent'
8982 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
8983 (default 2).
8984 `f90-continuation-indent'
8985 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
8986 `f90-comment-region'
8987 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
8988 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
8989 `f90-indented-comment-re'
8990 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
8991 (default \"!\").
8992 `f90-directive-comment-re'
8993 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
8994 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
8995 `f90-break-delimiters'
8996 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
8997 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
8998 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
8999 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
9000 (default t).
9001 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
9002 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
9003 `f90-smart-end'
9004 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
9005 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
9006 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
9007 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
9008 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
9009 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
9010 `f90-leave-line-no'
9011 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
9012 `f90-keywords-re'
9013 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
9014
9015 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
9016 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9017
9018 \(fn)" t nil)
9019
9020 ;;;***
9021 \f
9022 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
9023 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
9024 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
9025 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
9026 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (16698 21925))
9027 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
9028 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
9029 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
9030
9031 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
9032 Menu keymap for faces.")
9033
9034 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
9035
9036 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
9037 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
9038
9039 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
9040
9041 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
9042 Menu keymap for background colors.")
9043
9044 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
9045
9046 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
9047 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
9048
9049 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
9050
9051 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
9052 Submenu for text justification commands.")
9053
9054 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
9055
9056 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
9057 Submenu for indentation commands.")
9058
9059 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
9060
9061 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
9062 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
9063
9064 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
9065
9066 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
9067
9068 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
9069
9070 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
9071
9072 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
9073 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
9074 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
9075 will not show through at all will be removed.
9076
9077 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
9078
9079 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9080 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9081 requested face.
9082
9083 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9084 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9085 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
9086
9087 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
9088
9089 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
9090 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
9091 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
9092
9093 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9094 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9095 requested face.
9096
9097 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9098 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9099 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
9100
9101 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
9102
9103 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
9104 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
9105 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
9106
9107 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9108 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9109 requested face.
9110
9111 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9112 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9113 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
9114
9115 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
9116
9117 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
9118 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
9119 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
9120 is the menu item's name.
9121
9122 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9123 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9124 requested face.
9125
9126 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9127 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9128 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
9129
9130 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
9131
9132 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
9133 Make the region invisible.
9134 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
9135 `facemenu-remove-special'.
9136
9137 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9138
9139 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
9140 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
9141 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
9142 `facemenu-remove-special'.
9143
9144 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9145
9146 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
9147 Make the region unmodifiable.
9148 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
9149 `facemenu-remove-special'.
9150
9151 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9152
9153 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
9154 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
9155
9156 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9157
9158 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
9159 Remove all text properties from the region.
9160
9161 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9162
9163 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
9164 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
9165 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
9166
9167 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9168
9169 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
9170 Read a color using the minibuffer.
9171
9172 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
9173
9174 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
9175 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
9176 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
9177 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
9178 of colors that the current display can handle.
9179
9180 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9181
9182 ;;;***
9183 \f
9184 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
9185 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (16777 65418))
9186 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
9187
9188 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
9189 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
9190 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
9191 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
9192
9193 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
9194
9195 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
9196 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
9197 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
9198
9199 Font Lock caches may be saved:
9200 - When you save the file's buffer.
9201 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
9202 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
9203 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
9204 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
9205
9206 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
9207
9208 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
9209 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
9210 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
9211 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
9212
9213 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9214
9215 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
9216 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
9217
9218 \(fn)" nil nil)
9219
9220 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
9221
9222 ;;;***
9223 \f
9224 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
9225 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
9226 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (16213 43280))
9227 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
9228
9229 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
9230 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
9231 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
9232 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
9233
9234 \(fn)" nil nil)
9235
9236 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
9237 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
9238
9239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9240
9241 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
9242 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
9243 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
9244 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
9245
9246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9247
9248 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
9249 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
9250 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
9251 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
9252 backup file names and the like).
9253
9254 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9255
9256 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
9257 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
9258 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
9259 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
9260 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
9261 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
9262 internally by feedmail):
9263
9264 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
9265 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
9266 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
9267 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
9268
9269 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
9270 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
9271 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
9272 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
9273 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
9274
9275 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
9276
9277 ;;;***
9278 \f
9279 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
9280 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (16585 28850))
9281 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
9282
9283 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
9284 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
9285 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
9286 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
9287 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
9288 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
9289 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
9290
9291 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
9292
9293 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
9294 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
9295 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
9296 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
9297 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9298 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
9299 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
9300
9301 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version.
9302
9303 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9304
9305 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
9306
9307 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
9308 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
9309 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
9310 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
9311 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
9312 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
9313
9314 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
9315
9316 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
9317 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
9318 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
9319 Return value:
9320 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
9321 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
9322 * otherwise, nil
9323
9324 \(fn E)" t nil)
9325
9326 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
9327 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
9328
9329 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9330
9331 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
9332 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
9333
9334 \(fn)" t nil)
9335
9336 ;;;***
9337 \f
9338 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
9339 ;;;;;; (16435 26305))
9340 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
9341
9342 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
9343 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
9344 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
9345 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
9346 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
9347 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
9348 \(directories) is done.
9349
9350 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9351 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
9352 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
9353 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
9354
9355 ;;;***
9356 \f
9357 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
9358 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
9359 ;;;;;; (16580 11202))
9360 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
9361
9362 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
9363 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
9364 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
9365 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
9366 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
9367
9368 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired")
9369
9370 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
9371 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
9372 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
9373 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
9374 them for `find-ls-option'.")
9375
9376 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired")
9377
9378 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
9379 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
9380 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
9381 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
9382
9383 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired")
9384
9385 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
9386 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
9387 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
9388
9389 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
9390
9391 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
9392 as the final argument.
9393
9394 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
9395
9396 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
9397 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
9398 and run dired on those files.
9399 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
9400 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
9401
9402 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
9403
9404 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
9405
9406 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
9407 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
9408 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
9409
9410 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
9411
9412 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
9413
9414 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
9415
9416 ;;;***
9417 \f
9418 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
9419 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
9420 ;;;;;; (16767 25304))
9421 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
9422
9423 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (setq fname (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))))) "\
9424 *A list of regular expressions for `ff-find-file'.
9425 Specifies how to recognise special constructs such as include files
9426 etc. and an associated method for extracting the filename from that
9427 construct.")
9428
9429 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
9430 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
9431 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
9432
9433 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
9434
9435 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9436
9437 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
9438
9439 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
9440 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
9441 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
9442
9443 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
9444 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
9445
9446 Variables of interest include:
9447
9448 - `ff-case-fold-search'
9449 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
9450 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
9451
9452 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
9453 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
9454 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
9455
9456 - `ff-ignore-include'
9457 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
9458
9459 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
9460 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
9461
9462 - `ff-quiet-mode'
9463 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
9464
9465 - `ff-special-constructs'
9466 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
9467 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
9468 extracting the filename from that construct.
9469
9470 - `ff-other-file-alist'
9471 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
9472
9473 - `ff-search-directories'
9474 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
9475 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
9476
9477 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
9478 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
9479
9480 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
9481 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
9482
9483 - `ff-post-load-hook'
9484 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
9485
9486 - `ff-not-found-hook'
9487 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
9488
9489 - `ff-file-created-hook'
9490 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
9491
9492 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
9493
9494 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
9495 Visit the file you click on.
9496
9497 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
9498
9499 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
9500 Visit the file you click on in another window.
9501
9502 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
9503
9504 ;;;***
9505 \f
9506 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
9507 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
9508 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
9509 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
9510 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect find-function-search-for-symbol find-library)
9511 ;;;;;; "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (16795 7139))
9512 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
9513
9514 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
9515 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
9516
9517 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
9518
9519 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
9520 Search for SYMBOL.
9521 If VARIABLE-P is nil, `find-function-regexp' is used, otherwise
9522 `find-variable-regexp' is used. The search is done in library LIBRARY.
9523
9524 \(fn SYMBOL VARIABLE-P LIBRARY)" nil nil)
9525
9526 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
9527 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
9528
9529 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
9530 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
9531 not selected.
9532
9533 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
9534 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
9535 in `load-path'.
9536
9537 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
9538
9539 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
9540 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
9541
9542 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
9543 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
9544 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
9545 it is one of the current buffers.
9546
9547 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
9548 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9549 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9550
9551 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9552
9553 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
9554 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
9555
9556 See `find-function' for more details.
9557
9558 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9559
9560 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
9561 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
9562
9563 See `find-function' for more details.
9564
9565 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9566
9567 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
9568 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
9569
9570 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
9571 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
9572 not selected.
9573
9574 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
9575 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9576
9577 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
9578
9579 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
9580 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
9581
9582 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
9583 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
9584 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
9585 it is one of the current buffers.
9586
9587 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
9588 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9589 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9590
9591 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9592
9593 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
9594 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
9595
9596 See `find-variable' for more details.
9597
9598 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9599
9600 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
9601 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
9602
9603 See `find-variable' for more details.
9604
9605 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9606
9607 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
9608 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
9609 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer.
9610
9611 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
9612
9613 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
9614 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
9615
9616 \(fn)" t nil)
9617
9618 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
9619 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
9620
9621 \(fn)" t nil)
9622
9623 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
9624 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
9625
9626 \(fn)" nil nil)
9627
9628 ;;;***
9629 \f
9630 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
9631 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (16213 43268))
9632 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
9633
9634 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
9635 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
9636
9637 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
9638
9639 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
9640 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
9641
9642 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
9643
9644 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
9645 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
9646
9647 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9648
9649 ;;;***
9650 \f
9651 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
9652 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (16488 3556))
9653 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
9654
9655 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
9656 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
9657
9658 \(fn)" t nil)
9659
9660 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
9661 Display FILE's commentary section.
9662 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
9663
9664 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9665
9666 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
9667 Find packages matching a given keyword.
9668
9669 \(fn)" t nil)
9670
9671 ;;;***
9672 \f
9673 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
9674 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (16213 43268))
9675 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
9676
9677 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
9678 Toggle flow control handling.
9679 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
9680 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
9681
9682 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
9683
9684 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
9685 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
9686 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
9687 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
9688 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
9689 to get the effect of a C-q.
9690
9691 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
9692
9693 ;;;***
9694 \f
9695 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
9696 ;;;;;; (16727 56924))
9697 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
9698
9699 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
9700 Not documented
9701
9702 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9703
9704 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
9705 Not documented
9706
9707 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9708
9709 ;;;***
9710 \f
9711 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el"
9712 ;;;;;; (16808 48570))
9713 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
9714
9715 (unless (assq (quote flymake-mode) minor-mode-alist) (setq minor-mode-alist (cons (quote (flymake-mode flymake-mode-line)) minor-mode-alist)))
9716
9717 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
9718 Turn flymake mode on.
9719
9720 \(fn)" nil nil)
9721
9722 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
9723 Turn flymake mode off.
9724
9725 \(fn)" nil nil)
9726
9727 ;;;***
9728 \f
9729 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
9730 ;;;;;; flyspell-version flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
9731 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (16795 7139))
9732 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
9733
9734 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
9735 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
9736 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
9737
9738 (custom-autoload (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) "flyspell")
9739
9740 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
9741 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
9742
9743 \(fn)" t nil)
9744
9745 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
9746
9747 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
9748
9749 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
9750 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
9751 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
9752 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
9753 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
9754 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
9755
9756 Bindings:
9757 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
9758 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
9759 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
9760
9761 Hooks:
9762 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
9763
9764 Remark:
9765 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
9766 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
9767 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
9768
9769 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
9770 consider adding:
9771 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
9772 in your .emacs file.
9773
9774 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
9775 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
9776
9777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9778
9779 (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode))
9780
9781 (autoload (quote flyspell-version) "flyspell" "\
9782 The flyspell version
9783
9784 \(fn)" t nil)
9785
9786 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
9787 Turn Flyspell mode off.
9788
9789 \(fn)" nil nil)
9790
9791 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
9792 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
9793
9794 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
9795
9796 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
9797 Flyspell whole buffer.
9798
9799 \(fn)" t nil)
9800
9801 ;;;***
9802 \f
9803 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
9804 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
9805 ;;;;;; (16534 3807))
9806 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
9807
9808 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9809 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9810
9811 \(fn)" t nil)
9812
9813 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9814 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9815
9816 \(fn)" t nil)
9817
9818 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
9819 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
9820
9821 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
9822 of two major techniques:
9823
9824 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
9825 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
9826 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
9827
9828 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
9829 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
9830 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
9831 movement commands.
9832
9833 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
9834 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
9835 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
9836 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
9837 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
9838 mileage may vary).
9839
9840 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
9841 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
9842
9843 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
9844
9845 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
9846 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
9847 \(This is the default.)
9848
9849 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
9850 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
9851
9852 Keys specific to Follow mode:
9853 \\{follow-mode-map}
9854
9855 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9856
9857 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
9858 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
9859
9860 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
9861 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
9862 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
9863 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
9864 two windows always will display two successive pages.
9865 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
9866
9867 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
9868 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
9869 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
9870
9871 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
9872 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
9873 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
9874
9875 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9876
9877 ;;;***
9878 \f
9879 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer font-lock-remove-keywords
9880 ;;;;;; font-lock-add-keywords font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock"
9881 ;;;;;; "font-lock.el" (16808 48569))
9882 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
9883
9884 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock" "\
9885 Not documented
9886
9887 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
9888
9889 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9890 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9891 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9892 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
9893 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
9894 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
9895 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
9896 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
9897 end of the current highlighting list.
9898
9899 For example:
9900
9901 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
9902 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
9903 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
9904
9905 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
9906 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
9907
9908 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9909 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9910 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9911
9912 Note that some modes have specialized support for additional patterns, e.g.,
9913 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
9914 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'.
9915
9916 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
9917
9918 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9919 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9920
9921 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9922 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
9923
9924 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9925 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9926 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9927
9928 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS)" nil nil)
9929
9930 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
9931 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would.
9932
9933 \(fn)" t nil)
9934
9935 ;;;***
9936 \f
9937 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (16635
9938 ;;;;;; 35910))
9939 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
9940
9941 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
9942 Toggle footnote minor mode.
9943 \\<message-mode-map>
9944 key binding
9945 --- -------
9946
9947 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
9948 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
9949 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
9950 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
9951 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
9952 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
9953
9954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9955
9956 ;;;***
9957 \f
9958 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
9959 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (16507 41097))
9960 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
9961
9962 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
9963 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
9964
9965 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
9966 TAB forms-next-field TAB
9967 C-c TAB forms-next-field
9968 C-c < forms-first-record <
9969 C-c > forms-last-record >
9970 C-c ? describe-mode ?
9971 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
9972 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
9973 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
9974 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
9975 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
9976 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
9977 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
9978 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
9979 C-c C-x forms-exit x
9980
9981 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
9982
9983 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
9984 Visit a file in Forms mode.
9985
9986 \(fn FN)" t nil)
9987
9988 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
9989 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
9990
9991 \(fn FN)" t nil)
9992
9993 ;;;***
9994 \f
9995 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
9996 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (16534 3809))
9997 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
9998
9999 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
10000 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
10001 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
10002 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
10003 with a character in column 6.")
10004
10005 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
10006
10007 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
10008 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
10009 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
10010
10011 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
10012 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
10013
10014 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
10015
10016 Key definitions:
10017 \\{fortran-mode-map}
10018
10019 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10020
10021 `comment-start'
10022 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
10023 `fortran-do-indent'
10024 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
10025 `fortran-if-indent'
10026 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
10027 `fortran-structure-indent'
10028 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
10029 (default 3)
10030 `fortran-continuation-indent'
10031 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
10032 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
10033 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
10034 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
10035 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
10036 nil don't change the indentation
10037 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10038 value of either
10039 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
10040 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
10041 depending on the continuation format in use.
10042 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10043 indentation for a line of code.
10044 (default 'fixed)
10045 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
10046 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
10047 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
10048 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
10049 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
10050 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
10051 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
10052 `fortran-line-number-indent'
10053 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
10054 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
10055 column 5.
10056 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
10057 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
10058 statements (default nil).
10059 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
10060 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
10061 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
10062 `fortran-continuation-string'
10063 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
10064 line (default \"$\").
10065 `fortran-comment-region'
10066 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
10067 the region (default \"c$$$\").
10068 `fortran-electric-line-number'
10069 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
10070 as typed (default t).
10071 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
10072 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
10073
10074 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
10075 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10076
10077 \(fn)" t nil)
10078
10079 ;;;***
10080 \f
10081 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
10082 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (16775 26716))
10083 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
10084
10085 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
10086 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
10087
10088 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10089 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10090
10091 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
10092
10093 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
10094 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
10095
10096 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10097 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10098
10099 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
10100
10101 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
10102 Compile fortune file.
10103
10104 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
10105 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
10106
10107 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10108
10109 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
10110 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
10111
10112 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10113 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10114 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10115 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10116
10117 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10118
10119 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
10120 Display a fortune cookie.
10121
10122 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10123 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10124 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10125 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10126
10127 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10128
10129 ;;;***
10130 \f
10131 ;;;### (autoloads (fringe-indicators set-fringe-style fringe-mode
10132 ;;;;;; fringe-mode) "fringe" "fringe.el" (16810 63790))
10133 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
10134
10135 (defvar fringe-mode nil "\
10136 *Specify appearance of fringes on all frames.
10137 This variable can be nil (the default) meaning the fringes should have
10138 the default width (8 pixels), it can be an integer value specifying
10139 the width of both left and right fringe (where 0 means no fringe), or
10140 a cons cell where car indicates width of left fringe and cdr indicates
10141 width of right fringe (where again 0 can be used to indicate no
10142 fringe).
10143 To set this variable in a Lisp program, use `set-fringe-mode' to make
10144 it take real effect.
10145 Setting the variable with a customization buffer also takes effect.
10146 If you only want to modify the appearance of the fringe in one frame,
10147 you can use the interactive function `toggle-fringe'")
10148
10149 (custom-autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe")
10150
10151 (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\
10152 Set the default appearance of fringes on all frames.
10153
10154 When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values
10155 for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only',
10156 `minimal' and `half'.
10157
10158 When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the
10159 integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in
10160 cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single
10161 integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width.
10162 If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the
10163 default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and
10164 right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple
10165 of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe
10166 width of 0.
10167
10168 Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default
10169 fringe widths set by this command. This command applies to all
10170 frames that exist and frames to be created in the future. If you
10171 want to set the default appearance of fringes on the selected
10172 frame only, see the command `set-fringe-style'.
10173
10174 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
10175
10176 (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\
10177 Set the default appearance of fringes on the selected frame.
10178
10179 When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values
10180 for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only',
10181 `minimal' and `half'.
10182
10183 When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the
10184 integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in
10185 cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single
10186 integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width.
10187 If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the
10188 default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and
10189 right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple
10190 of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe
10191 width of 0.
10192
10193 Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default
10194 fringe widths set by this command. If you want to set the
10195 default appearance of fringes on all frames, see the command
10196 `fringe-mode'.
10197
10198 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
10199
10200 (defvar fringe-indicators nil "\
10201 Visually indicate buffer boundaries and scrolling.
10202 Setting this variable, changes `default-indicate-buffer-boundaries'.")
10203
10204 (custom-autoload (quote fringe-indicators) "fringe")
10205
10206 ;;;***
10207 \f
10208 ;;;### (autoloads (gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el" (16808 48570))
10209 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
10210
10211 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
10212 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10213 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10214 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10215
10216 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
10217 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
10218 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
10219 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
10220
10221 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
10222 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
10223 `gdb-use-inferior-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
10224 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are given in
10225 relevant buffer.
10226
10227 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
10228
10229 The following commands help control operation :
10230
10231 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
10232 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
10233
10234 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
10235 detailed description of this mode.
10236
10237
10238 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10239 GDB Toolbar
10240 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10241 GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer
10242 |
10243 |
10244 |
10245 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10246 Source buffer | Input/Output (of inferior) buffer
10247 | (comint-mode)
10248 |
10249 |
10250 |
10251 |
10252 |
10253 |
10254 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10255 Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer
10256 RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint
10257 | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint
10258 | d gdb-delete-breakpoint
10259 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10260
10261 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10262
10263 ;;;***
10264 \f
10265 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
10266 ;;;;;; (16810 63790))
10267 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
10268
10269 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
10270 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
10271
10272 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
10273 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
10274 function.
10275
10276 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
10277 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
10278 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
10279 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
10280 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
10281 \(The latter should be nil if you want comments to end at end of line.)
10282 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
10283
10284 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
10285 Each keyword should be a string.
10286
10287 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
10288 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-keywords'.
10289
10290 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
10291 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
10292 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
10293
10294 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
10295
10296 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
10297
10298 \(fn NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
10299
10300 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
10301 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
10302 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
10303 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
10304
10305 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
10306 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
10307
10308 \(fn TYPE)" t nil)
10309
10310 ;;;***
10311 \f
10312 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
10313 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
10314 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
10315
10316 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
10317 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
10318 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
10319 at places they belong to.
10320
10321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10322
10323 ;;;***
10324 \f
10325 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
10326 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (16775 26712))
10327 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
10328
10329 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
10330 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
10331
10332 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10333
10334 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
10335 Read network news.
10336 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
10337 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
10338 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
10339 name of an NNTP server to use.
10340 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
10341 server.
10342
10343 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
10344
10345 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
10346 Read news as a slave.
10347
10348 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10349
10350 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
10351 Pop up a frame to read news.
10352 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
10353 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
10354 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
10355 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
10356 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
10357 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
10358 current display is used.
10359
10360 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
10361
10362 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
10363 Read network news.
10364 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
10365 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
10366 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
10367
10368 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
10369
10370 ;;;***
10371 \f
10372 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
10373 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
10374 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
10375 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
10376 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
10377 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (16775 26712))
10378 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
10379
10380 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
10381 Start Gnus unplugged.
10382
10383 \(fn)" t nil)
10384
10385 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
10386 Start Gnus plugged.
10387
10388 \(fn)" t nil)
10389
10390 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
10391 Read news as a slave unplugged.
10392
10393 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10394
10395 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
10396 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
10397
10398 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
10399 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
10400 customize gnus-agent to nil.
10401
10402 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
10403 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
10404 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
10405
10406 \(fn)" t nil)
10407
10408 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
10409 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
10410
10411 \(fn)" nil nil)
10412
10413 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
10414 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP. Always updates the agent, even when
10415 disabled, as the old agent files would corrupt gnus when the agent was
10416 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is supported.
10417
10418 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
10419
10420 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
10421 Delete fully-qualified GROUP. Always updates the agent, even when
10422 disabled, as the old agent files would corrupt gnus when the agent was
10423 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is supported.
10424
10425 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
10426
10427 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
10428 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
10429
10430 \(fn)" nil nil)
10431
10432 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
10433 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
10434 downloaded into the agent.
10435
10436 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
10437
10438 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
10439 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
10440 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
10441 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
10442
10443 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
10444
10445 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
10446 Start Gnus and fetch session.
10447
10448 \(fn)" t nil)
10449
10450 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
10451 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
10452
10453 \(fn)" t nil)
10454
10455 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
10456 Regenerate all agent covered files.
10457 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
10458
10459 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
10460
10461 ;;;***
10462 \f
10463 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
10464 ;;;;;; (16788 34909))
10465 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
10466
10467 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
10468 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
10469
10470 \(fn)" nil nil)
10471
10472 ;;;***
10473 \f
10474 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
10475 ;;;;;; (16698 21927))
10476 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
10477
10478 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
10479 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
10480
10481 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10482
10483 ;;;***
10484 \f
10485 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
10486 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
10487 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (16764
10488 ;;;;;; 51520))
10489 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
10490
10491 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
10492 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
10493
10494 Usage:
10495 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
10496
10497 \(fn)" t nil)
10498
10499 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
10500 Generate the cache active file.
10501
10502 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10503
10504 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
10505 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
10506
10507 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10508
10509 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
10510 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP. Always updates the cache, even when
10511 disabled, as the old cache files would corrupt gnus when the cache was
10512 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is supported.
10513
10514 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
10515
10516 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
10517 Delete GROUP. Always updates the cache, even when
10518 disabled, as the old cache files would corrupt gnus when the cache was
10519 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is supported.
10520
10521 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
10522
10523 ;;;***
10524 \f
10525 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
10526 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (16775 26712))
10527 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
10528
10529 (defgroup gnus-delay nil "Arrange for sending postings later." :version "21.4" :group (quote gnus))
10530
10531 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
10532 Delay this article by some time.
10533 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
10534
10535 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
10536 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
10537
10538 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
10539 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
10540
10541 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
10542 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
10543
10544 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
10545
10546 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
10547 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
10548
10549 \(fn)" t nil)
10550
10551 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
10552 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
10553 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
10554 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
10555
10556 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
10557 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
10558
10559 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
10560
10561 ;;;***
10562 \f
10563 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
10564 ;;;;;; (16697 49031))
10565 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
10566
10567 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
10568 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
10569
10570 \(fn)" nil nil)
10571
10572 ;;;***
10573 \f
10574 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
10575 ;;;;;; (16764 51520))
10576 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
10577
10578 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
10579 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
10580
10581 \(fn)" t nil)
10582
10583 ;;;***
10584 \f
10585 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
10586 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
10587 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (16730
10588 ;;;;;; 31107))
10589 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
10590
10591 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
10592 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
10593
10594 \(fn)" t nil)
10595
10596 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
10597 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
10598
10599 \(fn)" t nil)
10600
10601 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
10602 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
10603
10604 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10605
10606 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
10607 Return an Face header based on an image file.
10608
10609 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10610
10611 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
10612 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
10613 The PNG is returned as a string.
10614
10615 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10616
10617 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
10618 Convert FILE to a Face.
10619 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
10620 726 bytes.
10621
10622 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
10623
10624 ;;;***
10625 \f
10626 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
10627 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (16770 10720))
10628 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
10629
10630 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
10631 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
10632 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
10633
10634 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
10635
10636 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
10637 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
10638
10639 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
10640
10641 ;;;***
10642 \f
10643 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
10644 ;;;;;; (16698 21927))
10645 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
10646
10647 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
10648
10649 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
10650 Run batched scoring.
10651 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
10652
10653 \(fn)" t nil)
10654
10655 ;;;***
10656 \f
10657 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
10658 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
10659 ;;;;;; (16698 21927))
10660 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
10661
10662 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
10663 Not documented
10664
10665 \(fn)" nil nil)
10666
10667 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
10668 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
10669 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
10670
10671 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10672
10673 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
10674 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
10675
10676 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
10677
10678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10679
10680 ;;;***
10681 \f
10682 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
10683 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
10684 ;;;;;; (16698 21927))
10685 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
10686
10687 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10688 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
10689 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
10690 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
10691 group parameters.
10692
10693 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
10694 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
10695 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
10696 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
10697
10698 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
10699 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
10700 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
10701 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
10702 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
10703 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
10704 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
10705 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
10706 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
10707 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
10708
10709 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
10710
10711 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10712 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
10713 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
10714 nil CATCH-ALL).
10715
10716 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
10717 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
10718
10719 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
10720
10721 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10722 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
10723 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
10724
10725 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
10726
10727 \(fn)" nil nil)
10728
10729 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10730 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
10731 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
10732
10733 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
10734
10735 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
10736 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
10737 existing groups are considered.
10738
10739 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
10740 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
10741 returned.
10742
10743 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
10744 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
10745 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
10746 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
10747 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
10748 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
10749 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
10750 clauses will be generated.
10751
10752 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
10753 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
10754 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
10755 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
10756 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
10757 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
10758
10759 For example, given the following group parameters:
10760
10761 nnml:mail.bar:
10762 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
10763 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
10764 nnml:mail.foo:
10765 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
10766 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
10767 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
10768 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
10769 nnml:mail.others:
10770 \((split-spec . catch-all))
10771
10772 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
10773
10774 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
10775 \"mail.bar\")
10776 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
10777 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
10778 \"mail.others\")
10779
10780 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
10781
10782 ;;;***
10783 \f
10784 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
10785 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
10786 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
10787
10788 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
10789 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
10790 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
10791
10792 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
10793
10794 ;;;***
10795 \f
10796 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
10797 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (16784 39521))
10798 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
10799
10800 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
10801 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
10802 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
10803 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
10804
10805 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
10806
10807 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
10808 Mail to ADDRESS.
10809
10810 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
10811
10812 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
10813 Like `message-reply'.
10814
10815 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
10816
10817 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
10818
10819 ;;;***
10820 \f
10821 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
10822 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
10823 ;;;;;; (16730 31107))
10824 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
10825
10826 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
10827 Display picons in the From header.
10828 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
10829
10830 \(fn)" t nil)
10831
10832 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
10833 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
10834 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
10835
10836 \(fn)" t nil)
10837
10838 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
10839 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
10840 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
10841
10842 \(fn)" t nil)
10843
10844 ;;;***
10845 \f
10846 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
10847 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
10848 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
10849 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
10850 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (16764 51520))
10851 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
10852
10853 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
10854 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
10855 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
10856 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
10857
10858 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
10859
10860 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
10861 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
10862 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
10863 LIST1 is modified.
10864
10865 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
10866
10867 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
10868 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
10869 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
10870
10871 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
10872
10873 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
10874 Not documented
10875
10876 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
10877
10878 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
10879 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
10880 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
10881
10882 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
10883
10884 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
10885 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
10886 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
10887
10888 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
10889
10890 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
10891
10892 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
10893 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
10894 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
10895
10896 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
10897
10898 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
10899 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
10900 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
10901
10902 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
10903
10904 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
10905 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
10906 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
10907
10908 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
10909
10910 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
10911 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
10912
10913 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
10914
10915 ;;;***
10916 \f
10917 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
10918 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (16775 26712))
10919 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
10920
10921 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
10922 Not documented
10923
10924 \(fn)" t nil)
10925
10926 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
10927 Install the registry hooks.
10928
10929 \(fn)" t nil)
10930
10931 ;;;***
10932 \f
10933 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
10934 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (16697
10935 ;;;;;; 49031))
10936 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
10937
10938 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
10939 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
10940 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
10941 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
10942 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
10943 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
10944
10945 \(fn)" t nil)
10946
10947 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
10948 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
10949 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
10950 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
10951 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
10952
10953 \(fn)" t nil)
10954
10955 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
10956 Not documented
10957
10958 \(fn)" t nil)
10959
10960 ;;;***
10961 \f
10962 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
10963 ;;;;;; (16698 21927))
10964 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
10965
10966 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
10967 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
10968 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
10969 for matching on group names.
10970
10971 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
10972 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
10973
10974 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
10975
10976 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
10977
10978 \(fn)" t nil)
10979
10980 ;;;***
10981 \f
10982 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
10983 ;;;;;; (16775 26712))
10984 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
10985
10986 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
10987 Update the format specification near point.
10988
10989 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
10990
10991 ;;;***
10992 \f
10993 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
10994 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (16792
10995 ;;;;;; 36614))
10996 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
10997
10998 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
10999 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
11000
11001 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
11002
11003 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
11004 Not documented
11005
11006 \(fn)" nil nil)
11007
11008 ;;;***
11009 \f
11010 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
11011 ;;;;;; (16775 26712))
11012 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
11013
11014 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
11015 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
11016
11017 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
11018
11019 ;;;***
11020 \f
11021 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (16213 43281))
11022 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
11023
11024 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
11025 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
11026
11027 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
11028 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
11029 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
11030
11031 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
11032 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
11033 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
11034
11035 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
11036 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
11037
11038 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
11039 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
11040
11041 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
11042
11043 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
11044
11045 ;;;***
11046 \f
11047 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
11048 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (16602 38814))
11049 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
11050
11051 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
11052 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
11053 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
11054 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
11055 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click.
11056
11057 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11058
11059 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
11060 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
11061 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
11062 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
11063 there, then load the URL at or before point.
11064
11065 \(fn)" t nil)
11066
11067 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
11068 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
11069 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
11070 or to send e-mail.
11071 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
11072
11073 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
11074 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
11075
11076 \(fn)" t nil)
11077
11078 ;;;***
11079 \f
11080 ;;;### (autoloads (grep-tree grep-find grep grep-compute-defaults
11081 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
11082 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (16805 44924))
11083 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
11084
11085 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
11086 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
11087
11088 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep")
11089
11090 (defvar grep-command nil "\
11091 The default grep command for \\[grep].
11092 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
11093 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
11094 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
11095
11096 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
11097 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
11098
11099 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep")
11100
11101 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
11102 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
11103 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
11104 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
11105
11106 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep")
11107
11108 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
11109 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
11110
11111 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep")
11112
11113 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)[: ]+\\([0-9]+\\)\\([.:]?\\)\\([0-9]+\\)?\\(?:-\\(?:\\([0-9]+\\)\\3\\)?\\.?\\([0-9]+\\)?\\)?[: ]" 1 (2 . 5) (4 . 6)) ("^\\(.+?\\)[:(]+\\([0-9]+\\)\\([:)]\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;41m\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[00m\\)" 1 2 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 5) (match-end 3) 8)) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 3) 8))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 1))) "\
11114 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
11115
11116 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
11117 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
11118 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11119
11120 (defvar find-program "find" "\
11121 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
11122 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11123
11124 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
11125 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
11126
11127 If nil, it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
11128 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
11129
11130 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11131
11132 (defvar grep-history nil)
11133
11134 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
11135
11136 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
11137 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
11138 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
11139
11140 \(fn)" nil nil)
11141
11142 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
11143 Not documented
11144
11145 \(fn)" nil nil)
11146
11147 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
11148 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11149 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
11150 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
11151 where grep found matches.
11152
11153 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
11154 easily repeat a grep command.
11155
11156 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
11157 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
11158 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
11159 if that history list is empty).
11160
11161 If specified, optional second arg HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is the regexp to
11162 temporarily highlight in visited source lines.
11163
11164 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS &optional HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" t nil)
11165
11166 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
11167 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
11168 Collect output in a buffer.
11169 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
11170 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
11171
11172 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
11173 easily repeat a find command.
11174
11175 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
11176
11177 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "grep" "\
11178 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
11179 Collect output in a buffer.
11180 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
11181 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
11182 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11183 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
11184 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11185
11186 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
11187 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
11188
11189 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
11190 easily repeat a find command.
11191
11192 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
11193 those sub directories of DIR.
11194
11195 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR &optional SUBDIRS)" t nil)
11196
11197 ;;;***
11198 \f
11199 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (16565 48734))
11200 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
11201
11202 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
11203 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
11204 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
11205 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
11206 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
11207
11208 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
11209
11210 ;;;***
11211 \f
11212 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
11213 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (16808 48570))
11214 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
11215
11216 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
11217 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11218 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11219 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11220
11221 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11222
11223 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
11224 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11225 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11226 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11227
11228 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11229
11230 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
11231 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11232 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11233 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11234
11235 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11236
11237 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
11238 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11239 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11240 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11241
11242 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
11243 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
11244
11245 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11246
11247 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
11248 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11249 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11250 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11251
11252 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11253
11254 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
11255 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
11256 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11257 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11258
11259 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11260
11261 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
11262 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
11263 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
11264 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
11265 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
11266
11267 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
11268 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
11269 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
11270 original source file access method.
11271
11272 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
11273 gud, see `gud-mode'.
11274
11275 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11276
11277 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
11278 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11279 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11280 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11281
11282 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11283 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
11284
11285 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
11286
11287 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
11288 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
11289
11290 \(fn)" t nil)
11291
11292 ;;;***
11293 \f
11294 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (16377
11295 ;;;;;; 12872))
11296 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
11297
11298 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
11299 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
11300 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
11301 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
11302
11303 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
11304 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
11305 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
11306 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
11307
11308 \(fn)" t nil)
11309
11310 ;;;***
11311 \f
11312 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
11313 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
11314 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
11315
11316 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
11317 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
11318
11319 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
11320
11321 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
11322 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
11323 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
11324 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
11325
11326 Repent before ring 31 moves.
11327
11328 \(fn)" t nil)
11329
11330 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
11331 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
11332 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
11333 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
11334 to be updated.
11335
11336 \(fn)" t nil)
11337
11338 ;;;***
11339 \f
11340 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
11341 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-set-timer help-at-pt-cancel-timer
11342 ;;;;;; display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string help-at-pt-string)
11343 ;;;;;; "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (16775 26706))
11344 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
11345
11346 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
11347 Return the help-echo string at point.
11348 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
11349 property, or nil, is returned.
11350 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
11351 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
11352 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
11353
11354 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
11355
11356 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
11357 Return the keyboard help string at point.
11358 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
11359 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
11360 this produces no string either, return nil.
11361
11362 \(fn)" nil nil)
11363
11364 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
11365 Display local help in the echo area.
11366 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
11367 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
11368 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
11369 printed instead.
11370
11371 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
11372 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
11373 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
11374
11375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11376
11377 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
11378 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
11379 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
11380
11381 \(fn)" t nil)
11382
11383 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
11384 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
11385 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
11386
11387 \(fn)" t nil)
11388
11389 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
11390 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
11391 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
11392 hook.variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
11393 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
11394 considered different regions.
11395
11396 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
11397 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
11398 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
11399 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
11400 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
11401 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
11402 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
11403 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
11404 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
11405
11406 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
11407
11408 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
11409 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
11410 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
11411 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
11412 different regions.
11413
11414 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
11415 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
11416 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
11417 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
11418 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
11419 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
11420 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
11421 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
11422
11423 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
11424 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
11425 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
11426 rarely happens in practice.
11427
11428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11429
11430 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
11431 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
11432 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
11433 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
11434 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
11435 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
11436
11437 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11438
11439 ;;;***
11440 \f
11441 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
11442 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-function locate-library
11443 ;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (16784 39521))
11444 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
11445
11446 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
11447 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
11448 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
11449 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
11450 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
11451 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
11452
11453 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11454
11455 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\
11456 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
11457 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
11458 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
11459 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
11460 to the specified name LIBRARY.
11461
11462 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
11463 is used instead of `load-path'.
11464
11465 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
11466 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
11467 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
11468
11469 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
11470
11471 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
11472 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
11473
11474 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11475
11476 (defface help-argument-name (quote ((((supports :slant italic)) :inherit italic))) "Face to highlight argument names in *Help* buffers." :group (quote help))
11477
11478 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
11479 Not documented
11480
11481 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
11482
11483 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
11484 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
11485 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
11486
11487 \(fn)" nil nil)
11488
11489 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
11490 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
11491 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
11492 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
11493 it is displayed along with the global value.
11494
11495 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
11496
11497 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
11498 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
11499 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
11500 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
11501
11502 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
11503
11504 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
11505 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
11506 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
11507 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
11508 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
11509
11510 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
11511
11512 ;;;***
11513 \f
11514 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
11515 ;;;;;; (16213 43268))
11516 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
11517
11518 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
11519 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
11520 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
11521 and window listing and describing the options.
11522 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
11523 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
11524
11525 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
11526
11527 ;;;***
11528 \f
11529 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
11530 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
11531 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (16654 2763))
11532 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
11533
11534 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
11535 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
11536 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
11537 Commands:
11538 \\{help-mode-map}
11539
11540 \(fn)" t nil)
11541
11542 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
11543 Not documented
11544
11545 \(fn)" nil nil)
11546
11547 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
11548 Not documented
11549
11550 \(fn)" nil nil)
11551
11552 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
11553 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
11554
11555 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
11556 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
11557 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
11558 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
11559
11560 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
11561 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
11562 restore it properly when going back.
11563
11564 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
11565
11566 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
11567 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
11568
11569 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
11570 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
11571 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
11572 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
11573 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
11574 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
11575 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
11576 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
11577
11578 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
11579 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
11580 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
11581 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
11582
11583 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
11584 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
11585 that.
11586
11587 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
11588
11589 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
11590 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
11591 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
11592 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
11593 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
11594 See `help-make-xrefs'.
11595
11596 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11597
11598 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
11599 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
11600 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
11601 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
11602 See `help-make-xrefs'.
11603
11604 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11605
11606 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
11607 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
11608
11609 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
11610
11611 ;;;***
11612 \f
11613 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
11614 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (16213 43273))
11615 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
11616
11617 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
11618 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
11619
11620 \(fn)" t nil)
11621
11622 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
11623 Provide help for current mode.
11624
11625 \(fn)" t nil)
11626
11627 ;;;***
11628 \f
11629 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
11630 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (16801 58021))
11631 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
11632
11633 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
11634 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
11635 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
11636 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
11637 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
11638
11639 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
11640 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
11641
11642 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
11643 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
11644 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
11645 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
11646
11647 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
11648 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
11649 periods.
11650
11651 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
11652 in hexl format.
11653
11654 A sample format:
11655
11656 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
11657 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
11658 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
11659 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
11660 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
11661 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
11662 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
11663 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
11664 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
11665 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
11666 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
11667 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
11668 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
11669 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
11670 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
11671
11672 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
11673 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
11674 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
11675
11676 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
11677 also supported.
11678
11679 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
11680
11681 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
11682 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
11683 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
11684
11685 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
11686 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
11687 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
11688
11689 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
11690 into the buffer at the current point.
11691
11692 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
11693 into the buffer at the current point.
11694
11695 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
11696 into the buffer at the current point.
11697
11698 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
11699
11700 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
11701 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
11702
11703 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
11704
11705 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
11706
11707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11708
11709 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
11710 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
11711 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists.
11712
11713 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
11714
11715 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
11716 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
11717 This discards the buffer's undo information.
11718
11719 \(fn)" t nil)
11720
11721 ;;;***
11722 \f
11723 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
11724 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
11725 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (16219
11726 ;;;;;; 35448))
11727 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
11728
11729 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
11730 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
11731
11732 (custom-autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
11733
11734 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
11735 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
11736
11737 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
11738 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
11739 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
11740 which can be called interactively, are:
11741
11742 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
11743 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
11744
11745 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
11746 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
11747 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
11748 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
11749
11750 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
11751 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
11752
11753 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
11754 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
11755
11756 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
11757 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
11758 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
11759 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
11760 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
11761 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
11762
11763 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
11764 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
11765
11766 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
11767 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
11768 Hi-lock: FOO
11769 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
11770 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
11771 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
11772 will be read until
11773 Hi-lock: end
11774 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
11775
11776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11777
11778 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
11779
11780 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
11781 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
11782
11783 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
11784 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
11785 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
11786 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
11787
11788 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
11789
11790 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
11791
11792 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
11793 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
11794
11795 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
11796 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
11797 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
11798 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
11799
11800 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
11801
11802 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
11803
11804 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
11805 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
11806
11807 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
11808 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
11809
11810 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
11811
11812 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
11813
11814 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
11815 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
11816
11817 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
11818 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
11819 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
11820 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
11821 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
11822
11823 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11824
11825 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
11826 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
11827
11828 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
11829 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
11830 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
11831
11832 \(fn)" t nil)
11833
11834 ;;;***
11835 \f
11836 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
11837 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (16213 43281))
11838 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
11839
11840 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
11841 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
11842 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
11843 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
11844 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
11845 how the hiding is done:
11846
11847 `hide-ifdef-env'
11848 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
11849 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
11850 is used.
11851
11852 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
11853 An association list of defined symbol lists.
11854 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
11855 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
11856 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
11857
11858 `hide-ifdef-lines'
11859 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
11860 #endif lines when hiding.
11861
11862 `hide-ifdef-initially'
11863 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
11864 is activated.
11865
11866 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
11867 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
11868 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
11869
11870 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
11871
11872 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11873
11874 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
11875 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
11876
11877 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
11878
11879 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
11880 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
11881
11882 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
11883
11884 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
11885 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
11886
11887 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
11888
11889 ;;;***
11890 \f
11891 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
11892 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (16275 41871))
11893 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
11894
11895 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
11896 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
11897
11898 (custom-autoload (quote hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) "hideshow")
11899
11900 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
11901 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
11902 Each element has the form
11903 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
11904
11905 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
11906 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
11907
11908 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
11909 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
11910
11911 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
11912 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
11913 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
11914 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
11915 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
11916 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
11917
11918 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
11919 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
11920
11921 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
11922 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
11923
11924 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
11925 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
11926 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
11927
11928 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
11929 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
11930 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
11931 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
11932 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
11933 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
11934
11935 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
11936 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
11937 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
11938
11939 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
11940 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
11941
11942 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
11943
11944 Key bindings:
11945 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
11946
11947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11948
11949 ;;;***
11950 \f
11951 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
11952 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
11953 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
11954 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
11955 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (16435 26305))
11956 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
11957
11958 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
11959
11960 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
11961 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
11962 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
11963
11964 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11965
11966 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
11967 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
11968
11969 Without an argument:
11970 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
11971 or passive state as determined by the variable
11972 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
11973 and passive state.
11974
11975 With an argument ARG:
11976 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
11977 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
11978 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
11979
11980 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
11981 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
11982 not displayed in a different face.
11983
11984 Functions:
11985 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
11986 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
11987 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
11988 buffer with the contents of a file
11989 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
11990 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
11991 various faces.
11992
11993 Hook variables:
11994 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
11995 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
11996 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
11997
11998 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11999
12000 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
12001 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12002
12003 \(fn)" t nil)
12004
12005 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
12006 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12007
12008 \(fn)" t nil)
12009
12010 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
12011 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
12012
12013 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
12014 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
12015 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
12016 shown in the last face in the list.
12017
12018 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
12019 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
12020 buffer to be saved):
12021
12022 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
12023
12024 \(fn)" t nil)
12025
12026 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
12027 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
12028
12029 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
12030
12031 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
12032 to save the file.
12033
12034 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
12035 written to a temporary file for comparison.
12036
12037 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12038 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12039 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12040
12041 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
12042
12043 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
12044 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
12045
12046 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
12047 this function is called interactively.
12048
12049 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
12050 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
12051 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
12052
12053 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12054 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12055 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12056
12057 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
12058
12059 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
12060 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
12061
12062 When called interactively:
12063 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
12064 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
12065 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
12066 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
12067
12068 When called from a program:
12069 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
12070 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
12071 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
12072 - otherwise just turn it on
12073
12074 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
12075 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
12076 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
12077 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
12078
12079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12080
12081 ;;;***
12082 \f
12083 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
12084 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
12085 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
12086 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
12087 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (16213 43268))
12088 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
12089
12090 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
12091 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
12092 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
12093 or insert functions in this list.")
12094
12095 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
12096
12097 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
12098 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
12099
12100 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
12101
12102 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
12103 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
12104
12105 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
12106
12107 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
12108 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
12109
12110 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
12111
12112 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
12113 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
12114
12115 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
12116
12117 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
12118 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
12119 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
12120
12121 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
12122
12123 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
12124 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
12125 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
12126 \(as atoms)")
12127
12128 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
12129
12130 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
12131 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
12132 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
12133 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
12134 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
12135
12136 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
12137
12138 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
12139 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
12140 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
12141 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
12142 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
12143 expansions.
12144 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
12145 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
12146 undoes the expansion.
12147
12148 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12149
12150 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
12151 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
12152 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
12153 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
12154
12155 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
12156
12157 ;;;***
12158 \f
12159 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
12160 ;;;;;; (16469 33009))
12161 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
12162
12163 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
12164 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
12165 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
12166
12167 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
12168 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
12169 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
12170 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
12171 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
12172
12173 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
12174 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
12175 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
12176 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
12177
12178 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12179
12180 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
12181 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
12182 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12183 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12184 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
12185
12186 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line")
12187
12188 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
12189 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
12190 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
12191
12192 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
12193 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
12194
12195 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12196
12197 ;;;***
12198 \f
12199 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
12200 ;;;;;; (16722 36135))
12201 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
12202
12203 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
12204 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
12205 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
12206
12207 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
12208
12209 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12210
12211 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
12212 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
12213
12214 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
12215 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
12216
12217 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
12218
12219 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
12220
12221 ;;;***
12222 \f
12223 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
12224 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (16213 43281))
12225 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
12226
12227 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
12228 This function is obsolete.
12229 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
12230 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
12231
12232 \(fn)" nil nil)
12233
12234 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
12235 This function is obsolete.
12236 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
12237 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
12238
12239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12240
12241 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
12242 This function is obsolete.
12243 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
12244 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
12245
12246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12247
12248 ;;;***
12249 \f
12250 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (16777
12251 ;;;;;; 65418))
12252 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
12253
12254 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
12255 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
12256
12257 \(fn)" t nil)
12258
12259 ;;;***
12260 \f
12261 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
12262 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
12263 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
12264 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
12265 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
12266 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
12267 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
12268 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
12269 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
12270 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
12271 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
12272 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
12273 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
12274 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
12275 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
12276 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
12277 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
12278 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
12279 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
12280 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
12281 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
12282 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (16764 51518))
12283 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
12284
12285 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
12286 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
12287 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
12288
12289 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12290
12291 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
12292 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
12293
12294 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
12295
12296 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
12297 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
12298
12299 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
12300
12301 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12302 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
12303
12304 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
12305
12306 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12307 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
12308
12309 \(fn)" t nil)
12310
12311 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12312 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
12313
12314 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
12315
12316 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12317 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
12318
12319 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
12320 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext.el")
12321 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
12322 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext.el")
12323 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
12324 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
12325 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext.el")
12326 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext.el")
12327 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
12328 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
12329 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
12330 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext.el")
12331
12332 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
12333 Not documented
12334
12335 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
12336
12337 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12338 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
12339
12340 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12341
12342 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
12343 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
12344
12345 \(fn)" t nil)
12346
12347 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12348 Remove the first filter group.
12349
12350 \(fn)" t nil)
12351
12352 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12353 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
12354
12355 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12356
12357 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
12358 Remove all filter groups.
12359
12360 \(fn)" t nil)
12361
12362 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12363 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
12364
12365 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12366
12367 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12368 Kill the filter group named NAME.
12369 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
12370
12371 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12372
12373 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
12374 Kill the filter group at point.
12375 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
12376
12377 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
12378
12379 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
12380 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
12381
12382 \(fn)" t nil)
12383
12384 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12385 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
12386
12387 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12388
12389 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
12390 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
12391 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
12392 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
12393
12394 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
12395
12396 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
12397 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
12398 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
12399
12400 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12401
12402 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
12403 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
12404 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
12405 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
12406 of replacing the current filters.
12407
12408 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12409
12410 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
12411 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
12412
12413 \(fn)" t nil)
12414
12415 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
12416 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
12417
12418 \(fn)" t nil)
12419
12420 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
12421 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
12422
12423 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
12424 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
12425 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
12426
12427 \(fn)" t nil)
12428
12429 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
12430 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
12431
12432 \(fn)" t nil)
12433
12434 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
12435 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
12436
12437 \(fn)" t nil)
12438
12439 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
12440 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
12441 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
12442 filter into parts.
12443
12444 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
12445
12446 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
12447 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
12448 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
12449
12450 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
12451
12452 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
12453 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
12454
12455 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12456
12457 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
12458 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
12459
12460 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12461
12462 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
12463 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
12464 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
12465 of replacing the current filters.
12466
12467 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12468 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
12469 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
12470 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext.el")
12471 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext.el")
12472 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext.el")
12473 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext.el")
12474 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext.el")
12475 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext.el")
12476
12477 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
12478 Toggle the current sorting mode.
12479 Default sorting modes are:
12480 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
12481 Name - the name of the buffer
12482 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
12483 Size - the size of the buffer
12484
12485 \(fn)" t nil)
12486
12487 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
12488 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
12489
12490 \(fn)" t nil)
12491 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
12492 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext.el")
12493 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext.el")
12494 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext.el")
12495
12496 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
12497 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
12498
12499 \(fn)" t nil)
12500
12501 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
12502 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
12503 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
12504 for this Ibuffer session.
12505
12506 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12507
12508 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
12509 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
12510 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
12511 for this Ibuffer session.
12512
12513 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12514
12515 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
12516 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
12517
12518 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
12519 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
12520
12521 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
12522 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
12523
12524 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
12525
12526 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
12527 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
12528
12529 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
12530 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
12531
12532 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
12533
12534 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
12535 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
12536
12537 \(fn)" t nil)
12538
12539 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
12540 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
12541
12542 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
12543 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
12544 hidden group filter, open it.
12545
12546 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
12547 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
12548 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
12549
12550 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12551
12552 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
12553 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
12554 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
12555
12556 \(fn)" t nil)
12557
12558 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
12559 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
12560
12561 The names are separated by a space.
12562 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
12563
12564 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
12565 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
12566 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
12567 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
12568
12569 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
12570
12571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12572
12573 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
12574 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
12575
12576 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12577
12578 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
12579 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
12580
12581 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12582
12583 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
12584 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
12585
12586 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12587
12588 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
12589 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
12590
12591 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
12592
12593 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
12594 Mark all modified buffers.
12595
12596 \(fn)" t nil)
12597
12598 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
12599 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
12600
12601 \(fn)" t nil)
12602
12603 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
12604 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
12605
12606 \(fn)" t nil)
12607
12608 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
12609 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
12610
12611 \(fn)" t nil)
12612
12613 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
12614 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
12615
12616 \(fn)" t nil)
12617
12618 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
12619 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
12620
12621 \(fn)" t nil)
12622
12623 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
12624 Mark all read-only buffers.
12625
12626 \(fn)" t nil)
12627
12628 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
12629 Mark all `dired' buffers.
12630
12631 \(fn)" t nil)
12632
12633 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
12634 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
12635 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
12636 defaults to one.
12637
12638 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
12639
12640 ;;;***
12641 \f
12642 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
12643 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (16544
12644 ;;;;;; 33333))
12645 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
12646
12647 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
12648 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
12649
12650 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
12651 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
12652 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
12653
12654 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
12655 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
12656 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
12657 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
12658 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
12659 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
12660
12661 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
12662 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
12663 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
12664 change its definition, you should explicitly call
12665 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
12666
12667 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
12668
12669 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
12670 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
12671 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
12672 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
12673 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
12674
12675 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
12676 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
12677 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
12678
12679 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
12680
12681 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
12682 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
12683 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
12684 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
12685 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
12686 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
12687
12688 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
12689 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
12690 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
12691 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
12692 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
12693 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
12694 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
12695 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
12696 values are:
12697 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
12698 t - the function it always modifies buffers
12699 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
12700 buffer's modification flag.
12701 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
12702 prompted before performing this operation.
12703 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
12704 operation is complete, in the form:
12705 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
12706 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
12707 confirmation message, in the form:
12708 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
12709 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
12710 macro for exactly what it does.
12711
12712 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
12713
12714 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
12715 Define a filter named NAME.
12716 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
12717 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
12718 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
12719
12720 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
12721 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
12722 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
12723 bound to the current value of the filter.
12724
12725 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
12726
12727 ;;;***
12728 \f
12729 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
12730 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (16775 26706))
12731 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
12732
12733 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
12734 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
12735 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
12736 buffers which are visiting a file.
12737
12738 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
12739
12740 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
12741 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
12742 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
12743 buffers which are visiting a file.
12744
12745 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
12746
12747 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
12748 Begin using `ibuffer' to edit a list of buffers.
12749 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
12750
12751 Optional argument OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
12752 Optional argument NAME specifies the name of the buffer; it defaults
12753 to \"*Ibuffer*\".
12754 Optional argument QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers
12755 to use; see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
12756 Optional argument NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
12757 Optional argument SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The
12758 special value `onewindow' means always use another window.
12759 Optional argument FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering
12760 groups to use; see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
12761 Optional argument FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
12762 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have that value
12763 locally in this buffer.
12764
12765 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
12766
12767 ;;;***
12768 \f
12769 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
12770 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (16213 43269))
12771 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
12772
12773 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
12774 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
12775 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
12776
12777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12778
12779 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
12780 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
12781 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'.
12782
12783 \(fn)" nil nil)
12784
12785 ;;;***
12786 \f
12787 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (16435 26306))
12788 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
12789
12790 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
12791 Major mode for editing Icon code.
12792 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
12793 Tab indents for Icon code.
12794 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
12795 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12796 \\{icon-mode-map}
12797 Variables controlling indentation style:
12798 icon-tab-always-indent
12799 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
12800 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12801 icon-auto-newline
12802 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
12803 inserted in Icon code.
12804 icon-indent-level
12805 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
12806 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
12807 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
12808 icon-continued-statement-offset
12809 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
12810 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
12811 icon-continued-brace-offset
12812 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
12813 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
12814 icon-brace-offset
12815 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
12816 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
12817 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
12818 this far to the right of the start of its line.
12819
12820 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
12821 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
12822
12823 \(fn)" t nil)
12824
12825 ;;;***
12826 \f
12827 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
12828 ;;;;;; (16796 28018))
12829 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
12830
12831 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
12832 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
12833 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
12834 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
12835
12836 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
12837 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
12838 separate frames.
12839
12840 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
12841 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
12842
12843 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
12844 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
12845 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
12846
12847 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
12848
12849 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
12850
12851 ;;;***
12852 \f
12853 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
12854 ;;;;;; (16796 28018))
12855 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
12856
12857 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
12858 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 5.5).
12859
12860 The main features of this mode are
12861
12862 1. Indentation and Formatting
12863 --------------------------
12864 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
12865 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
12866
12867 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
12868 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
12869 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
12870 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
12871
12872 Comments are indented as follows:
12873
12874 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
12875 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
12876 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
12877
12878 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
12879
12880 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
12881 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
12882 relative to the first will be retained. Use
12883 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
12884 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
12885 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
12886
12887 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
12888 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
12889 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
12890 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
12891
12892 2. Routine Info
12893 ------------
12894 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
12895 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
12896 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
12897 source file of a module. These commands know about system
12898 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
12899 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
12900 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
12901 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
12902 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
12903 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
12904
12905 3. Online IDL Help
12906 ---------------
12907 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
12908 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single
12909 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. The
12910 HTML help files package must be installed for this to work -- check
12911 the IDLWAVE webpage for the correct package for your version. See
12912 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
12913
12914 4. Completion
12915 ----------
12916 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
12917 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
12918 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
12919 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
12920 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
12921 upper case.
12922
12923 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
12924 --------------------------------
12925 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
12926 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
12927
12928 \\pr PROCEDURE template
12929 \\fu FUNCTION template
12930 \\c CASE statement template
12931 \\sw SWITCH statement template
12932 \\f FOR loop template
12933 \\r REPEAT Loop template
12934 \\w WHILE loop template
12935 \\i IF statement template
12936 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
12937 \\b BEGIN
12938
12939 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
12940 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
12941
12942 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
12943 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
12944 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
12945 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
12946
12947 6. Automatic Case Conversion
12948 -------------------------
12949 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
12950 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
12951
12952 7. Automatic END completion
12953 ------------------------
12954 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
12955 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
12956
12957 8. Hooks
12958 -----
12959 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
12960 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
12961
12962 9. Documentation and Customization
12963 -------------------------------
12964 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
12965 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
12966 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
12967 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
12968 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
12969
12970 10.Keybindings
12971 -----------
12972 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
12973 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
12974 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
12975
12976 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
12977
12978 \(fn)" t nil)
12979 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
12980
12981 ;;;***
12982 \f
12983 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
12984 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
12985 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
12986 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
12987 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
12988 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
12989 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
12990 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (16804
12991 ;;;;;; 23129))
12992 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
12993
12994 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
12995 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
12996 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
12997 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
12998 displaying...)
12999 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
13000 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
13001 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
13002
13003 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13004 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
13005
13006 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido")
13007
13008 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
13009 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
13010 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13011 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
13012 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
13013 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
13014 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
13015 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
13016 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13017
13018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13019
13020 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
13021 Switch to another buffer.
13022 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
13023 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13024 in another frame.
13025
13026 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
13027 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
13028 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
13029 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have their
13030 normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
13031
13032 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
13033 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
13034
13035 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
13036 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
13037
13038 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13039 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13040 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13041 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
13042 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
13043 in a separate window.
13044 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
13045 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13046 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13047 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13048 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
13049 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
13050 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file.
13051 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
13052 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
13053
13054 \(fn)" t nil)
13055
13056 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
13057 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13058 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13059 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13060
13061 \(fn)" t nil)
13062
13063 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
13064 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13065 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13066 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13067
13068 \(fn)" t nil)
13069
13070 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
13071 Kill a buffer.
13072 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13073 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13074
13075 \(fn)" t nil)
13076
13077 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
13078 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
13079 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13080 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13081
13082 \(fn)" t nil)
13083
13084 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
13085 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13086 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13087 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13088
13089 \(fn)" t nil)
13090
13091 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
13092 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
13093
13094 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
13095
13096 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
13097 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
13098 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
13099 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
13100 visible in another frame.
13101
13102 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you type
13103 in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed if
13104 substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
13105 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
13106 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
13107 except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
13108
13109 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
13110 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
13111
13112 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
13113 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
13114
13115 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13116 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13117 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13118 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
13119 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
13120 in a separate window.
13121 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
13122 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
13123 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
13124 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
13125 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
13126 \\[ido-wide-find-file] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
13127 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
13128 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13129 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13130 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13131 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
13132 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
13133 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
13134 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
13135 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
13136
13137 \(fn)" t nil)
13138
13139 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
13140 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13141 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13142 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13143
13144 \(fn)" t nil)
13145
13146 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
13147 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13148 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13149 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13150
13151 \(fn)" t nil)
13152
13153 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
13154 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
13155 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13156 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13157
13158 \(fn)" t nil)
13159
13160 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
13161 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
13162 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13163 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13164
13165 \(fn)" t nil)
13166
13167 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
13168 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
13169 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13170 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13171
13172 \(fn)" t nil)
13173
13174 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
13175 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
13176 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13177 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13178
13179 \(fn)" t nil)
13180
13181 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
13182 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
13183 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13184 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13185
13186 \(fn)" t nil)
13187
13188 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
13189 Write current buffer to a file.
13190 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13191 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13192
13193 \(fn)" t nil)
13194
13195 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
13196 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
13197 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13198 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13199
13200 \(fn)" t nil)
13201
13202 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
13203 Call dired the ido way.
13204 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13205 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13206
13207 \(fn)" t nil)
13208
13209 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
13210 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13211 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13212 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13213 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
13214 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
13215
13216 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
13217
13218 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
13219 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
13220 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13221 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
13222
13223 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
13224
13225 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
13226 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
13227 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13228 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
13229
13230 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
13231
13232 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
13233 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
13234 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
13235 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
13236 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
13237 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
13238 with `completing-read'.
13239 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
13240 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
13241 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
13242 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
13243 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
13244 with point positioned at the end.
13245 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
13246 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
13247
13248 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
13249
13250 ;;;***
13251 \f
13252 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (16686 1588))
13253 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
13254 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
13255
13256 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
13257 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
13258 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
13259
13260 \(fn)" t nil)
13261
13262 ;;;***
13263 \f
13264 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
13265 ;;;;;; (16619 14967))
13266 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
13267
13268 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
13269 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
13270
13271 \(fn)" t nil)
13272
13273 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
13274 Toggle inline image minor mode.
13275
13276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13277
13278 ;;;***
13279 \f
13280 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
13281 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
13282 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (16722 36133))
13283 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
13284
13285 (defvar image-library-alist nil "\
13286 Alist of image types vs external libraries needed to display them.
13287
13288 Each element is a list (IMAGE-TYPE LIBRARY...), where the car is a symbol
13289 representing a supported image type, and the rest are strings giving
13290 alternate filenames for the corresponding external libraries.
13291
13292 Emacs tries to load the libraries in the order they appear on the
13293 list; if none is loaded, the running session of Emacs won't
13294 support the image type. Types 'pbm and 'xbm don't need to be
13295 listed; they're always supported.")
13296 (put 'image-library-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
13297
13298 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
13299 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
13300 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
13301 be determined.
13302
13303 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
13304
13305 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
13306 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
13307 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
13308 be determined.
13309
13310 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13311
13312 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
13313 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
13314 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
13315
13316 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
13317
13318 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
13319 Create an image.
13320 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
13321 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
13322 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
13323 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
13324 use its file extension as image type.
13325 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
13326 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
13327 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
13328 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
13329
13330 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
13331
13332 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
13333 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
13334 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
13335 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
13336 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
13337 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
13338 POS may be an integer or marker.
13339 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
13340 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
13341 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
13342 means display it in the right marginal area.
13343
13344 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
13345
13346 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
13347 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
13348 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
13349 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
13350 defaulted if you omit it.
13351 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
13352 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
13353 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
13354 means display it in the right marginal area.
13355 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
13356 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
13357 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
13358 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
13359 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
13360
13361 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
13362
13363 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
13364 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
13365 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
13366 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
13367
13368 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
13369
13370 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
13371 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
13372
13373 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
13374
13375 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
13376 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
13377 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
13378 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
13379 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
13380 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
13381 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
13382 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
13383 satisfied.
13384
13385 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'.
13386
13387 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
13388
13389 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
13390 Define SYMBOL as an image.
13391
13392 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
13393 documentation string.
13394
13395 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
13396 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
13397 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
13398 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
13399 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
13400 string containing the actual image data. The first image
13401 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
13402 define SYMBOL.
13403
13404 Example:
13405
13406 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
13407 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
13408
13409 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
13410
13411 ;;;***
13412 \f
13413 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
13414 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
13415 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (16213 43269))
13416 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
13417
13418 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
13419 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
13420 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
13421 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
13422
13423 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
13424 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
13425 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
13426 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
13427
13428 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
13429
13430 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
13431 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
13432 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
13433 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
13434
13435 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
13436 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
13437 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
13438 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
13439
13440 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
13441
13442 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
13443 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
13444
13445 \(fn)" nil nil)
13446
13447 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
13448 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
13449 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
13450 the command `insert-file-contents'.
13451
13452 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
13453
13454 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
13455 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
13456 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13457 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13458 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
13459
13460 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
13461
13462 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
13463 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
13464 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
13465 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
13466
13467 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
13468 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
13469 `image-file-name-regexps'.
13470
13471 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13472
13473 ;;;***
13474 \f
13475 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
13476 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (16816 23724))
13477 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
13478
13479 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
13480 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
13481
13482 Affects only the mouse index menu.
13483
13484 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
13485 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
13486 in the buffer.
13487
13488 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
13489
13490 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
13491 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
13492 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
13493
13494 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu")
13495
13496 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
13497 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
13498
13499 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
13500 to create a buffer index.
13501
13502 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
13503 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
13504 or like this:
13505 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
13506 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
13507 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
13508 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
13509 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
13510
13511 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
13512 entries are not nested.
13513
13514 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
13515 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
13516 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
13517 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
13518
13519 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
13520 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
13521
13522 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
13523 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
13524 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
13525
13526 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
13527 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
13528 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
13529 during matching.")
13530
13531 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
13532
13533 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
13534 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
13535
13536 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
13537 of the current buffer as an alist.
13538
13539 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
13540 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
13541 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
13542 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
13543 if it is a sub-alist.
13544
13545 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.")
13546
13547 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
13548
13549 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
13550 Function for finding the next index position.
13551
13552 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
13553 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
13554 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
13555 file.
13556
13557 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
13558 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
13559
13560 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
13561
13562 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
13563 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
13564
13565 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
13566 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
13567 It should return the name for that index item.")
13568
13569 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
13570
13571 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
13572 Function to compare string with index item.
13573
13574 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
13575 non-nil if they match.
13576
13577 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
13578 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
13579 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
13580 arguments match\".")
13581
13582 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
13583
13584 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
13585 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
13586 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
13587
13588 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
13589
13590 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
13591
13592 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
13593
13594 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
13595 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
13596 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
13597 See the command `imenu' for more information.
13598
13599 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13600
13601 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
13602 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
13603
13604 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
13605
13606 \(fn)" t nil)
13607
13608 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
13609 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
13610 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
13611 for more information.
13612
13613 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
13614
13615 ;;;***
13616 \f
13617 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
13618 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
13619 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (16303 21394))
13620 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
13621
13622 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
13623 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
13624
13625 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13626
13627 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
13628 Not documented
13629
13630 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
13631
13632 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
13633 Not documented
13634
13635 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
13636
13637 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
13638 Not documented
13639
13640 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13641
13642 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
13643 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
13644 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
13645 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
13646 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
13647
13648 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
13649
13650 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
13651 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
13652 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
13653 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
13654 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
13655
13656 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
13657
13658 ;;;***
13659 \f
13660 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
13661 ;;;;;; (16213 43282))
13662 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
13663
13664 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
13665 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
13666 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
13667 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
13668 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
13669
13670 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
13671 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
13672
13673 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
13674 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
13675 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
13676 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
13677 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
13678 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
13679 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
13680 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
13681
13682 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
13683 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
13684 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
13685 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
13686 Inferior Lisp buffer.
13687
13688 This variable is only used if the variable
13689 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
13690
13691 More precise choices:
13692 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
13693 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
13694 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
13695
13696 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
13697
13698 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
13699 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
13700
13701 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
13702 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
13703 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
13704 to that buffer.
13705 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
13706 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
13707 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
13708 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
13709
13710 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
13711 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
13712
13713 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
13714
13715 ;;;***
13716 \f
13717 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-restore-desktop-buffer Info-speedbar-browser
13718 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node
13719 ;;;;;; info-apropos Info-index Info-directory Info-goto-node info-standalone
13720 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
13721 ;;;;;; (16810 63790))
13722 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
13723
13724 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
13725 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
13726
13727 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
13728 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
13729 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
13730
13731 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
13732 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
13733 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
13734 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
13735 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
13736 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
13737 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
13738 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
13739 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
13740 with the top-level Info directory.
13741
13742 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
13743 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
13744 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
13745 appended to the Info buffer name.
13746
13747 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
13748 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
13749 in all the directories in that path.
13750
13751 \(fn &optional FILE BUFFER)" t nil)
13752
13753 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
13754 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
13755
13756 \(fn)" t nil)
13757
13758 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
13759 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
13760 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
13761 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
13762
13763 \(fn)" nil nil)
13764
13765 (autoload (quote Info-goto-node) "info" "\
13766 Go to info node named NODENAME. Give just NODENAME or (FILENAME)NODENAME.
13767 If NODENAME is of the form (FILENAME)NODENAME, the node is in the Info file
13768 FILENAME; otherwise, NODENAME should be in the current Info file (or one of
13769 its sub-files).
13770 Completion is available, but only for node names in the current Info file.
13771 If FORK is non-nil (interactively with a prefix arg), show the node in
13772 a new info buffer.
13773 If FORK is a string, it is the name to use for the new buffer.
13774
13775 \(fn NODENAME &optional FORK)" t nil)
13776
13777 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
13778 Go to the Info directory node.
13779
13780 \(fn)" t nil)
13781
13782 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
13783 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this file.
13784 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
13785 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
13786 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
13787 Give a blank topic name to go to the Index node itself.
13788
13789 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
13790
13791 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
13792 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
13793 Build a menu of the possible matches.
13794
13795 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
13796 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
13797
13798 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
13799 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
13800 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
13801 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
13802 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
13803 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
13804
13805 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
13806 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
13807
13808 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
13809 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
13810 KEY is a string.
13811 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
13812 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
13813 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
13814 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
13815
13816 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
13817
13818 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
13819 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
13820 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
13821
13822 \(fn)" t nil)
13823
13824 (autoload (quote Info-restore-desktop-buffer) "info" "\
13825 Restore an info buffer specified in a desktop file.
13826
13827 \(fn DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)" nil nil)
13828
13829 ;;;***
13830 \f
13831 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
13832 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
13833 ;;;;;; (16783 21520))
13834 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
13835
13836 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
13837 Throw away all cached data.
13838 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
13839 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
13840 system.
13841
13842 \(fn)" t nil)
13843 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
13844
13845 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
13846 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
13847 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
13848 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
13849 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
13850 The default symbol is the one found at point.
13851
13852 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
13853
13854 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
13855 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
13856
13857 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
13858 Display the documentation of a file.
13859 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
13860 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
13861 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
13862 The default file name is the one found at point.
13863
13864 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
13865
13866 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
13867
13868 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
13869 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
13870
13871 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
13872
13873 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
13874 Perform completion on file preceding point.
13875
13876 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
13877
13878 ;;;***
13879 \f
13880 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
13881 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (16484 6598))
13882 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
13883
13884 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
13885 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
13886
13887 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13888
13889 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
13890 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
13891 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
13892
13893 \(fn)" t nil)
13894
13895 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
13896 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
13897 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
13898
13899 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
13900 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
13901 quite a while.
13902
13903 \(fn)" t nil)
13904
13905 ;;;***
13906 \f
13907 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
13908 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (16213 43269))
13909 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
13910
13911 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
13912 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
13913
13914 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
13915
13916 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
13917 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
13918 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
13919
13920 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
13921 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
13922 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
13923
13924 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
13925 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
13926 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
13927 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
13928
13929 \(fn)" t nil)
13930
13931 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
13932 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
13933 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
13934
13935 \(fn)" t nil)
13936
13937 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
13938 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
13939 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
13940 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
13941 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
13942
13943 \(fn)" nil nil)
13944
13945 ;;;***
13946 \f
13947 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
13948 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
13949 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
13950 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
13951
13952 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
13953 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
13954
13955 \(fn)" t nil)
13956
13957 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
13958 Toggle input method in interactive search.
13959
13960 \(fn)" t nil)
13961
13962 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
13963 Not documented
13964
13965 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
13966
13967 ;;;***
13968 \f
13969 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (16541
13970 ;;;;;; 47351))
13971 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
13972
13973 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
13974 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
13975 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
13976 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
13977 accessed via isearchb.
13978
13979 \(fn)" t nil)
13980
13981 ;;;***
13982 \f
13983 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
13984 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
13985 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
13986
13987 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
13988 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
13989 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
13990 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
13991 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
13992 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
13993
13994 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
13995 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
13996
13997 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
13998 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
13999 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
14000 \"s gives German sharp s.
14001 /a gives a with ring.
14002 /e gives an a-e ligature.
14003 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
14004 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
14005 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
14006
14007 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
14008 and a negative argument disables it.
14009
14010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14011
14012 ;;;***
14013 \f
14014 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
14015 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
14016 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
14017 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (16795 7139))
14018 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
14019
14020 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
14021 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
14022 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14023 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14024
14025 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14026
14027 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
14028 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
14029 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14030 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14031
14032 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14033
14034 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
14035 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
14036 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14037 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14038
14039 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14040
14041 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
14042 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14043 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14044 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14045
14046 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14047
14048 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
14049 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14050 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14051 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14052
14053 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14054
14055 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
14056 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
14057 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14058 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14059
14060 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14061
14062 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
14063 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
14064 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14065 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14066
14067 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14068
14069 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
14070 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
14071 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
14072 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14073
14074 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14075
14076 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
14077 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14078 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
14079 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14080
14081 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14082
14083 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
14084 Warn that format is read-only.
14085
14086 \(fn)" t nil)
14087
14088 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
14089 Warn that format is write-only.
14090
14091 \(fn)" t nil)
14092
14093 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
14094 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
14095
14096 \(fn)" t nil)
14097
14098 ;;;***
14099 \f
14100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
14101 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
14102 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
14103 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
14104 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
14105 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
14106
14107 ;;;***
14108 \f
14109 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
14110 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
14111 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
14112 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
14113 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
14114 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (16805 44925))
14115 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
14116
14117 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
14118 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
14119 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
14120 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
14121
14122 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell")
14123
14124 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
14125 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
14126
14127 These will override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
14128
14129 Customization changes made to `ispell-dictionary-alist' will not operate
14130 over emacs sessions. To make permanent changes to your dictionary
14131 definitions, you will need to make your changes in this variable, save,
14132 and then re-start emacs.")
14133
14134 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
14135
14136 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
14137
14138 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
14139
14140 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
14141
14142 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
14143
14144 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
14145
14146 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
14147
14148 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
14149 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
14150
14151 Each element of this list is also a list:
14152
14153 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
14154 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
14155
14156 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
14157 nil means the default dictionary.
14158
14159 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
14160 word.
14161
14162 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
14163
14164 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
14165 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
14166 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
14167 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
14168 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
14169 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
14170 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
14171 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
14172 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
14173
14174 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
14175 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
14176 single word.
14177
14178 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
14179 subprocess.
14180
14181 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
14182 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
14183 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
14184 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
14185 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
14186 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
14187 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
14188 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
14189
14190 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
14191
14192 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
14193 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
14194 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
14195
14196 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
14197
14198 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
14199 Key map for ispell menu.")
14200
14201 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
14202 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
14203 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
14204 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
14205
14206 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
14207
14208 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (if (fboundp (quote ispell-valid-dictionary-list)) (ispell-valid-dictionary-list) (mapcar (lambda (x) (or (car x) "default")) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (dict-map (make-sparse-keymap "Dictionaries"))) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (if (not dicts) (define-key ispell-menu-map [default] (quote ("Select Default Dict" "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary "default"))))) (fset (quote ispell-dict-map) dict-map) (define-key ispell-menu-map [dictionaries] (\` (menu-item "Select Dict" ispell-dict-map))) (dolist (name dicts) (define-key dict-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (\` (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary (\, name)))))))))
14209
14210 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle . flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
14211
14212 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
14213
14214 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
14215
14216 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
14217 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
14218 The alist key must be a regular expression.
14219 Valid forms include:
14220 (KEY) - just skip the key.
14221 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
14222 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
14223 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
14224
14225 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
14226 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
14227 First list is used raw.
14228 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
14229
14230 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
14231 for skipping in latex mode.")
14232
14233 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
14234 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
14235 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
14236 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
14237 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
14238 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
14239
14240 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
14241 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
14242 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
14243 in a window allowing you to choose one.
14244
14245 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
14246 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
14247 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
14248 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
14249 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
14250
14251 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
14252 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
14253
14254 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
14255
14256 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
14257 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
14258
14259 return values:
14260 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
14261 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
14262 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
14263 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
14264 quit spell session exited.
14265
14266 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
14267
14268 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
14269 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
14270 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
14271
14272 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
14273
14274 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
14275 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
14276
14277 Selections are:
14278
14279 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
14280 SPC: Accept word this time.
14281 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
14282 `a': Accept word for this session.
14283 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
14284 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
14285 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
14286 `?': Show these commands.
14287 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
14288 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
14289 the aborted check to be completed later.
14290 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
14291 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
14292 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
14293 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
14294 `C-l': redraws screen
14295 `C-r': recursive edit
14296 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
14297
14298 \(fn)" nil nil)
14299
14300 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
14301 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
14302 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
14303
14304 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
14305
14306 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
14307 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
14308 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
14309
14310 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
14311
14312 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary.
14313
14314 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
14315
14316 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
14317 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
14318 Return nil if spell session is quit,
14319 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
14320
14321 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
14322
14323 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
14324 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
14325
14326 \(fn)" t nil)
14327
14328 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
14329 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
14330
14331 \(fn)" t nil)
14332
14333 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
14334 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
14335
14336 \(fn)" t nil)
14337
14338 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
14339 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
14340 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
14341 sequence inside of a word.
14342
14343 Standard ispell choices are then available.
14344
14345 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
14346
14347 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
14348 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
14349
14350 \(fn)" t nil)
14351
14352 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
14353 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
14354 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
14355 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
14356
14357 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
14358 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
14359 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
14360 available on the net.
14361
14362 \(fn)" t nil)
14363
14364 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
14365 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
14366 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
14367
14368 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
14369 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
14370
14371 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
14372 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
14373
14374 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14375
14376 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
14377 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
14378 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
14379 Don't check included messages.
14380
14381 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
14382 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
14383 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
14384
14385 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
14386 in your .emacs file:
14387 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
14388 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
14389 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
14390 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
14391
14392 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
14393 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
14394 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
14395
14396 \(fn)" t nil)
14397
14398 ;;;***
14399 \f
14400 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (16681
14401 ;;;;;; 45592))
14402 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
14403
14404 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
14405 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
14406 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14407 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14408 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
14409
14410 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
14411
14412 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
14413 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
14414 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
14415 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
14416 `iswitchb' for details.
14417
14418 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14419
14420 ;;;***
14421 \f
14422 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
14423 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
14424 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
14425 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (16213 43280))
14426 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
14427
14428 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
14429 Not documented
14430
14431 \(fn)" nil nil)
14432
14433 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
14434 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
14435 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
14436 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
14437 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
14438 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
14439 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
14440 necessary to represent OBJ.
14441
14442 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
14443
14444 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
14445 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
14446 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
14447 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
14448
14449 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
14450
14451 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
14452 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
14453 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
14454 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
14455 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
14456
14457 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
14458
14459 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
14460 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
14461 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
14462 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
14463
14464 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
14465
14466 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
14467 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
14468 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
14469 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
14470
14471 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
14472
14473 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
14474 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
14475
14476 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14477
14478 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
14479 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
14480 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
14481 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
14482 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
14483
14484 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
14485
14486 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
14487 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
14488 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
14489 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
14490 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
14491
14492 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
14493
14494 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
14495 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
14496 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
14497
14498 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
14499
14500 ;;;***
14501 \f
14502 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (16484
14503 ;;;;;; 6598))
14504 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
14505
14506 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
14507 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
14508 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
14509 that needs to be (re)fontified.
14510 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful.
14511
14512 \(fn FUN &optional CONTEXTUAL)" nil nil)
14513
14514 ;;;***
14515 \f
14516 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
14517 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (16484 6598))
14518 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
14519
14520 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
14521 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
14522 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14523 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14524 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
14525
14526 (custom-autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr")
14527
14528 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
14529 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
14530 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
14531 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on).
14532
14533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14534
14535 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
14536 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled.
14537
14538 \(fn &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14539
14540 ;;;***
14541 \f
14542 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
14543 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
14544 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
14545 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
14546
14547 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
14548 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
14549 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
14550 decimal key must be specified.")
14551
14552 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
14553
14554 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
14555 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
14556 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
14557 decimal key must be specified.")
14558
14559 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
14560
14561 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
14562 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
14563 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
14564 decimal key must be specified.")
14565
14566 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
14567
14568 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
14569 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
14570 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
14571 decimal key must be specified.")
14572
14573 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
14574
14575 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
14576 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
14577 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
14578 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
14579 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
14580 keys are bound.
14581
14582 Setup Binding
14583 -------------------------------------------------------------
14584 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
14585 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
14586 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
14587 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
14588 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
14589 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
14590 in the global and local keymaps.
14591
14592 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
14593 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
14594
14595 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
14596
14597 ;;;***
14598 \f
14599 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
14600 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
14601 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
14602
14603 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
14604 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
14605 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
14606
14607 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
14608 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
14609 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
14610 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
14611 shorter.
14612
14613 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
14614 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
14615 the context of text formatting.
14616
14617 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
14618
14619 ;;;***
14620 \f
14621 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (16213
14622 ;;;;;; 43274))
14623 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
14624
14625 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
14626 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
14627 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
14628 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
14629 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
14630 positions that contains the current selection.")
14631
14632 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
14633 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
14634 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
14635 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
14636 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
14637 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
14638 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
14639
14640 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14641
14642 ;;;***
14643 \f
14644 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
14645 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
14646 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
14647 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (16814 63075))
14648 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
14649 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
14650 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
14651 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
14652 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
14653 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
14654 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
14655 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
14656
14657 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
14658 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
14659 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
14660 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
14661 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
14662
14663 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
14664
14665 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
14666 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
14667 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
14668
14669 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
14670 defining the macro.
14671
14672 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
14673 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
14674 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
14675
14676 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
14677 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
14678
14679 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14680
14681 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
14682 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
14683 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
14684 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
14685 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
14686 under that name.
14687
14688 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
14689 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
14690 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
14691
14692 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14693
14694 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
14695 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
14696 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
14697
14698 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
14699 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
14700 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
14701 for details on how to adjust or disable this behaviour.
14702
14703 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
14704 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
14705
14706 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
14707
14708 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
14709 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
14710 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
14711
14712 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
14713 macro.
14714
14715 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
14716 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
14717
14718 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
14719 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
14720 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
14721
14722 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
14723 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
14724
14725 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14726
14727 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
14728 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
14729 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
14730 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
14731
14732 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
14733
14734 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
14735 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
14736 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
14737 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
14738
14739 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
14740 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
14741
14742 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
14743
14744 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
14745 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
14746 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
14747
14748 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
14749
14750 ;;;***
14751 \f
14752 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
14753 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
14754 ;;;;;; (16303 15430))
14755 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
14756
14757 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
14758
14759 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
14760 Not documented
14761
14762 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14763
14764 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
14765 Not documented
14766
14767 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
14768
14769 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
14770 Not documented
14771
14772 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
14773
14774 ;;;***
14775 \f
14776 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
14777 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (16213 43280))
14778 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
14779
14780 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
14781 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
14782 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
14783
14784 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
14785 Not documented
14786
14787 \(fn)" nil nil)
14788
14789 ;;;***
14790 \f
14791 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
14792 ;;;;;; (16478 51573))
14793 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
14794
14795 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
14796
14797 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
14798 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
14799
14800 \(fn)" t nil)
14801
14802 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
14803
14804 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
14805 Start or resume an Lm game.
14806 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
14807 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
14808
14809 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
14810 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
14811 none / 1 | yes | no
14812 2 | yes | yes
14813 3 | no | yes
14814 4 | no | no
14815
14816 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
14817 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
14818 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
14819
14820 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
14821
14822 ;;;***
14823 \f
14824 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
14825 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
14826 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (16213
14827 ;;;;;; 43280))
14828 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
14829
14830 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
14831 Not documented
14832
14833 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
14834
14835 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
14836 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
14837 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
14838 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
14839 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
14840 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
14841
14842 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
14843 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
14844
14845 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
14846
14847 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
14848 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
14849
14850 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
14851
14852 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
14853 Not documented
14854
14855 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
14856
14857 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
14858 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
14859 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
14860 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
14861 to compose.
14862
14863 The return value is number of composed characters.
14864
14865 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
14866
14867 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
14868 Not documented
14869
14870 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14871
14872 ;;;***
14873 \f
14874 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
14875 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (16680 26004))
14876 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
14877
14878 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
14879 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
14880 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
14881 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
14882 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
14883 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
14884 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
14885 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
14886
14887 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
14888 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
14889
14890 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14891 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
14892
14893 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
14894
14895 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
14896 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
14897 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
14898 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
14899 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
14900 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
14901 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
14902 a Unicode font with which to display them.
14903
14904 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
14905
14906 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
14907 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
14908 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
14909 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
14910
14911 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14912 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
14913
14914 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
14915
14916 ;;;***
14917 \f
14918 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
14919 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (16213 43269))
14920 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
14921
14922 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
14923 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
14924 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
14925 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
14926
14927 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
14928
14929 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
14930 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
14931 JIT Lock's favor.
14932
14933 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
14934
14935 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
14936 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
14937 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
14938 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
14939 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
14940 for large buffers.
14941
14942 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
14943 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
14944 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
14945 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
14946 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
14947
14948 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
14949 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
14950 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
14951 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
14952 slow to keep up with your typing.
14953
14954 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
14955 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
14956 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
14957 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
14958 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
14959 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
14960
14961 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
14962 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
14963 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
14964 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
14965
14966 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
14967 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
14968 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
14969 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
14970
14971 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
14972 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
14973 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
14974 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
14975 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
14976
14977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14978
14979 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
14980 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
14981
14982 \(fn)" nil nil)
14983
14984 ;;;***
14985 \f
14986 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
14987 ;;;;;; (16239 25259))
14988 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
14989
14990 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.lds" . ld-script-mode)))
14991
14992 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
14993 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
14994
14995 \(fn)" t nil)
14996
14997 ;;;***
14998 \f
14999 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
15000 ;;;;;; (16213 43269))
15001 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
15002
15003 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
15004 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
15005
15006 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
15007 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
15008
15009 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
15010 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
15011
15012 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
15013 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
15014 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
15015 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
15016 for later transmission to Lisp job.
15017 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
15018 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
15019 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
15020 and transmit saved text.
15021 \\{ledit-mode-map}
15022 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
15023 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
15024
15025 \(fn)" t nil)
15026
15027 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
15028 Not documented
15029
15030 \(fn)" nil nil)
15031
15032 ;;;***
15033 \f
15034 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (16793 54110))
15035 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
15036
15037 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
15038 Run Conway's Life simulation.
15039 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
15040 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
15041 generations (this defaults to 1).
15042
15043 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
15044
15045 ;;;***
15046 \f
15047 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (16435
15048 ;;;;;; 26305))
15049 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
15050
15051 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
15052 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
15053 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
15054 is nil, raise an error.
15055
15056 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
15057 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
15058 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
15059 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
15060 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
15061 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
15062 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
15063 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
15064 such as redefining an Emacs function.
15065
15066 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
15067
15068 ;;;***
15069 \f
15070 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
15071 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (16580 11202))
15072 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
15073
15074 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
15075 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
15076 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
15077
15078 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate")
15079
15080 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
15081 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
15082 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run.
15083
15084 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
15085
15086 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
15087 Run the locate command with a filter.
15088
15089 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
15090 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search.
15091
15092 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
15093
15094 ;;;***
15095 \f
15096 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (16680 26002))
15097 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
15098
15099 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
15100 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
15101 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
15102 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
15103 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
15104 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
15105 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
15106 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
15107 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
15108 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
15109 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
15110 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
15111 uses the current buffer.
15112
15113 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
15114
15115 ;;;***
15116 \f
15117 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (16534
15118 ;;;;;; 3808))
15119 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
15120
15121 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
15122 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
15123
15124 \(fn)" t nil)
15125
15126 ;;;***
15127 \f
15128 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
15129 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (16213
15130 ;;;;;; 43269))
15131 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
15132
15133 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
15134
15135 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
15136
15137 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
15138 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
15139 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
15140
15141 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
15142 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
15143
15144 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
15145 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
15146 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
15147 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
15148 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
15149 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
15150 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
15151
15152 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr")
15153
15154 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
15155 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
15156 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
15157 switch on this list.
15158 See `lpr-command'.")
15159
15160 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr")
15161
15162 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
15163 *Name of program for printing a file.
15164
15165 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
15166 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
15167 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
15168 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
15169 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
15170 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
15171 argument.")
15172
15173 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr")
15174
15175 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
15176 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
15177 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15178 for customization of the printer command.
15179
15180 \(fn)" t nil)
15181
15182 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
15183 Paginate and print buffer contents.
15184
15185 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
15186 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
15187 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
15188 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
15189
15190 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
15191 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
15192
15193 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15194 for further customization of the printer command.
15195
15196 \(fn)" t nil)
15197
15198 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
15199 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
15200 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15201 for customization of the printer command.
15202
15203 \(fn START END)" t nil)
15204
15205 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
15206 Paginate and print the region contents.
15207
15208 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
15209 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
15210 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
15211 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
15212
15213 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
15214 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
15215
15216 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15217 for further customization of the printer command.
15218
15219 \(fn START END)" t nil)
15220
15221 ;;;***
15222 \f
15223 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
15224 ;;;;;; (16727 56921))
15225 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
15226
15227 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
15228 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
15229 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
15230
15231 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp")
15232
15233 ;;;***
15234 \f
15235 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (16213
15236 ;;;;;; 43272))
15237 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
15238
15239 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
15240 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
15241 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
15242
15243 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
15244
15245 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15246
15247 ;;;***
15248 \f
15249 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (16213
15250 ;;;;;; 43282))
15251 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
15252
15253 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
15254 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
15255 \\{m4-mode-map}
15256
15257 \(fn)" t nil)
15258
15259 ;;;***
15260 \f
15261 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
15262 ;;;;;; (16424 14687))
15263 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
15264
15265 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
15266 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
15267 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
15268 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
15269 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
15270
15271 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
15272
15273 ;;;***
15274 \f
15275 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
15276 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (16810 63790))
15277 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
15278
15279 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
15280 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
15281 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
15282 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
15283 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
15284
15285 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
15286
15287 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
15288 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
15289 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
15290 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
15291
15292 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
15293 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
15294 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
15295 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
15296 bindings.
15297
15298 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
15299 use this command, and then save the file.
15300
15301 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
15302
15303 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
15304 Query user during kbd macro execution.
15305 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
15306 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
15307 each time the macro executes.
15308 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
15309 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
15310 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
15311 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
15312 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
15313 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
15314 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
15315
15316 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
15317
15318 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
15319 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
15320 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
15321 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
15322
15323 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
15324 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
15325 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
15326 execute.
15327
15328 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
15329 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
15330
15331 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
15332 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
15333 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
15334 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
15335 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
15336
15337 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
15338 looked like this:
15339
15340 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
15341 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
15342 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
15343
15344 You could enter the names in this format:
15345
15346 foo
15347 bar
15348 baz
15349
15350 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
15351
15352 \\C-x (
15353 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
15354 \\C-x )
15355
15356 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
15357 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
15358
15359 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
15360 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
15361
15362 ;;;***
15363 \f
15364 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
15365 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (16746 18215))
15366 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
15367
15368 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
15369 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
15370 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
15371 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
15372 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
15373
15374 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
15375 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
15376 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
15377 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
15378 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
15379
15380 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
15381 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
15382 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
15383 consing a string.)
15384
15385 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
15386
15387 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
15388 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
15389
15390 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
15391
15392 ;;;***
15393 \f
15394 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
15395 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
15396 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
15397 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
15398
15399 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
15400 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
15401
15402 \(fn)" nil nil)
15403
15404 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
15405 Not documented
15406
15407 \(fn)" nil nil)
15408
15409 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
15410 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
15411
15412 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
15413
15414 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
15415 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
15416 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
15417 message.
15418
15419 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
15420
15421 \(fn)" nil nil)
15422
15423 ;;;***
15424 \f
15425 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
15426 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
15427 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (16456
15428 ;;;;;; 21757))
15429 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
15430
15431 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
15432 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
15433 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
15434 often correct parser.")
15435
15436 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
15437
15438 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
15439 Not documented
15440
15441 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15442
15443 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
15444 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
15445 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
15446 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
15447
15448 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
15449
15450 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
15451 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
15452 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
15453 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
15454
15455 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
15456
15457 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
15458 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
15459 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
15460 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
15461 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
15462 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
15463 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
15464 as Rmail does.
15465
15466 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
15467
15468 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
15469 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
15470 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
15471 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
15472 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
15473 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
15474
15475 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
15476
15477 ;;;***
15478 \f
15479 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
15480 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (16250 35353))
15481 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
15482
15483 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
15484 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
15485
15486 \(fn)" nil nil)
15487
15488 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
15489 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
15490 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
15491
15492 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
15493
15494 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
15495 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
15496 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
15497
15498 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
15499
15500 ;;;***
15501 \f
15502 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
15503 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (16213
15504 ;;;;;; 43280))
15505 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
15506
15507 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
15508 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
15509 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
15510 king@grassland.com
15511 If `parens', they look like:
15512 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
15513 If `angles', they look like:
15514 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
15515
15516 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
15517
15518 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
15519 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
15520 If interactive, expand in header fields.
15521 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
15522 their `Resent-' variants.
15523
15524 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
15525 removed from alias expansions.
15526
15527 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
15528
15529 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
15530 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
15531 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
15532
15533 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
15534 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
15535 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
15536 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
15537
15538 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
15539
15540 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
15541 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
15542 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
15543 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
15544
15545 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15546
15547 ;;;***
15548 \f
15549 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
15550 ;;;;;; (16719 60888))
15551 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
15552
15553 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
15554 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
15555 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
15556
15557 \\{makefile-mode-map}
15558
15559 In the browser, use the following keys:
15560
15561 \\{makefile-browser-map}
15562
15563 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
15564
15565 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
15566 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
15567
15568 `makefile-target-colon':
15569 The string that gets appended to all target names
15570 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
15571 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
15572
15573 `makefile-macro-assign':
15574 The string that gets appended to all macro names
15575 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
15576 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
15577 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
15578 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
15579 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
15580
15581 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
15582 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
15583 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
15584
15585 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
15586 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
15587
15588 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
15589 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
15590 up or down in the browser.
15591
15592 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
15593 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
15594
15595 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
15596 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
15597
15598 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
15599 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
15600 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
15601 has been selected in the browser.
15602
15603 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
15604 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
15605 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
15606 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
15607 filenames are omitted.
15608
15609 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
15610 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
15611 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
15612 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
15613 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
15614 the backslash itself intact.
15615 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
15616 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
15617
15618 `makefile-browser-hook':
15619 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
15620 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
15621
15622 `makefile-special-targets-list':
15623 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
15624 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
15625 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
15626
15627 \(fn)" t nil)
15628
15629 ;;;***
15630 \f
15631 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (16213
15632 ;;;;;; 43269))
15633 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
15634
15635 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
15636 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
15637 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
15638
15639 \(fn)" t nil)
15640
15641 ;;;***
15642 \f
15643 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (16816 23724))
15644 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
15645
15646 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
15647
15648 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
15649 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
15650 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
15651 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
15652 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
15653 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
15654 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
15655
15656 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
15657 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
15658 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
15659 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
15660
15661 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
15662
15663 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
15664 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
15665
15666 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
15667
15668 ;;;***
15669 \f
15670 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (16213 43269))
15671 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
15672
15673 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
15674 Toggle Master mode.
15675 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
15676 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
15677 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
15678
15679 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
15680 following commands:
15681
15682 \\{master-mode-map}
15683
15684 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
15685 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
15686 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
15687
15688 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15689
15690 ;;;***
15691 \f
15692 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (16810
15693 ;;;;;; 63790))
15694 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
15695
15696 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
15697
15698 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
15699 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
15700 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15701 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15702 use either \\[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
15703
15704 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar")
15705
15706 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
15707 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
15708 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
15709 created in the future.
15710 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
15711 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
15712
15713 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15714
15715 ;;;***
15716 \f
15717 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
15718 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
15719 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
15720 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
15721 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
15722 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-reduce-to-to-cc
15723 ;;;;;; message-cross-post-followup-to message-cross-post-insert-note
15724 ;;;;;; message-cross-post-followup-to-header message-add-archive-header
15725 ;;;;;; message-mark-insert-file message-mark-inserted-region message-change-subject
15726 ;;;;;; message-signature-insert-empty-line message-signature-file
15727 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
15728 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
15729 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
15730 ;;;;;; message-cross-post-note-function message-followup-to-note
15731 ;;;;;; message-cross-post-note message-cross-post-default message-archive-note
15732 ;;;;;; message-archive-header message-mark-insert-end message-mark-insert-begin
15733 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (16775 26713))
15734 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
15735
15736 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
15737 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
15738
15739 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
15740 king@grassland.com
15741 If `parens', they look like:
15742 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
15743 If `angles', they look like:
15744 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
15745
15746 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
15747 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
15748
15749 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message")
15750
15751 (defvar message-mark-insert-begin "--8<---------------cut here---------------start------------->8---\n" "\
15752 How to mark the beginning of some inserted text.")
15753
15754 (custom-autoload (quote message-mark-insert-begin) "message")
15755
15756 (defvar message-mark-insert-end "--8<---------------cut here---------------end--------------->8---\n" "\
15757 How to mark the end of some inserted text.")
15758
15759 (custom-autoload (quote message-mark-insert-end) "message")
15760
15761 (defvar message-archive-header "X-No-Archive: Yes\n" "\
15762 Header to insert when you don't want your article to be archived.
15763 Archives (such as groups.google.com) respect this header.")
15764
15765 (custom-autoload (quote message-archive-header) "message")
15766
15767 (defvar message-archive-note "X-No-Archive: Yes - save http://groups.google.com/" "\
15768 Note to insert why you wouldn't want this posting archived.
15769 If nil, don't insert any text in the body.")
15770
15771 (custom-autoload (quote message-archive-note) "message")
15772
15773 (defvar message-cross-post-default t "\
15774 When non-nil `message-cross-post-followup-to' will perform a crosspost.
15775 If nil, `message-cross-post-followup-to' will only do a followup. Note that
15776 you can explicitly override this setting by calling
15777 `message-cross-post-followup-to' with a prefix.")
15778
15779 (custom-autoload (quote message-cross-post-default) "message")
15780
15781 (defvar message-cross-post-note "Crosspost & Followup-To: " "\
15782 Note to insert before signature to notify of cross-post and follow-up.")
15783
15784 (custom-autoload (quote message-cross-post-note) "message")
15785
15786 (defvar message-followup-to-note "Followup-To: " "\
15787 Note to insert before signature to notify of follow-up only.")
15788
15789 (custom-autoload (quote message-followup-to-note) "message")
15790
15791 (defvar message-cross-post-note-function (quote message-cross-post-insert-note) "\
15792 Function to use to insert note about Crosspost or Followup-To.
15793 The function will be called with four arguments. The function should not only
15794 insert a note, but also ensure old notes are deleted. See the documentation
15795 for `message-cross-post-insert-note'.")
15796
15797 (custom-autoload (quote message-cross-post-note-function) "message")
15798
15799 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
15800 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
15801
15802 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message")
15803
15804 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
15805 *Local news organization file.")
15806
15807 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message")
15808
15809 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
15810 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
15811 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
15812 variable `mail-header-separator'.
15813
15814 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
15815 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
15816 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
15817
15818 See also `send-mail-function'.")
15819
15820 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message")
15821
15822 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
15823 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
15824
15825 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
15826 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
15827 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
15828 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
15829
15830 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message")
15831
15832 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
15833 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
15834 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
15835 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
15836
15837 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message")
15838
15839 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
15840 *Function for citing an original message.
15841 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
15842 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
15843 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
15844
15845 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message")
15846
15847 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
15848 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
15849 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
15850 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
15851 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
15852
15853 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message")
15854
15855 (defvar message-signature t "\
15856 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
15857 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
15858 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
15859 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
15860
15861 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message")
15862
15863 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
15864 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
15865 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
15866 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
15867
15868 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message")
15869
15870 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
15871 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
15872
15873 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message")
15874
15875 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
15876
15877 (autoload (quote message-change-subject) "message" "\
15878 Ask for NEW-SUBJECT header, append (was: <Old Subject>).
15879
15880 \(fn NEW-SUBJECT)" t nil)
15881
15882 (autoload (quote message-mark-inserted-region) "message" "\
15883 Mark some region in the current article with enclosing tags.
15884 See `message-mark-insert-begin' and `message-mark-insert-end'.
15885
15886 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
15887
15888 (autoload (quote message-mark-insert-file) "message" "\
15889 Insert FILE at point, marking it with enclosing tags.
15890 See `message-mark-insert-begin' and `message-mark-insert-end'.
15891
15892 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
15893
15894 (autoload (quote message-add-archive-header) "message" "\
15895 Insert \"X-No-Archive: Yes\" in the header and a note in the body.
15896 The note can be customized using `message-archive-note'. When called with a
15897 prefix argument, ask for a text to insert. If you don't want the note in the
15898 body, set `message-archive-note' to nil.
15899
15900 \(fn)" t nil)
15901
15902 (autoload (quote message-cross-post-followup-to-header) "message" "\
15903 Mangles FollowUp-To and Newsgroups header to point to TARGET-GROUP.
15904 With prefix-argument just set Follow-Up, don't cross-post.
15905
15906 \(fn TARGET-GROUP)" t nil)
15907
15908 (autoload (quote message-cross-post-insert-note) "message" "\
15909 Insert a in message body note about a set Followup or Crosspost.
15910 If there have been previous notes, delete them. TARGET-GROUP specifies the
15911 group to Followup-To. When CROSS-POST is t, insert note about
15912 crossposting. IN-OLD specifies whether TARGET-GROUP is a member of
15913 OLD-GROUPS. OLD-GROUPS lists the old-groups the posting would have
15914 been made to before the user asked for a Crosspost.
15915
15916 \(fn TARGET-GROUP CROSS-POST IN-OLD OLD-GROUPS)" nil nil)
15917
15918 (autoload (quote message-cross-post-followup-to) "message" "\
15919 Crossposts message and set Followup-To to TARGET-GROUP.
15920 With prefix-argument just set Follow-Up, don't cross-post.
15921
15922 \(fn TARGET-GROUP)" t nil)
15923
15924 (autoload (quote message-reduce-to-to-cc) "message" "\
15925 Replace contents of To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc: header.
15926
15927 \(fn)" t nil)
15928
15929 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
15930 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
15931 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
15932 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
15933 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
15934 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
15935 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
15936 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
15937 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
15938 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
15939 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
15940 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
15941 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
15942 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
15943 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
15944 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
15945 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
15946 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
15947 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
15948 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
15949 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
15950 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
15951 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
15952 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
15953 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
15954 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
15955 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
15956 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
15957 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
15958 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
15959 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
15960 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
15961 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
15962 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
15963 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
15964 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
15965 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
15966
15967 \(fn)" t nil)
15968
15969 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
15970 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
15971 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
15972
15973 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
15974
15975 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
15976 Start editing a news article to be sent.
15977
15978 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
15979
15980 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
15981 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
15982
15983 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
15984
15985 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
15986 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
15987
15988 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
15989
15990 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
15991 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
15992 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
15993
15994 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
15995
15996 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
15997 Cancel an article you posted.
15998 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
15999
16000 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16001
16002 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
16003 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
16004 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
16005 header line with the old Message-ID.
16006
16007 \(fn)" t nil)
16008
16009 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
16010 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
16011
16012 \(fn)" t nil)
16013
16014 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
16015 Forward the current message via mail.
16016 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
16017 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
16018
16019 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
16020
16021 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
16022 Not documented
16023
16024 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
16025
16026 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
16027 Not documented
16028
16029 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
16030
16031 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
16032 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
16033
16034 \(fn)" t nil)
16035
16036 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
16037 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
16038
16039 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
16040
16041 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
16042 Re-mail the current message.
16043 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
16044 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
16045 you.
16046
16047 \(fn)" t nil)
16048
16049 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
16050 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
16051
16052 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16053
16054 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
16055 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
16056
16057 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16058
16059 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
16060 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16061
16062 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16063
16064 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
16065 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16066
16067 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16068
16069 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
16070 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
16071 Works by overstriking characters.
16072 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16073 which specify the range to operate on.
16074
16075 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16076
16077 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
16078 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
16079 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16080 which specify the range to operate on.
16081
16082 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16083
16084 ;;;***
16085 \f
16086 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
16087 ;;;;;; (16681 45593))
16088 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
16089
16090 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
16091 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
16092 Special commands:
16093 \\{meta-mode-map}
16094
16095 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
16096 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16097
16098 \(fn)" t nil)
16099
16100 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
16101 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
16102 Special commands:
16103 \\{meta-mode-map}
16104
16105 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
16106 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16107
16108 \(fn)" t nil)
16109
16110 ;;;***
16111 \f
16112 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
16113 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
16114 ;;;;;; (16507 41097))
16115 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
16116
16117 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
16118 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16119 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
16120
16121 \(fn)" t nil)
16122
16123 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
16124 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16125 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16126 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16127 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16128 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16129 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
16130
16131 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16132
16133 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
16134 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
16135 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16136 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16137 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16138 means current).
16139 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16140 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16141
16142 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16143
16144 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
16145 Process current region through 'metamail'.
16146 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16147 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16148 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16149 means current).
16150 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16151 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16152
16153 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16154
16155 ;;;***
16156 \f
16157 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-user-agent-compose
16158 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (16684
16159 ;;;;;; 26435))
16160 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
16161
16162 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
16163 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
16164 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to the MH mail
16165 system.
16166
16167 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
16168
16169 \(fn)" t nil)
16170
16171 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
16172 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
16173 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to the MH mail
16174 system. This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and thus
16175 is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail buffer. Users
16176 should use `mh-smail' to compose mail.
16177
16178 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO, SUBJECT, and
16179 OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
16180
16181 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
16182
16183 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
16184 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
16185 This is `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E.
16186
16187 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
16188 initial Subject field, respectively.
16189
16190 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional
16191 header fields. Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both
16192 HEADER and VALUE are strings.
16193
16194 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are ignored.
16195
16196 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
16197
16198 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
16199 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
16200 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to the MH mail
16201 system.
16202
16203 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
16204
16205 \(fn)" t nil)
16206
16207 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
16208 Mode for composing letters in MH-E.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
16209
16210 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
16211 using the MH mail handling system.
16212
16213 There are two types of MIME directives used by MH-E: Gnus and MH. The option
16214 `mh-compose-insertion' controls what type of directives are inserted by MH-E
16215 commands. These directives can be converted to MIME body parts by running
16216 \\[mh-edit-mhn] for mhn directives or \\[mh-mml-to-mime] for Gnus directives.
16217 This step is mandatory if these directives are added manually. If the
16218 directives are inserted with MH-E commands such as \\[mh-compose-insertion],
16219 the directives are expanded automatically when the letter is sent.
16220
16221 Options that control this mode can be changed with
16222 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh-compose\" group.
16223
16224 When a message is composed, the hooks `text-mode-hook' and
16225 `mh-letter-mode-hook' are run.
16226
16227 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
16228
16229 \(fn)" t nil)
16230 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/drafts/[0-9]+\\'" . mh-letter-mode))
16231
16232 ;;;***
16233 \f
16234 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-restore-desktop-buffer mh-version mh-nmail
16235 ;;;;;; mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (16684 26435))
16236 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
16237
16238 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
16239 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH.
16240 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
16241 the Emacs interface to the MH mail system.
16242
16243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16244
16245 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-e" "\
16246 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
16247 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
16248 the Emacs interface to the MH mail system.
16249
16250 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16251
16252 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
16253 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
16254
16255 \(fn)" t nil)
16256
16257 (autoload (quote mh-restore-desktop-buffer) "mh-e" "\
16258 Restore an MH folder buffer specified in a desktop file.
16259 When desktop creates a buffer, DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME holds the file name to
16260 visit, DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME holds the desired buffer name, and
16261 DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC holds a list of miscellaneous info used by the
16262 `desktop-buffer-handlers' functions.
16263
16264 \(fn DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)" nil nil)
16265
16266 ;;;***
16267 \f
16268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-init" "mh-e/mh-init.el" (16684 26435))
16269 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-init.el
16270
16271 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
16272
16273 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
16274
16275 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
16276
16277 ;;;***
16278 \f
16279 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
16280 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (16423 23568))
16281 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
16282
16283 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
16284 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
16285 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
16286 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
16287 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
16288 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
16289 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
16290 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
16291 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
16292 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
16293 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
16294
16295 \(fn)" t nil)
16296
16297 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
16298 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
16299 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
16300 to its second argument TM.
16301
16302 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
16303
16304 ;;;***
16305 \f
16306 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
16307 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (16575 1356))
16308 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
16309
16310 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
16311 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
16312 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16313 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16314 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
16315
16316 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
16317
16318 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
16319 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
16320 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
16321 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
16322 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
16323 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
16324 default indication.
16325
16326 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
16327 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
16328
16329 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16330
16331 ;;;***
16332 \f
16333 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
16334 ;;;;;; (16213 43282))
16335 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
16336
16337 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
16338 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
16339 \\{mixal-mode-map}
16340
16341 \(fn)" t nil)
16342
16343 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
16344
16345 ;;;***
16346 \f
16347 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
16348 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
16349 ;;;;;; (16233 29568))
16350 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
16351
16352 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
16353 Not documented
16354
16355 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16356
16357 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
16358 Not documented
16359
16360 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16361
16362 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
16363 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
16364 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
16365 PATTERN regexp.
16366
16367 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16368
16369 ;;;***
16370 \f
16371 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el"
16372 ;;;;;; (16697 49031))
16373 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
16374
16375 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
16376 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
16377 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
16378 the entire message.
16379 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
16380
16381 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
16382
16383 ;;;***
16384 \f
16385 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
16386 ;;;;;; (16698 21928))
16387 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
16388
16389 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
16390 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
16391 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
16392 the entire message.
16393 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
16394
16395 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
16396
16397 ;;;***
16398 \f
16399 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
16400 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (16775 26713))
16401 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
16402
16403 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
16404 Insert file contents of URL.
16405 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
16406
16407 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
16408
16409 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
16410 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
16411
16412 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
16413
16414 ;;;***
16415 \f
16416 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (16775
16417 ;;;;;; 26713))
16418 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
16419
16420 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
16421 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
16422
16423 \(fn)" nil nil)
16424
16425 ;;;***
16426 \f
16427 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
16428 ;;;;;; (16697 49031))
16429 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
16430
16431 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
16432 Not documented
16433
16434 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
16435
16436 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
16437 Not documented
16438
16439 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
16440
16441 ;;;***
16442 \f
16443 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
16444 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
16445 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (16775 26713))
16446 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
16447
16448 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
16449 Not documented
16450
16451 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
16452
16453 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
16454 Not documented
16455
16456 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
16457
16458 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
16459 Not documented
16460
16461 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
16462
16463 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
16464 Not documented
16465
16466 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
16467
16468 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
16469 Not documented
16470
16471 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
16472
16473 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
16474 Not documented
16475
16476 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
16477
16478 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
16479 Not documented
16480
16481 \(fn)" nil nil)
16482
16483 ;;;***
16484 \f
16485 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
16486 ;;;;;; (16213 43282))
16487 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
16488
16489 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
16490 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
16491 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
16492 followed by the first character of the construct.
16493 \\<m2-mode-map>
16494 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
16495 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
16496 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
16497 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
16498 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
16499 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
16500 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
16501 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
16502 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
16503 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
16504 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
16505 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
16506 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
16507 \\[m2-link] link
16508
16509 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
16510 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
16511 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
16512
16513 \(fn)" t nil)
16514
16515 ;;;***
16516 \f
16517 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
16518 ;;;;;; (16442 4954))
16519 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
16520
16521 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
16522 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
16523
16524 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
16525
16526 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
16527 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
16528
16529 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
16530
16531 ;;;***
16532 \f
16533 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (16770
16534 ;;;;;; 10720))
16535 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
16536
16537 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
16538 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
16539 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16540 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16541 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
16542
16543 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel")
16544
16545 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
16546 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
16547 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
16548 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
16549
16550 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
16551
16552 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
16553
16554 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
16555
16556 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
16557 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
16558 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
16559 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
16560 Triple-clicking selects lines.
16561 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
16562
16563 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
16564 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
16565 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
16566 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
16567 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
16568
16569 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
16570 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
16571
16572 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
16573 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
16574
16575 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
16576
16577 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
16578 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
16579 primary selection and region.
16580
16581 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16582
16583 ;;;***
16584 \f
16585 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (16213 43281))
16586 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
16587
16588 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
16589 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
16590
16591 \(fn)" t nil)
16592
16593 ;;;***
16594 \f
16595 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (16764 51518))
16596 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
16597
16598 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
16599 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
16600 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16601 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16602 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
16603
16604 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
16605
16606 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
16607 Toggle Msb mode.
16608 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
16609 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
16610 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
16611
16612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16613
16614 ;;;***
16615 \f
16616 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
16617 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
16618 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
16619 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
16620 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
16621 ;;;;;; (16515 33869))
16622 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
16623
16624 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
16625 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
16626 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
16627 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
16628 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
16629 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
16630 set of ISO charsets.
16631
16632 Each element has the following format:
16633 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
16634
16635 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
16636
16637 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
16638 CHARSET are mapped.
16639
16640 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
16641 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
16642 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
16643 character code in CHARSET.
16644
16645 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
16646 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
16647 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
16648 or
16649 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
16650 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
16651 TO2, or...
16652 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
16653 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
16654
16655 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
16656 Display a list of all character sets.
16657
16658 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
16659 internal Emacs use.
16660
16661 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
16662 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
16663 hexadecimal digits.
16664 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
16665 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
16666
16667 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
16668 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
16669 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
16670 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
16671
16672 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
16673 but still shows the full information.
16674
16675 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16676
16677 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
16678 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16679 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
16680 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
16681 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
16682
16683 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
16684 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
16685 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
16686 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
16687 detailed meanings of these arguments.
16688
16689 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16690
16691 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
16692 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
16693 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
16694 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
16695 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
16696
16697 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
16698
16699 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
16700 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
16701
16702 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
16703
16704 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
16705 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
16706
16707 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
16708
16709 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
16710 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
16711
16712 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
16713 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
16714 in place of `..':
16715 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
16716 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
16717 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
16718 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
16719 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
16720 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
16721 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
16722 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
16723 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
16724 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
16725 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
16726 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
16727 `default-process-coding-system' for read
16728 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
16729 `default-process-coding-system' for write
16730 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
16731
16732 \(fn)" t nil)
16733
16734 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
16735 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
16736
16737 \(fn)" t nil)
16738
16739 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
16740 Display a list of all coding systems.
16741 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
16742
16743 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
16744 but still contains full information about each coding system.
16745
16746 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16747
16748 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
16749 Display a list of all coding categories.
16750
16751 \(fn)" nil nil)
16752
16753 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
16754 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
16755
16756 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
16757
16758 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
16759 Display information about FONTSET.
16760 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
16761
16762 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
16763
16764 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
16765 Display a list of all fontsets.
16766 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
16767 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
16768 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
16769
16770 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16771
16772 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
16773 Display information about all input methods.
16774
16775 \(fn)" t nil)
16776
16777 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
16778 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
16779
16780 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
16781 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
16782 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
16783 system which uses fontsets).
16784
16785 \(fn)" t nil)
16786
16787 ;;;***
16788 \f
16789 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
16790 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
16791 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
16792 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
16793 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
16794 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (16747 61767))
16795 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
16796
16797 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
16798 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
16799 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
16800
16801 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
16802
16803 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "21.4")
16804
16805 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
16806 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
16807
16808 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
16809 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
16810
16811 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
16812 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
16813
16814 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
16815
16816 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
16817 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
16818 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
16819 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
16820 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
16821 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
16822 buffer; see also `char-width'.
16823
16824 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
16825 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
16826 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
16827 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
16828 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
16829 middle of a character in STR.
16830
16831 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
16832 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
16833
16834 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
16835 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
16836 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
16837 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
16838 defaults to \"...\".
16839
16840 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
16841
16842 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
16843
16844 (make-obsolete (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width) "20.1")
16845
16846 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
16847 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
16848
16849 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
16850 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
16851 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
16852
16853 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
16854 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
16855 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
16856
16857 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
16858 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
16859 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
16860 is considered.
16861 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
16862 longer than KEYSEQ.
16863 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
16864
16865 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
16866
16867 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
16868 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
16869 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
16870 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
16871 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
16872 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
16873 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
16874 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
16875 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
16876 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
16877 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
16878
16879 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
16880
16881 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
16882 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
16883
16884 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
16885
16886 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
16887 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
16888
16889 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
16890
16891 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
16892 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
16893
16894 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
16895
16896 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
16897 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
16898
16899 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
16900
16901 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
16902 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
16903 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
16904 coding systems ordered by priority.
16905
16906 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
16907
16908 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
16909 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
16910 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
16911 language environment LANG-ENV.
16912
16913 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
16914
16915 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
16916 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
16917 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
16918 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
16919 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
16920 basis, this may not be accurate.
16921
16922 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
16923
16924 ;;;***
16925 \f
16926 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
16927 ;;;;;; (16788 34909))
16928 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
16929
16930 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
16931 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
16932 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16933 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16934 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
16935
16936 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
16937
16938 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
16939 Toggle mouse wheel support.
16940 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
16941 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
16942
16943 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16944
16945 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
16946 Enable mouse wheel support.
16947
16948 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
16949
16950 ;;;***
16951 \f
16952 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
16953 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig dns-lookup-host
16954 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
16955 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (16719 60888))
16956 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
16957
16958 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
16959 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
16960
16961 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
16962
16963 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
16964 Ping HOST.
16965 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
16966 `ping-program-options'.
16967
16968 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
16969
16970 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
16971 Run ipconfig program.
16972
16973 \(fn)" t nil)
16974
16975 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
16976
16977 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
16978 Run netstat program.
16979
16980 \(fn)" t nil)
16981
16982 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
16983 Run the arp program.
16984
16985 \(fn)" t nil)
16986
16987 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
16988 Run the route program.
16989
16990 \(fn)" t nil)
16991
16992 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
16993 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
16994
16995 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
16996
16997 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
16998 Run nslookup program.
16999
17000 \(fn)" t nil)
17001
17002 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
17003 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
17004
17005 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17006
17007 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
17008 Run dig program.
17009
17010 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17011
17012 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
17013 Run ftp program.
17014
17015 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17016
17017 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
17018 Finger USER on HOST.
17019
17020 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
17021
17022 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
17023 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
17024 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
17025 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
17026
17027 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
17028
17029 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
17030 Not documented
17031
17032 \(fn)" t nil)
17033
17034 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
17035 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
17036
17037 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
17038
17039 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
17040 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
17041
17042 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
17043
17044 ;;;***
17045 \f
17046 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
17047 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-region uncomment-region
17048 ;;;;;; comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent comment-indent-default
17049 ;;;;;; comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line comment-padding
17050 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el"
17051 ;;;;;; (16764 51518))
17052 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
17053
17054 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
17055
17056 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
17057
17058 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
17059
17060 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
17061
17062 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
17063 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
17064 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
17065 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
17066 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
17067 Major modes should set this variable.")
17068
17069 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
17070 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
17071 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
17072 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
17073 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
17074 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
17075
17076 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment")
17077
17078 (defvar comment-start nil "\
17079 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
17080
17081 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
17082 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
17083 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
17084 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
17085
17086 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
17087 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
17088
17089 (defvar comment-end "" "\
17090 *String to insert to end a new comment.
17091 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
17092
17093 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
17094 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
17095 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
17096 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
17097 column indentation or nil.
17098 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
17099
17100 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
17101 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
17102 The function has no args.
17103
17104 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
17105 comments always start in column zero.")
17106
17107 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
17108 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
17109 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
17110
17111 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment")
17112
17113 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
17114 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
17115 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
17116 of the corresponding number of spaces.
17117
17118 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
17119 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
17120
17121 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment")
17122
17123 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
17124 *Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
17125 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
17126 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
17127 customize this variable.
17128
17129 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
17130 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
17131
17132 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment")
17133
17134 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
17135 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
17136 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
17137 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
17138 the variables are properly set.
17139
17140 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
17141
17142 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
17143 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
17144
17145 \(fn)" nil nil)
17146
17147 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
17148 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
17149 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
17150
17151 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
17152
17153 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
17154 Set the comment column based on point.
17155 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
17156 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
17157 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
17158 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
17159
17160 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17161
17162 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
17163 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
17164 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
17165
17166 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17167
17168 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
17169 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
17170 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
17171 comment markers.
17172
17173 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
17174
17175 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
17176 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
17177 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
17178 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
17179 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
17180 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
17181 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
17182 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
17183
17184 The strings used as comment starts are built from
17185 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
17186
17187 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
17188
17189 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
17190 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
17191 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
17192 is passed on to the respective function.
17193
17194 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
17195
17196 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
17197 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
17198 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
17199 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
17200 case it calls `uncomment-region').
17201 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
17202 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
17203 Else, call `comment-indent'.
17204
17205 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17206
17207 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
17208 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
17209 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
17210
17211 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment")
17212
17213 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
17214 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
17215 This indents the body of the continued comment
17216 under the previous comment line.
17217
17218 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
17219 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
17220 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
17221
17222 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
17223 or comment indentation.
17224
17225 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
17226 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
17227
17228 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
17229
17230 ;;;***
17231 \f
17232 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
17233 ;;;;;; (16775 26713))
17234 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
17235
17236 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
17237 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
17238
17239 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
17240
17241 ;;;***
17242 \f
17243 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (16698
17244 ;;;;;; 21928))
17245 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
17246
17247 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
17248 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
17249 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
17250 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
17251 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
17252 symbol in the alist.
17253
17254 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
17255
17256 ;;;***
17257 \f
17258 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
17259 ;;;;;; (16792 36614))
17260 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
17261
17262 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
17263 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
17264 This command does not work if you use short group names.
17265
17266 \(fn)" t nil)
17267
17268 ;;;***
17269 \f
17270 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
17271 ;;;;;; (16698 21928))
17272 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
17273
17274 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
17275 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
17276 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
17277
17278 \(fn)" t nil)
17279
17280 ;;;***
17281 \f
17282 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
17283 ;;;;;; (16792 36614))
17284 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
17285
17286 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
17287 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
17288
17289 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
17290
17291 ;;;***
17292 \f
17293 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
17294 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (16698 21929))
17295 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
17296
17297 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
17298 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
17299
17300 \(fn)" t nil)
17301
17302 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
17303 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
17304
17305 \(fn)" t nil)
17306
17307 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
17308 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
17309
17310 \(fn)" t nil)
17311
17312 ;;;***
17313 \f
17314 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
17315 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (16710 51031))
17316 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
17317
17318 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
17319 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
17320 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
17321
17322 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
17323 Not documented
17324
17325 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17326
17327 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
17328 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
17329 COMMAND must be a symbol.
17330 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
17331 to future sessions.
17332
17333 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
17334
17335 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
17336 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
17337 COMMAND must be a symbol.
17338 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
17339 to future sessions.
17340
17341 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
17342
17343 ;;;***
17344 \f
17345 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
17346 ;;;;;; (16213 43283))
17347 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
17348
17349 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
17350 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
17351 \\{nroff-mode-map}
17352 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
17353 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
17354 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
17355
17356 \(fn)" t nil)
17357
17358 ;;;***
17359 \f
17360 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
17361 ;;;;;; (16213 43282))
17362 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
17363
17364 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
17365 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
17366 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
17367 specified by `octave-help-files'.
17368 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
17369
17370 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
17371
17372 ;;;***
17373 \f
17374 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
17375 ;;;;;; (16288 58564))
17376 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
17377
17378 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
17379 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
17380 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
17381
17382 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
17383
17384 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
17385 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
17386
17387 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
17388 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
17389 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
17390
17391 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17392
17393 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
17394
17395 ;;;***
17396 \f
17397 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
17398 ;;;;;; (16284 63121))
17399 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
17400
17401 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
17402 Major mode for editing Octave code.
17403
17404 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
17405 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
17406 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
17407 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
17408
17409 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
17410 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
17411 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
17412 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
17413 is why you need this mode!).
17414
17415 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
17416 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
17417 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
17418
17419 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
17420
17421 Keybindings
17422 ===========
17423
17424 \\{octave-mode-map}
17425
17426 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
17427 ==============================================
17428
17429 octave-auto-indent
17430 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
17431 Default is nil.
17432
17433 octave-auto-newline
17434 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
17435 Default is nil.
17436
17437 octave-blink-matching-block
17438 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
17439 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
17440
17441 octave-block-offset
17442 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
17443 Default is 2.
17444
17445 octave-continuation-offset
17446 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
17447 Default is 4.
17448
17449 octave-continuation-string
17450 String used for Octave continuation lines.
17451 Default is a backslash.
17452
17453 octave-mode-startup-message
17454 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
17455 Default is t.
17456
17457 octave-send-echo-input
17458 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
17459 command to the inferior Octave process.
17460
17461 octave-send-line-auto-forward
17462 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
17463 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
17464
17465 octave-send-echo-input
17466 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
17467
17468 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
17469
17470 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
17471 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
17472
17473 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
17474 (setq auto-mode-alist
17475 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
17476
17477 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
17478 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
17479
17480 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
17481 (lambda ()
17482 (abbrev-mode 1)
17483 (auto-fill-mode 1)
17484 (if (eq window-system 'x)
17485 (font-lock-mode 1))))
17486
17487 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
17488 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
17489 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
17490 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
17491
17492 \(fn)" t nil)
17493
17494 ;;;***
17495 \f
17496 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
17497 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
17498 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
17499
17500 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
17501 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
17502 It is now better to use Customize instead.
17503
17504 \(fn)" t nil)
17505
17506 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
17507 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
17508 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
17509 in which there are commands to set the option values.
17510 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
17511
17512 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
17513
17514 \(fn)" t nil)
17515
17516 ;;;***
17517 \f
17518 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember-annotation org-store-link
17519 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda org-agenda-mode org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
17520 ;;;;;; (16819 61740))
17521 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
17522
17523 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
17524 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
17525 \"Carstens outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
17526
17527 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
17528 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
17529 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
17530 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
17531 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
17532 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
17533 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
17534 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
17535 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
17536 can be exported as a well-structured ASCII or HTML file.
17537
17538 + The following commands are available:
17539
17540 \\{org-mode-map}
17541
17542 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17543
17544 (autoload (quote org-agenda-mode) "org" "\
17545 Mode for time-sorted view on action items in Org-mode files.
17546
17547 \(fn)" t nil)
17548
17549 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
17550 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
17551 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
17552 will be able to go to other weeks.
17553 With one C-u prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
17554 also be shown, under the current date.
17555 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
17556 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
17557 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
17558
17559 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
17560
17561 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
17562 Returns diary information from org-files.
17563 This function can be used in an \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
17564 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
17565 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
17566 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
17567
17568 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
17569 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
17570 also be listed, on the expiration day.
17571
17572 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
17573 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
17574 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
17575 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
17576
17577 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
17578 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
17579 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
17580
17581 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
17582 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
17583 Like deadlines, these entires only show up in the
17584 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
17585
17586 The call in the diary file should look like this:
17587
17588 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
17589
17590 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
17591 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
17592
17593 &%%(org-diary)
17594
17595 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
17596 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
17597 also be written as
17598
17599 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
17600
17601 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
17602 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
17603 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
17604
17605 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
17606
17607 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
17608 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
17609 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
17610 \\[org-insert-link].
17611 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
17612 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
17613 For file links, arg negates `org-line-numbers-in-file-links'.
17614
17615 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17616
17617 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
17618 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
17619 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
17620 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
17621 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
17622
17623 \(fn)" nil nil)
17624
17625 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
17626 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
17627 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
17628 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
17629 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
17630 file the text at a specific location.
17631 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
17632 file. Or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
17633 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
17634
17635 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
17636 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
17637 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
17638 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
17639 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
17640 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
17641 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
17642 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
17643
17644 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
17645 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
17646 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
17647 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
17648
17649 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
17650 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
17651 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
17652
17653 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
17654 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
17655 \(i.e. after the stars).
17656
17657 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
17658
17659 \(fn)" nil nil)
17660
17661 ;;;***
17662 \f
17663 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
17664 ;;;;;; (16780 55376))
17665 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
17666
17667 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
17668 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
17669 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
17670 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
17671
17672 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
17673 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
17674 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
17675 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
17676
17677 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
17678 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
17679 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
17680 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
17681 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
17682 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
17683
17684 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
17685 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
17686 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
17687
17688 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
17689 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
17690 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
17691 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
17692 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
17693 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
17694 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
17695 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
17696 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
17697 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
17698 The subheadings remain visible.
17699 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
17700
17701 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
17702 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
17703 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
17704
17705 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
17706 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
17707
17708 \(fn)" t nil)
17709
17710 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
17711 Toggle Outline minor mode.
17712 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
17713 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
17714
17715 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17716
17717 ;;;***
17718 \f
17719 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (16816 23724))
17720 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
17721
17722 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
17723 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
17724 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17725 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17726 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
17727
17728 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
17729
17730 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
17731 Toggle Show Paren mode.
17732 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
17733 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
17734
17735 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
17736 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
17737
17738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17739
17740 ;;;***
17741 \f
17742 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
17743 ;;;;;; (16243 62806))
17744 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
17745
17746 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
17747 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
17748 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
17749 unknown are returned as nil.
17750
17751 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
17752
17753 ;;;***
17754 \f
17755 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (16213
17756 ;;;;;; 43282))
17757 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
17758
17759 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
17760 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
17761 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
17762
17763 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
17764 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
17765
17766 Other useful functions are:
17767
17768 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
17769 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
17770 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
17771 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
17772 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
17773 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
17774 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
17775 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
17776 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
17777
17778 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
17779
17780 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
17781 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
17782 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
17783 Indentation for case statements.
17784 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
17785 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
17786 mark after an end.
17787 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
17788 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
17789 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
17790 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
17791 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
17792 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
17793 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
17794 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
17795 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
17796 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
17797
17798 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
17799 pascal-separator-keywords.
17800
17801 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
17802 no args, if that value is non-nil.
17803
17804 \(fn)" t nil)
17805
17806 ;;;***
17807 \f
17808 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
17809 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
17810 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
17811
17812 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
17813 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
17814 The keys affected are:
17815 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
17816 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
17817 M-Backspace does undo.
17818 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
17819 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
17820 C-Escape does list-buffers.
17821
17822 \(fn)" t nil)
17823
17824 ;;;***
17825 \f
17826 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
17827 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (16589 26258))
17828 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
17829
17830 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
17831 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
17832 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17833 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17834 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
17835
17836 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
17837
17838 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
17839 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
17840
17841 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
17842
17843 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
17844 which modify the status of the mark.
17845
17846 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
17847 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
17848
17849 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
17850 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
17851
17852 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
17853 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
17854 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
17855 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
17856 turning PC Selection mode on.
17857
17858 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
17859 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
17860
17861 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
17862 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
17863 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
17864
17865 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
17866 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
17867 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
17868
17869 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
17870 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
17871
17872 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
17873 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
17874 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
17875
17876 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
17877 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
17878 but before calling PC Selection mode):
17879
17880 F6 other-window
17881 DELETE delete-char
17882 C-DELETE kill-line
17883 M-DELETE kill-word
17884 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
17885 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
17886 M-BACKSPACE undo
17887
17888 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17889
17890 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
17891 Toggle PC Selection mode.
17892 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
17893 and cursor movement commands.
17894 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
17895 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17896 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
17897
17898 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
17899
17900 ;;;***
17901 \f
17902 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (16213
17903 ;;;;;; 43269))
17904 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
17905
17906 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
17907 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
17908
17909 \(fn)" nil nil)
17910
17911 ;;;***
17912 \f
17913 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
17914 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (16213 43269))
17915 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
17916
17917 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
17918 Completion for `gzip'.
17919
17920 \(fn)" nil nil)
17921
17922 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
17923 Completion for `bzip2'.
17924
17925 \(fn)" nil nil)
17926
17927 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
17928 Completion for GNU `make'.
17929
17930 \(fn)" nil nil)
17931
17932 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
17933 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
17934
17935 \(fn)" nil nil)
17936
17937 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
17938
17939 ;;;***
17940 \f
17941 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
17942 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (16213 43269))
17943 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
17944
17945 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
17946 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
17947
17948 \(fn)" nil nil)
17949
17950 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
17951 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
17952
17953 \(fn)" nil nil)
17954
17955 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
17956 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
17957
17958 \(fn)" nil nil)
17959
17960 ;;;***
17961 \f
17962 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (16213
17963 ;;;;;; 43269))
17964 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
17965
17966 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
17967 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
17968 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
17969 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
17970 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
17971 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
17972
17973 \(fn)" nil nil)
17974
17975 ;;;***
17976 \f
17977 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
17978 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
17979 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (16213 43269))
17980 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
17981
17982 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
17983 Completion for `cd'.
17984
17985 \(fn)" nil nil)
17986
17987 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
17988
17989 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
17990 Completion for `rmdir'.
17991
17992 \(fn)" nil nil)
17993
17994 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
17995 Completion for `rm'.
17996
17997 \(fn)" nil nil)
17998
17999 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18000 Completion for `xargs'.
18001
18002 \(fn)" nil nil)
18003
18004 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
18005
18006 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18007 Completion for `which'.
18008
18009 \(fn)" nil nil)
18010
18011 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18012 Completion for the `chown' command.
18013
18014 \(fn)" nil nil)
18015
18016 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18017 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
18018
18019 \(fn)" nil nil)
18020
18021 ;;;***
18022 \f
18023 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
18024 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
18025 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (16768
18026 ;;;;;; 48631))
18027 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
18028
18029 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
18030 Support extensible programmable completion.
18031 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
18032 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
18033
18034 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
18035
18036 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
18037 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
18038
18039 \(fn)" t nil)
18040
18041 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
18042 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
18043 This will modify the current buffer.
18044
18045 \(fn)" t nil)
18046
18047 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
18048 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
18049
18050 \(fn)" t nil)
18051
18052 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
18053 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
18054 This will modify the current buffer.
18055
18056 \(fn)" t nil)
18057
18058 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
18059 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
18060
18061 \(fn)" t nil)
18062
18063 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
18064 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
18065
18066 \(fn)" t nil)
18067
18068 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
18069 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
18070 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
18071 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
18072 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
18073
18074 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
18075
18076 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
18077 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
18078
18079 \(fn)" nil nil)
18080
18081 ;;;***
18082 \f
18083 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
18084 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
18085 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (16814 63075))
18086 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
18087
18088 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
18089 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
18090 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
18091 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
18092
18093 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
18094
18095 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS)" t nil)
18096
18097 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
18098 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
18099 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
18100 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
18101 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
18102 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
18103 FLAGS is ignored.
18104
18105 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
18106
18107 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
18108 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
18109 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
18110 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
18111 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
18112 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
18113 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
18114 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
18115
18116 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
18117
18118 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
18119 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
18120 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
18121 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
18122 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
18123 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
18124 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
18125 passed to cvs.
18126
18127 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
18128
18129 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
18130 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
18131 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
18132 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
18133 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
18134 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
18135 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
18136
18137 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
18138
18139 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
18140
18141 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
18142 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
18143 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
18144
18145 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs")
18146
18147 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
18148 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
18149 nil means never do it.
18150 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
18151 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
18152 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
18153
18154 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs")
18155
18156 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
18157 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
18158 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
18159
18160 ;;;***
18161 \f
18162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (16764 51518))
18163 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
18164
18165 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
18166
18167 ;;;***
18168 \f
18169 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
18170 ;;;;;; (16213 43282))
18171 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
18172
18173 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
18174 Major mode for editing Perl code.
18175 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
18176 Tab indents for Perl code.
18177 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
18178 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
18179 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
18180 \\{perl-mode-map}
18181 Variables controlling indentation style:
18182 `perl-tab-always-indent'
18183 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
18184 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
18185 `perl-tab-to-comment'
18186 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
18187 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
18188 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
18189 `perl-nochange'
18190 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
18191 `perl-indent-level'
18192 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
18193 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
18194 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
18195 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
18196 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
18197 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
18198 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
18199 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
18200 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
18201 `perl-brace-offset'
18202 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
18203 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
18204 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
18205 this far to the right of the start of its line.
18206 `perl-label-offset'
18207 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
18208 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
18209 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
18210
18211 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
18212 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
18213 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
18214 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
18215 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
18216 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
18217 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
18218
18219 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
18220
18221 \(fn)" t nil)
18222
18223 ;;;***
18224 \f
18225 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
18226 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
18227 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg"
18228 ;;;;;; "gnus/pgg.el" (16697 49031))
18229 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pgg.el
18230
18231 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
18232 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
18233 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
18234
18235 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN)" t nil)
18236
18237 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
18238 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
18239 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
18240 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
18241 the region.
18242
18243 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END)" t nil)
18244
18245 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
18246 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
18247
18248 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18249
18250 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
18251 Decrypt the current buffer.
18252 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
18253 the region.
18254
18255 \(fn &optional START END)" t nil)
18256
18257 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
18258 Make the signature from text between START and END.
18259 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
18260 a detached signature.
18261 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
18262 and the the output is displayed.
18263
18264 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT)" t nil)
18265
18266 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
18267 Sign the current buffer.
18268 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
18269 detached signature.
18270 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
18271 within the region.
18272 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
18273 and the the output is displayed.
18274
18275 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END)" t nil)
18276
18277 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
18278 Verify the current region between START and END.
18279 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
18280 the detached signature of the current region.
18281
18282 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
18283 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
18284
18285 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
18286
18287 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
18288 Verify the current buffer.
18289 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
18290 the detached signature of the current region.
18291 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
18292 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
18293 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
18294 within the region.
18295
18296 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
18297
18298 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
18299 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
18300
18301 \(fn)" t nil)
18302
18303 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
18304 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
18305
18306 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18307
18308 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
18309 Import public keys in the current buffer.
18310
18311 \(fn)" t nil)
18312
18313 ;;;***
18314 \f
18315 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
18316 ;;;;;; (16534 3822))
18317 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
18318
18319 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
18320 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
18321 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
18322 afterwards settable by these commands:
18323 C-c < Move left after insertion.
18324 C-c > Move right after insertion.
18325 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
18326 C-c . Move down after insertion.
18327 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
18328 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
18329 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
18330 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
18331 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
18332 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
18333 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
18334 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
18335 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
18336 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
18337 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
18338 with these commands:
18339 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
18340 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
18341 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
18342 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
18343 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
18344 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
18345 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
18346 Return Move to beginning of next line.
18347 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
18348 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
18349 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
18350 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
18351 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
18352 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
18353 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
18354 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
18355 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
18356 You can manipulate text with these commands:
18357 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
18358 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
18359 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
18360 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
18361 text is saved in the kill ring.
18362 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
18363 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
18364 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
18365 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
18366 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
18367 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
18368 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
18369 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
18370 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
18371 commands if invoked soon enough.
18372 You can return to the previous mode with:
18373 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
18374 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
18375
18376 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
18377
18378 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
18379 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
18380
18381 \(fn)" t nil)
18382
18383 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
18384
18385 ;;;***
18386 \f
18387 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
18388 ;;;;;; (16213 43283))
18389 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
18390
18391 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
18392 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
18393 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
18394
18395 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
18396
18397 ;;;***
18398 \f
18399 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (16213 43281))
18400 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
18401
18402 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
18403 Play pong and waste time.
18404 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
18405 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
18406
18407 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
18408
18409 \\{pong-mode-map}
18410
18411 \(fn)" t nil)
18412
18413 ;;;***
18414 \f
18415 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
18416 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (16609 26453))
18417 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
18418
18419 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
18420 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
18421 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
18422 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
18423
18424 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
18425
18426 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
18427 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
18428
18429 \(fn)" nil nil)
18430
18431 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
18432 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
18433 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
18434 can handle, whenever this is possible.
18435 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
18436
18437 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
18438
18439 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
18440 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
18441 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
18442 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
18443 in the variable `values'.
18444
18445 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
18446
18447 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
18448 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
18449 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
18450 Ignores leading comment characters.
18451
18452 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18453
18454 ;;;***
18455 \f
18456 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
18457 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
18458 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
18459 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
18460 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
18461 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
18462 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
18463 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
18464 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
18465 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
18466 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
18467 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
18468 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
18469 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
18470 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
18471 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
18472 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
18473 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
18474 ;;;;;; (16801 58022))
18475 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
18476
18477 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
18478 Activate the printing interface buffer.
18479
18480 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
18481
18482 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
18483
18484 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
18485
18486 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
18487 Preview directory using ghostview.
18488
18489 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
18490 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
18491 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
18492 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
18493
18494 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
18495 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
18496 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
18497 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
18498 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
18499 file name.
18500
18501 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
18502
18503 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18504
18505 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
18506 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
18507
18508 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
18509 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
18510 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
18511 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
18512
18513 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
18514 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
18515 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
18516 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
18517 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
18518 file name.
18519
18520 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
18521
18522 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18523
18524 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
18525 Print directory using PostScript printer.
18526
18527 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
18528 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
18529 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
18530 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
18531
18532 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
18533 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
18534 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
18535 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
18536 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
18537 file name.
18538
18539 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
18540
18541 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18542
18543 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
18544 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
18545
18546 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
18547
18548 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
18549 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
18550 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
18551 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
18552
18553 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
18554 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
18555 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
18556 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
18557 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
18558 file name.
18559
18560 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
18561
18562 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18563
18564 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
18565 Preview buffer using ghostview.
18566
18567 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
18568 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
18569 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
18570
18571 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
18572 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
18573 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
18574 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
18575
18576 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18577
18578 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
18579 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
18580
18581 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
18582 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
18583 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
18584
18585 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
18586 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
18587 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
18588 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
18589
18590 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18591
18592 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
18593 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
18594
18595 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
18596 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
18597 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
18598
18599 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
18600 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
18601 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
18602 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
18603
18604 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18605
18606 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
18607 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
18608
18609 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
18610
18611 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
18612 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
18613 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
18614
18615 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
18616 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
18617 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
18618 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
18619
18620 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18621
18622 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
18623 Preview region using ghostview.
18624
18625 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
18626
18627 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18628
18629 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
18630 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
18631
18632 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
18633
18634 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18635
18636 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
18637 Print region using PostScript printer.
18638
18639 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
18640
18641 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18642
18643 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
18644 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
18645
18646 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
18647
18648 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18649
18650 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
18651 Preview major mode using ghostview.
18652
18653 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
18654
18655 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18656
18657 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
18658 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
18659
18660 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
18661
18662 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18663
18664 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
18665 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
18666
18667 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
18668
18669 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18670
18671 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
18672 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
18673
18674 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
18675
18676 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18677
18678 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
18679 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
18680 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
18681 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
18682
18683 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
18684 matching.
18685
18686 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
18687 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
18688
18689 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
18690
18691 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
18692
18693 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
18694 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
18695 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
18696 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
18697
18698 \(fn)" t nil)
18699
18700 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
18701 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
18702 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
18703 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
18704
18705 \(fn)" t nil)
18706
18707 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
18708 Print directory using text printer.
18709
18710 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
18711 matching.
18712
18713 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
18714 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
18715
18716 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
18717
18718 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
18719
18720 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
18721 Print buffer using text printer.
18722
18723 \(fn)" t nil)
18724
18725 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
18726 Print region using text printer.
18727
18728 \(fn)" t nil)
18729
18730 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
18731 Print major mode using text printer.
18732
18733 \(fn)" t nil)
18734
18735 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
18736 Preview spooled PostScript.
18737
18738 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
18739 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
18740 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
18741
18742 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
18743 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
18744 PostScript image in a file with that name.
18745
18746 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18747
18748 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
18749 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
18750
18751 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
18752 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
18753 instead of sending it to the printer.
18754
18755 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
18756 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
18757 image in a file with that name.
18758
18759 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18760
18761 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
18762 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
18763
18764 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
18765 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
18766 instead of sending it to the printer.
18767
18768 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
18769 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
18770 image in a file with that name.
18771
18772 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18773
18774 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
18775 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
18776
18777 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
18778 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
18779 instead of sending it to the printer.
18780
18781 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
18782 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
18783 image in a file with that name.
18784
18785 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18786
18787 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
18788 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
18789
18790 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
18791
18792 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
18793 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
18794
18795 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
18796
18797 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
18798 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
18799
18800 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
18801
18802 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
18803 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
18804
18805 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
18806
18807 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
18808 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
18809
18810 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
18811
18812 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
18813 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
18814
18815 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
18816 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
18817 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
18818 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
18819
18820 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
18821 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
18822 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
18823 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
18824 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
18825 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
18826 file name.
18827
18828 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
18829
18830 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
18831 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
18832
18833 \(fn)" t nil)
18834
18835 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
18836 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
18837
18838 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
18839 right.
18840 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
18841 bottom.
18842
18843 \(fn)" t nil)
18844
18845 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
18846 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
18847
18848 \(fn)" t nil)
18849
18850 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
18851 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
18852
18853 \(fn)" t nil)
18854
18855 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
18856 Toggle printing with faces.
18857
18858 \(fn)" t nil)
18859
18860 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
18861 Toggle spooling.
18862
18863 \(fn)" t nil)
18864
18865 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
18866 Toggle duplex.
18867
18868 \(fn)" t nil)
18869
18870 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
18871 Toggle tumble.
18872
18873 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
18874 right.
18875 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
18876 bottom.
18877
18878 \(fn)" t nil)
18879
18880 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
18881 Toggle landscape.
18882
18883 \(fn)" t nil)
18884
18885 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
18886 Toggle upside-down.
18887
18888 \(fn)" t nil)
18889
18890 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
18891 Toggle line number.
18892
18893 \(fn)" t nil)
18894
18895 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
18896 Toggle zebra stripes.
18897
18898 \(fn)" t nil)
18899
18900 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
18901 Toggle printing header.
18902
18903 \(fn)" t nil)
18904
18905 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
18906 Toggle printing header frame.
18907
18908 \(fn)" t nil)
18909
18910 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
18911 Toggle menu lock.
18912
18913 \(fn)" t nil)
18914
18915 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
18916 Toggle auto region.
18917
18918 \(fn)" t nil)
18919
18920 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
18921 Toggle auto mode.
18922
18923 \(fn)" t nil)
18924
18925 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
18926 Customization of the `printing' group.
18927
18928 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
18929
18930 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
18931 Customization of the `lpr' group.
18932
18933 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
18934
18935 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
18936 Help for the printing package.
18937
18938 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
18939
18940 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
18941 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
18942
18943 \(fn)" t nil)
18944
18945 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
18946 Interactively select a text printer.
18947
18948 \(fn)" t nil)
18949
18950 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
18951 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
18952
18953 \(fn)" t nil)
18954
18955 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
18956 Show current ps-print settings.
18957
18958 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
18959
18960 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
18961 Show current printing settings.
18962
18963 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
18964
18965 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
18966 Show current lpr settings.
18967
18968 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
18969
18970 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
18971 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
18972
18973 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
18974 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
18975 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
18976 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
18977
18978
18979 Interactively, you have the following situations:
18980
18981 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
18982 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
18983 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
18984
18985 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
18986 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
18987 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
18988 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
18989 current active printer.
18990
18991 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
18992 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
18993 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
18994 printer.
18995
18996 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
18997 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
18998 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
18999 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
19000 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19001
19002
19003 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
19004 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
19005
19006 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
19007
19008 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
19009 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
19010 be done using the new current active printer.
19011
19012 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
19013 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
19014 printer.
19015
19016 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
19017 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
19018 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
19019 instead of sending it to the printer.
19020
19021 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
19022 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
19023 printer.
19024
19025 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
19026
19027
19028 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
19029 are both set to t.
19030
19031 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
19032
19033 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
19034 Fast fire function for text printing.
19035
19036 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
19037 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
19038 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
19039 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
19040
19041 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19042 user for a new active text printer.
19043
19044 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
19045
19046 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
19047
19048 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
19049 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
19050 printer.
19051
19052 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
19053
19054 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
19055 are both set to t.
19056
19057 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
19058
19059 ;;;***
19060 \f
19061 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
19062 ;;;;;; (16814 63075))
19063 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
19064
19065 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
19066 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
19067 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
19068 Commands:
19069 \\{prolog-mode-map}
19070 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
19071 if that value is non-nil.
19072
19073 \(fn)" t nil)
19074
19075 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
19076 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
19077
19078 \(fn)" t nil)
19079
19080 ;;;***
19081 \f
19082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (16213 43271))
19083 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
19084
19085 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
19086 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
19087 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
19088
19089 ;;;***
19090 \f
19091 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (16213
19092 ;;;;;; 43282))
19093 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
19094
19095 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
19096 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
19097
19098 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
19099
19100 The following variables hold user options, and can
19101 be set through the `customize' command:
19102
19103 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
19104 `ps-mode-tab'
19105 `ps-mode-paper-size'
19106 `ps-mode-print-function'
19107 `ps-run-prompt'
19108 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
19109 `ps-run-x'
19110 `ps-run-dumb'
19111 `ps-run-init'
19112 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
19113 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
19114
19115 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
19116
19117
19118 \\{ps-mode-map}
19119
19120
19121 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
19122 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
19123 The keymap for this second window is:
19124
19125 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
19126
19127
19128 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
19129 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
19130 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
19131 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
19132 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
19133
19134 \(fn)" t nil)
19135
19136 ;;;***
19137 \f
19138 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
19139 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
19140 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
19141 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (16702 49514))
19142 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
19143
19144 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
19145 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
19146
19147 Valid values are:
19148
19149 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
19150 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
19151 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
19152 changed by setting the variable
19153 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
19154 The initial value of this variable is
19155 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
19156 documentation).
19157
19158 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
19159 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
19160 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
19161 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
19162 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
19163 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
19164 test it.
19165
19166 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
19167 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
19168 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
19169 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
19170 source file. BDF fonts are included in
19171 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
19172 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
19173 use this value, be sure to have installed
19174 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
19175 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
19176 documentation of this variable).
19177
19178 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
19179 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
19180 characters. This is convenient when you want or
19181 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
19182 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
19183 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
19184
19185 Any other value is treated as nil.")
19186
19187 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
19188
19189 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
19190 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
19191 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
19192
19193 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19194
19195 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
19196 Not documented
19197
19198 \(fn)" nil nil)
19199
19200 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
19201 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
19202
19203 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
19204
19205 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
19206
19207 Returns the value:
19208
19209 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
19210
19211 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
19212 the sequence.
19213
19214 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
19215
19216 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
19217 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
19218
19219 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
19220 composition.
19221
19222 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
19223
19224 Returns the value:
19225
19226 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
19227
19228 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
19229 the sequence.
19230
19231 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
19232
19233 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
19234 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
19235
19236 \(fn)" nil nil)
19237
19238 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
19239 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
19240 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
19241
19242 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
19243
19244 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
19245 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings.
19246
19247 \(fn)" nil nil)
19248
19249 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
19250 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
19251 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
19252
19253 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
19254
19255 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
19256 Not documented
19257
19258 \(fn)" nil nil)
19259
19260 ;;;***
19261 \f
19262 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
19263 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
19264 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
19265 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
19266 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
19267 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (16801
19268 ;;;;;; 58023))
19269 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
19270
19271 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
19272 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
19273 See `ps-paper-type'.")
19274
19275 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print")
19276
19277 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
19278 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
19279 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
19280 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
19281
19282 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print")
19283
19284 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
19285 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
19286
19287 Valid values are:
19288
19289 nil Do not print colors.
19290
19291 t Print colors.
19292
19293 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
19294 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
19295
19296 Any other value is treated as t.")
19297
19298 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print")
19299
19300 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
19301 Customization of ps-print group.
19302
19303 \(fn)" t nil)
19304
19305 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
19306 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
19307
19308 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
19309 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
19310 sending it to the printer.
19311
19312 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19313 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
19314 image in a file with that name.
19315
19316 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19317
19318 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
19319 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
19320 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
19321 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
19322 so it has a way to determine color values.
19323
19324 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19325
19326 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
19327 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
19328 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
19329
19330 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19331
19332 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
19333 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
19334 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
19335 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
19336 so it has a way to determine color values.
19337
19338 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19339
19340 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
19341 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
19342 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
19343 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
19344
19345 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
19346
19347 \(fn)" t nil)
19348
19349 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
19350 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
19351 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
19352 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
19353 so it has a way to determine color values.
19354
19355 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
19356
19357 \(fn)" t nil)
19358
19359 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
19360 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
19361 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
19362
19363 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
19364
19365 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
19366
19367 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
19368 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
19369 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
19370 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
19371 so it has a way to determine color values.
19372
19373 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
19374
19375 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
19376
19377 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
19378 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
19379
19380 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
19381 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
19382 instead of sending it to the printer.
19383
19384 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19385 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
19386 image in a file with that name.
19387
19388 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19389
19390 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
19391 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
19392 Done using the current ps-print setup.
19393 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
19394 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
19395
19396 \(fn)" t nil)
19397
19398 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
19399 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
19400 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
19401
19402 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
19403
19404 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
19405 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
19406 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
19407
19408 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
19409
19410 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
19411 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
19412
19413 \(fn)" nil nil)
19414
19415 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
19416 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
19417
19418 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
19419 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
19420
19421 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
19422 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
19423
19424 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
19425
19426 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
19427
19428 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
19429
19430 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
19431 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
19432
19433 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
19434 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
19435
19436 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
19437 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
19438
19439 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
19440
19441 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
19442
19443 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
19444
19445 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
19446 foreground and background colors respectively.
19447
19448 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
19449 bold - use bold font.
19450 italic - use italic font.
19451 underline - put a line under text.
19452 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
19453 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
19454 shadow - text will have a shadow.
19455 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
19456 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
19457
19458 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
19459
19460 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
19461
19462 ;;;***
19463 \f
19464 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
19465 ;;;;;; (16816 23742))
19466 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
19467
19468 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
19469
19470 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
19471
19472 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
19473
19474 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
19475 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
19476 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
19477 buffer automatically.
19478 If there is a process already running in `*Python*', switch to
19479 that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit the initial
19480 command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args will be added
19481 to this as appropriate. Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook'
19482 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
19483 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
19484
19485 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW)" t nil)
19486
19487 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
19488 Major mode for editing Python files.
19489 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is required for correct
19490 parsing of the source.
19491 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
19492 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
19493 commands for running Python under Emacs.
19494
19495 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
19496 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
19497 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
19498 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
19499 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
19500 \\<python-mode-map>
19501 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
19502 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
19503 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
19504 deletes a charcter backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
19505 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
19506 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
19507
19508 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multiline strings appropriately, but has no
19509 effect outside them.
19510
19511 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
19512 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
19513 lines count as headers.
19514
19515 \\{python-mode-map}
19516
19517 \(fn)" t nil)
19518
19519 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
19520 Major mode for editing Jython files.
19521 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
19522 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
19523
19524 \(fn)" t nil)
19525
19526 ;;;***
19527 \f
19528 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
19529 ;;;;;; (16698 21929))
19530 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
19531
19532 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
19533 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
19534 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
19535 coding-system.
19536
19537 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
19538 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
19539
19540 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
19541 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
19542 them into characters should be done separately.
19543
19544 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
19545
19546 ;;;***
19547 \f
19548 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
19549 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
19550 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
19551 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
19552 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (16547 17258))
19553 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
19554
19555 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
19556 Return the title of the current Quail package.
19557
19558 \(fn)" nil nil)
19559
19560 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
19561 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
19562 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
19563
19564 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
19565 `quail-activate', which see.
19566
19567 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
19568
19569 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
19570 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
19571 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
19572 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
19573 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
19574 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
19575 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
19576
19577 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
19578 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
19579 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
19580 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
19581 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
19582 shown.
19583 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
19584
19585 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
19586 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
19587 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
19588 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
19589 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
19590 list of candidates.
19591
19592 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
19593 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
19594 command to be called.
19595
19596 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
19597 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
19598 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
19599 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
19600
19601 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
19602 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
19603 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
19604 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
19605 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
19606 to t.
19607
19608 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
19609 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
19610 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
19611 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
19612
19613 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
19614 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
19615 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
19616 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
19617
19618 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
19619 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
19620 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
19621 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
19622 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
19623 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
19624
19625 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
19626 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
19627 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
19628 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
19629 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
19630 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
19631
19632 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
19633 covers Quail translation region.
19634
19635 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
19636 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
19637 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
19638 for it) is inserted.
19639
19640 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
19641 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
19642 vs. corresponding command to be called.
19643
19644 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
19645 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
19646 non-Quail commands.
19647
19648 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
19649
19650 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
19651 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
19652
19653 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
19654 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
19655 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
19656 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
19657 you type is correctly handled.
19658
19659 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
19660
19661 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
19662 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
19663
19664 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
19665 keyboard type.
19666
19667 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
19668
19669 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
19670 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
19671 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
19672 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
19673 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
19674 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
19675 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
19676 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
19677 for the translation.
19678 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
19679
19680 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
19681 it is used to handle KEY.
19682
19683 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
19684 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
19685 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
19686 the following annotation types are supported.
19687
19688 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
19689 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
19690
19691 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
19692 candidate list.
19693
19694 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
19695 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
19696 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
19697 inserted.
19698
19699 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
19700 generated for the following translations.
19701
19702 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
19703
19704 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
19705 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
19706
19707 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
19708 which to install MAP.
19709
19710 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
19711
19712 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
19713
19714 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
19715 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
19716
19717 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
19718 which to install MAP.
19719
19720 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
19721
19722 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
19723
19724 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
19725 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
19726 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
19727 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
19728 a function, or a cons.
19729 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
19730 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
19731 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
19732 for the translation.
19733 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
19734 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
19735 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
19736 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
19737 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
19738
19739 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
19740 it is used to handle KEY.
19741
19742 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
19743 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
19744 current Quail package.
19745
19746 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
19747 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
19748
19749 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
19750
19751 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
19752 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
19753
19754 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
19755 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
19756
19757 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
19758
19759 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
19760 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
19761
19762 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
19763
19764 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
19765 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
19766 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
19767 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
19768 of the Emacs source tree.
19769
19770 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
19771 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
19772
19773 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
19774 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
19775 of each directory.
19776
19777 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
19778
19779 ;;;***
19780 \f
19781 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
19782 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
19783 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (16543
19784 ;;;;;; 16567))
19785 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
19786
19787 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
19788 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
19789 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
19790 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
19791
19792 To make use of this do something like:
19793
19794 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
19795
19796 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
19797
19798 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
19799 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
19800
19801 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
19802 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
19803 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
19804
19805 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
19806
19807 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
19808 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
19809
19810 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
19811
19812 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
19813 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
19814
19815 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
19816 is decided.
19817
19818 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
19819
19820 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
19821 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
19822
19823 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
19824 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
19825 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
19826
19827 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
19828
19829 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
19830 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
19831
19832 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
19833
19834 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
19835 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
19836
19837 \(fn)" t nil)
19838
19839 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
19840 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
19841
19842 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
19843
19844 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
19845
19846 \(fn)" t nil)
19847
19848 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
19849 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
19850
19851 \(fn)" t nil)
19852
19853 ;;;***
19854 \f
19855 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (16213
19856 ;;;;;; 43280))
19857 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
19858
19859 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
19860 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
19861 See \\[compile].
19862
19863 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
19864
19865 ;;;***
19866 \f
19867 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
19868 ;;;;;; (16675 7397))
19869 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
19870
19871 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
19872 Call up the RE Builder for the current window.
19873
19874 \(fn)" t nil)
19875
19876 ;;;***
19877 \f
19878 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (16783 21521))
19879 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
19880
19881 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
19882 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
19883 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19884 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19885 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
19886
19887 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf")
19888
19889 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
19890 Toggle recentf mode.
19891 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
19892 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
19893
19894 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
19895 that were operated on recently.
19896
19897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19898
19899 ;;;***
19900 \f
19901 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
19902 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
19903 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
19904 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (16213
19905 ;;;;;; 43271))
19906 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
19907
19908 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
19909 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
19910 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
19911 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
19912
19913 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
19914
19915 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
19916
19917 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
19918 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
19919 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
19920 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
19921 ends.
19922
19923 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
19924 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
19925 to be deleted.
19926
19927 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
19928
19929 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
19930 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
19931 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
19932
19933 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
19934 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
19935 deleted.
19936
19937 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
19938
19939 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
19940 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
19941 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
19942
19943 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
19944
19945 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
19946 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
19947
19948 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
19949 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
19950
19951 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
19952 deleted.
19953
19954 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
19955
19956 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
19957 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
19958
19959 \(fn)" t nil)
19960
19961 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
19962 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
19963 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
19964 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
19965 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
19966 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
19967 and point is at the lower right corner.
19968
19969 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
19970
19971 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
19972 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
19973
19974 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
19975 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
19976
19977 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
19978 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
19979 on the right side of the rectangle.
19980
19981 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
19982
19983 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
19984
19985 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
19986 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
19987 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
19988 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
19989 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
19990
19991 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
19992 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
19993
19994 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
19995
19996 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
19997 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
19998 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
19999
20000 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
20001
20002 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
20003
20004 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
20005
20006 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
20007 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
20008
20009 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20010 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
20011 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
20012
20013 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
20014
20015 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
20016 Blank out the region-rectangle.
20017 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
20018
20019 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20020 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
20021 rectangle which were empty.
20022
20023 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
20024
20025 ;;;***
20026 \f
20027 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (16213
20028 ;;;;;; 43283))
20029 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
20030
20031 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
20032 Toggle Refill minor mode.
20033 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
20034
20035 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
20036 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
20037 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
20038
20039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20040
20041 ;;;***
20042 \f
20043 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
20044 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (16213 43284))
20045 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
20046
20047 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
20048 Turn on RefTeX mode.
20049
20050 \(fn)" nil nil)
20051
20052 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
20053 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
20054
20055 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
20056 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
20057
20058 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
20059 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
20060 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
20061 \\ref macro.
20062
20063 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
20064 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
20065 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
20066
20067 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
20068 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
20069 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
20070
20071 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
20072 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
20073
20074 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
20075 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
20076
20077 \\{reftex-mode-map}
20078 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
20079 on the menu bar.
20080
20081 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20082
20083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20084
20085 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
20086 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
20087 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
20088
20089 \(fn)" nil nil)
20090
20091 ;;;***
20092 \f
20093 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
20094 ;;;;;; (16213 43283))
20095 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
20096
20097 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
20098 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
20099 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
20100 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
20101 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
20102 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
20103
20104 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
20105
20106 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
20107
20108 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
20109 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
20110 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will
20111 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
20112
20113 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
20114 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
20115 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
20116 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
20117
20118 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
20119
20120 ;;;***
20121 \f
20122 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
20123 ;;;;;; (16213 43283))
20124 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
20125
20126 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
20127 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
20128 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
20129
20130 To insert new phrases, use
20131 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
20132 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
20133
20134 To index phrases use one of:
20135
20136 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
20137 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
20138 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
20139 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
20140 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
20141
20142 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
20143 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
20144
20145 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
20146
20147 Here are all local bindings.
20148
20149 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
20150
20151 \(fn)" t nil)
20152
20153 ;;;***
20154 \f
20155 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
20156 ;;;;;; (16213 43283))
20157 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
20158
20159 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
20160 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
20161 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
20162 of master file.
20163
20164 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
20165
20166 ;;;***
20167 \f
20168 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
20169 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
20170 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
20171
20172 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
20173 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
20174 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
20175 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
20176 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
20177 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
20178
20179 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
20180 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
20181
20182 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
20183 by \\=\\< and \\>.
20184
20185 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
20186
20187 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
20188 Return the depth of REGEXP.
20189 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
20190 in REGEXP.
20191
20192 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
20193
20194 ;;;***
20195 \f
20196 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (16213 43271))
20197 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
20198
20199 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
20200 Repeat most recently executed command.
20201 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
20202 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
20203 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
20204
20205 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
20206 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
20207 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
20208
20209 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
20210
20211 ;;;***
20212 \f
20213 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
20214 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
20215 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
20216
20217 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
20218 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
20219
20220 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
20221 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
20222 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
20223 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
20224 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
20225 and point is left after the salutation.
20226
20227 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
20228 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
20229 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
20230 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
20231 left after that text.
20232
20233 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
20234 is non-nil.
20235
20236 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
20237 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
20238 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
20239 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
20240
20241 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
20242
20243 ;;;***
20244 \f
20245 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
20246 ;;;;;; (16213 43271))
20247 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
20248
20249 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
20250 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
20251 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
20252 visibility of comments that precede it.
20253 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
20254 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
20255 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
20256 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
20257 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
20258 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
20259 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
20260 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
20261 the comment lines.
20262 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
20263 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
20264 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
20265 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
20266 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
20267
20268 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20269 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
20270
20271 ;;;***
20272 \f
20273 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (16213
20274 ;;;;;; 43271))
20275 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
20276
20277 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
20278 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
20279
20280 \(fn)" nil nil)
20281
20282 ;;;***
20283 \f
20284 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
20285 ;;;;;; (16804 23129))
20286 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
20287
20288 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
20289 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
20290 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
20291
20292 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
20293 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
20294 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
20295
20296 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20297
20298 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
20299 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
20300 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
20301 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20302 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
20303
20304 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
20305
20306 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
20307 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
20308 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
20309
20310 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
20311 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
20312 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
20313
20314 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20315
20316 ;;;***
20317 \f
20318 ;;;### (autoloads (file-name-shadow-mode file-name-shadow-tty-properties
20319 ;;;;;; file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow" "rfn-eshadow.el"
20320 ;;;;;; (16213 43271))
20321 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
20322
20323 (defvar file-name-shadow-properties (quote (face file-name-shadow field shadow)) "\
20324 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
20325 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active.
20326 If emacs is not running under a window system,
20327 `file-name-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
20328
20329 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
20330
20331 (defvar file-name-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
20332 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
20333 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
20334 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
20335 system, `file-name-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
20336
20337 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-tty-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
20338
20339 (defvar file-name-shadow-mode nil "\
20340 Non-nil if File-Name-Shadow mode is enabled.
20341 See the command `file-name-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
20342 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20343 use either \\[customize] or the function `file-name-shadow-mode'.")
20344
20345 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow")
20346
20347 (autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
20348 Toggle File-Name Shadow mode.
20349 When active, any part of a filename being read in the minibuffer
20350 that would be ignored (because the result is passed through
20351 `substitute-in-file-name') is given the properties in
20352 `file-name-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
20353 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable.
20354
20355 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
20356 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
20357
20358 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20359
20360 ;;;***
20361 \f
20362 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
20363 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
20364 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
20365
20366 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
20367 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
20368
20369 \(fn X)" nil nil)
20370
20371 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
20372 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
20373
20374 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
20375
20376 ;;;***
20377 \f
20378 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (16507 41097))
20379 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
20380 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
20381
20382 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
20383 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
20384 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
20385 other arguments for `rlogin'.
20386
20387 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
20388
20389 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
20390 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
20391 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
20392 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
20393
20394 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
20395 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
20396
20397 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
20398 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
20399
20400 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
20401 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
20402 INPUT-ARGS.
20403
20404 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
20405 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
20406 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
20407 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
20408 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
20409
20410 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
20411 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
20412 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
20413 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
20414
20415 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
20416 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
20417 variable.
20418
20419 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20420
20421 ;;;***
20422 \f
20423 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-restore-desktop-buffer rmail-set-pop-password
20424 ;;;;;; rmail-input rmail-mode rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook
20425 ;;;;;; rmail-confirm-expunge rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
20426 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
20427 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
20428 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
20429 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (16792 36615))
20430 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
20431
20432 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
20433 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
20434 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
20435 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
20436
20437 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail")
20438
20439 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
20440 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
20441 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
20442 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
20443 value is the user's email address and name.)
20444 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
20445
20446 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date" "\\|^x.*-priority:\\|^x-mimeole:") "\
20447 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
20448 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
20449 which normally happens once for each message,
20450 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
20451 To make a change in this variable take effect
20452 for a message that you have already viewed,
20453 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
20454
20455 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail")
20456
20457 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
20458 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
20459 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
20460 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
20461
20462 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail")
20463
20464 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
20465 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
20466
20467 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail")
20468
20469 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
20470 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
20471 A value of nil means don't highlight.
20472 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
20473
20474 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail")
20475
20476 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
20477 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
20478
20479 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail")
20480
20481 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
20482 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
20483
20484 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail")
20485
20486 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
20487 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
20488 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
20489 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
20490 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
20491
20492 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail")
20493
20494 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
20495 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
20496 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
20497 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
20498
20499 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail")
20500
20501 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
20502 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
20503
20504 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail")
20505
20506 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
20507 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
20508
20509 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail")
20510
20511 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
20512 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
20513
20514 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail")
20515
20516 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
20517 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
20518
20519 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
20520 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
20521
20522 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
20523 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
20524
20525 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail")
20526
20527 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
20528 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
20529
20530 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
20531 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
20532 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
20533 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
20534
20535 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
20536 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
20537
20538 This is set to nil by default.")
20539
20540 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
20541 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
20542 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
20543 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
20544 until a user explicitly requires it.")
20545
20546 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail")
20547
20548 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
20549 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
20550 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
20551 It is called with no argument.")
20552
20553 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
20554 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
20555 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
20556 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
20557 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
20558 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
20559 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
20560
20561 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
20562 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
20563 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
20564 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
20565 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
20566 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
20567
20568 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
20569 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
20570 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
20571 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
20572 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
20573
20574 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
20575 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
20576 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
20577 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
20578 MSG is the message number,
20579 REGEXP is the regular expression,
20580 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
20581
20582 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
20583 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
20584 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
20585 this feature is required with `require'.")
20586
20587 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
20588 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
20589 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
20590 the message is decoded as normal way.
20591
20592 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
20593 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
20594 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
20595
20596 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?" "\
20597 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
20598 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
20599
20600 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
20601 Read and edit incoming mail.
20602 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
20603 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
20604 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
20605
20606 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
20607 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
20608 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
20609 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
20610
20611 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
20612
20613 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
20614
20615 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
20616 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
20617 All normal editing commands are turned off.
20618 Instead, these commands are available:
20619
20620 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
20621 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
20622 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
20623 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
20624 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
20625 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
20626 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
20627 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
20628 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
20629 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
20630 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
20631 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
20632 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
20633 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
20634 till a deleted message is found.
20635 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
20636 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
20637 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
20638 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
20639 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
20640 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
20641 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
20642 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
20643 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
20644 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
20645 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
20646 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
20647 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
20648 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
20649 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
20650 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
20651 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
20652 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
20653 (label defaults to last one specified).
20654 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
20655 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
20656 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
20657 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
20658 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
20659 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
20660 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
20661 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
20662 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
20663
20664 \(fn)" t nil)
20665
20666 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
20667 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
20668
20669 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20670
20671 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
20672 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server.
20673
20674 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
20675
20676 (autoload (quote rmail-restore-desktop-buffer) "rmail" "\
20677 Restore an rmail buffer specified in a desktop file.
20678
20679 \(fn DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)" nil nil)
20680
20681 ;;;***
20682 \f
20683 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
20684 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
20685 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
20686
20687 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
20688 Edit the contents of this message.
20689
20690 \(fn)" t nil)
20691
20692 ;;;***
20693 \f
20694 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
20695 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
20696 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (16213 43280))
20697 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
20698
20699 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
20700 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
20701 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
20702
20703 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
20704
20705 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
20706 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
20707 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
20708
20709 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
20710
20711 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
20712 Not documented
20713
20714 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
20715
20716 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
20717 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
20718 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
20719 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
20720 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
20721
20722 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
20723
20724 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
20725 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
20726 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
20727 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
20728 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
20729
20730 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
20731
20732 ;;;***
20733 \f
20734 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
20735 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
20736 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
20737
20738 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
20739 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
20740 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
20741 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
20742
20743 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
20744
20745 ;;;***
20746 \f
20747 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
20748 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
20749 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (16213 43280))
20750 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
20751
20752 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
20753 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
20754 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
20755 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
20756 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
20757 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
20758 a file name as a string.")
20759
20760 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
20761
20762 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
20763 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
20764 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
20765 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
20766 buffer visiting that file.
20767 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
20768 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
20769
20770 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
20771 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
20772
20773 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
20774 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
20775
20776 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
20777 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
20778
20779 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
20780
20781 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
20782 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
20783
20784 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
20785
20786 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
20787 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
20788 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
20789 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
20790 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
20791
20792 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
20793 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
20794 will be appended with their original headers.
20795
20796 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
20797 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
20798
20799 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
20800 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
20801
20802 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
20803
20804 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
20805
20806 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
20807 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
20808 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
20809
20810 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
20811
20812 ;;;***
20813 \f
20814 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
20815 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
20816 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (16213
20817 ;;;;;; 43280))
20818 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
20819
20820 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
20821 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
20822 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
20823
20824 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
20825
20826 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
20827 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
20828 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
20829
20830 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
20831
20832 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
20833 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
20834 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
20835
20836 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
20837
20838 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
20839 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
20840 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
20841
20842 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
20843
20844 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
20845 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
20846 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
20847
20848 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
20849
20850 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
20851 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
20852 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
20853
20854 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
20855
20856 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
20857 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
20858 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
20859 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
20860
20861 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
20862
20863 ;;;***
20864 \f
20865 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
20866 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
20867 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
20868 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
20869 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (16294 21153))
20870 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
20871
20872 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
20873 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
20874
20875 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
20876
20877 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
20878 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
20879
20880 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
20881
20882 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
20883 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
20884
20885 \(fn)" t nil)
20886
20887 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
20888 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
20889 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
20890
20891 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
20892
20893 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
20894 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
20895 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
20896 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
20897 only look in the To and From fields.
20898 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
20899
20900 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
20901
20902 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
20903 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
20904 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
20905 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
20906 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
20907
20908 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
20909
20910 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
20911 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
20912 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
20913 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
20914 look in the whole message.
20915 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
20916
20917 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
20918
20919 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
20920 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
20921 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
20922
20923 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
20924
20925 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
20926 *Function to decode summary-line.
20927
20928 By default, `identity' is set.")
20929
20930 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
20931
20932 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
20933 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
20934 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
20935 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
20936 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
20937 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
20938 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
20939
20940 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
20941 sent by you under different user names.
20942 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
20943
20944 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
20945
20946 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
20947
20948 ;;;***
20949 \f
20950 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
20951 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
20952 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
20953
20954 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
20955 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
20956 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
20957 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
20958
20959 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
20960
20961 ;;;***
20962 \f
20963 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
20964 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (16213 43271))
20965 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
20966
20967 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
20968 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
20969
20970 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
20971
20972 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
20973 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
20974
20975 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20976
20977 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
20978 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
20979
20980 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20981
20982 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
20983 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
20984 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
20985
20986 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
20987 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
20988 in rot 13.
20989
20990 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
20991
20992 \(fn)" t nil)
20993
20994 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
20995 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
20996
20997 \(fn)" t nil)
20998
20999 ;;;***
21000 \f
21001 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
21002 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
21003 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
21004 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
21005 ;;;;;; (16507 41097))
21006 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
21007
21008 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
21009 *This variable is obsolete.")
21010
21011 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
21012
21013 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
21014 *This variable is obsolete.")
21015
21016 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
21017
21018 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
21019 *This variable is obsolete.")
21020
21021 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
21022
21023 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
21024 *This variable is obsolete.")
21025
21026 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
21027
21028 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
21029 *This variable is obsolete.")
21030
21031 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
21032
21033 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
21034 *This variable is obsolete.")
21035
21036 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
21037
21038 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
21039 This function is obsolete.
21040
21041 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
21042
21043 ;;;***
21044 \f
21045 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (16478
21046 ;;;;;; 51572))
21047 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
21048
21049 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
21050 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
21051
21052 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21053
21054 ;;;***
21055 \f
21056 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (16534
21057 ;;;;;; 3808))
21058 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
21059
21060 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
21061 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
21062 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
21063 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
21064
21065 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
21066
21067 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
21068 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
21069 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
21070 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
21071
21072 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
21073 notation.
21074
21075 STRING
21076 matches string STRING literally.
21077
21078 CHAR
21079 matches character CHAR literally.
21080
21081 `not-newline', `nonl'
21082 matches any character except a newline.
21083 .
21084 `anything'
21085 matches any character
21086
21087 `(any SET ...)'
21088 `(in SET ...)'
21089 `(char SET ...)'
21090 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
21091 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
21092 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
21093
21094 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
21095 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
21096 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
21097 `word', or one of their synonyms.
21098
21099 `(not (any SET ...))'
21100 matches any character not in SET ...
21101
21102 `line-start', `bol'
21103 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
21104 in the text being matched
21105
21106 `line-end', `eol'
21107 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
21108
21109 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
21110 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
21111 string being matched against.
21112
21113 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
21114 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
21115 string being matched against.
21116
21117 `buffer-start'
21118 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
21119 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
21120
21121 `buffer-end'
21122 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
21123 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
21124
21125 `point'
21126 matches the empty string, but only at point.
21127
21128 `word-start', `bow'
21129 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
21130 word.
21131
21132 `word-end', `eow'
21133 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
21134
21135 `word-boundary'
21136 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
21137 word.
21138
21139 `(not word-boundary)'
21140 `not-word-boundary'
21141 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
21142 word.
21143
21144 `digit', `numeric', `num'
21145 matches 0 through 9.
21146
21147 `control', `cntrl'
21148 matches ASCII control characters.
21149
21150 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
21151 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
21152
21153 `blank'
21154 matches space and tab only.
21155
21156 `graphic', `graph'
21157 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
21158 space, and DEL.
21159
21160 `printing', `print'
21161 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
21162 and DEL.
21163
21164 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
21165 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
21166 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
21167
21168 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
21169 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
21170 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
21171
21172 `ascii'
21173 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
21174
21175 `nonascii'
21176 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
21177
21178 `lower', `lower-case'
21179 matches anything lower-case.
21180
21181 `upper', `upper-case'
21182 matches anything upper-case.
21183
21184 `punctuation', `punct'
21185 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
21186 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
21187
21188 `space', `whitespace', `white'
21189 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
21190
21191 `word', `wordchar'
21192 matches anything that has word syntax.
21193
21194 `not-wordchar'
21195 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
21196
21197 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
21198 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
21199 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
21200 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
21201
21202 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
21203 `punctuation' (\\s.)
21204 `word' (\\sw)
21205 `symbol' (\\s_)
21206 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
21207 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
21208 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
21209 `string-quote' (\\s\")
21210 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
21211 `escape' (\\s\\)
21212 `character-quote' (\\s/)
21213 `comment-start' (\\s<)
21214 `comment-end' (\\s>)
21215 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
21216 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
21217
21218 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
21219 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
21220
21221 `(category CATEGORY)'
21222 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
21223 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
21224
21225 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
21226 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
21227 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
21228 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
21229 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
21230 `symbol' (\\c5)
21231 `digit' (\\c6)
21232 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
21233 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
21234 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
21235 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
21236 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
21237 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
21238 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
21239 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
21240 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
21241 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
21242 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
21243 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
21244 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
21245 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
21246 `ascii' (\\ca)
21247 `arabic' (\\cb)
21248 `chinese' (\\cc)
21249 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
21250 `greek' (\\cg)
21251 `korean' (\\ch)
21252 `indian' (\\ci)
21253 `japanese' (\\cj)
21254 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
21255 `latin' (\\cl)
21256 `lao' (\\co)
21257 `tibetan' (\\cq)
21258 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
21259 `thai' (\\ct)
21260 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
21261 `hebrew' (\\cw)
21262 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
21263 `can-break' (\\c|)
21264
21265 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
21266 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
21267
21268 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
21269 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
21270 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
21271 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
21272 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
21273
21274 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
21275 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
21276 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
21277 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
21278
21279 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
21280 another name for `submatch'.
21281
21282 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
21283 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
21284 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
21285 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
21286 regular expression.
21287
21288 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
21289 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
21290 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
21291 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
21292 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
21293
21294 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
21295 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
21296
21297 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
21298 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
21299
21300 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
21301 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
21302 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
21303
21304 `(* SEXP ...)'
21305 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
21306 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
21307
21308 `(*? SEXP ...)'
21309 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
21310 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
21311
21312 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
21313 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
21314 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
21315
21316 `(+ SEXP ...)'
21317 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
21318
21319 `(+? SEXP ...)'
21320 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
21321
21322 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
21323 `(optional SEXP ...)'
21324 `(opt SEXP ...)'
21325 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
21326
21327 `(? SEXP ...)'
21328 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
21329
21330 `(?? SEXP ...)'
21331 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
21332
21333 `(repeat N SEXP)'
21334 `(= N SEXP ...)'
21335 matches N occurrences.
21336
21337 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
21338 matches N or more occurrences.
21339
21340 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
21341 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
21342 matches N to M occurrences.
21343
21344 `(backref N)'
21345 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
21346
21347 `(backref N)'
21348 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
21349
21350 `(backref N)'
21351 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
21352
21353 `(eval FORM)'
21354 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
21355 `regexp-quote' it.
21356
21357 `(regexp REGEXP)'
21358 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
21359
21360 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
21361
21362 ;;;***
21363 \f
21364 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
21365 ;;;;;; (16391 49851))
21366 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
21367
21368 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
21369 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
21370 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
21371
21372 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
21373 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
21374 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
21375 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
21376 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
21377 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
21378 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
21379 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
21380
21381 Commands:
21382 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21383 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
21384 \\{scheme-mode-map}
21385 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
21386 if that value is non-nil.
21387
21388 \(fn)" t nil)
21389
21390 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
21391 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
21392 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
21393
21394 Commands:
21395 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21396 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
21397 \\{scheme-mode-map}
21398 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
21399 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
21400 that variable's value is a string.
21401
21402 \(fn)" t nil)
21403
21404 ;;;***
21405 \f
21406 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
21407 ;;;;;; (16698 21929))
21408 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
21409
21410 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
21411 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
21412 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
21413
21414 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
21415
21416 \(fn)" t nil)
21417
21418 ;;;***
21419 \f
21420 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (16213
21421 ;;;;;; 43281))
21422 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
21423
21424 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
21425 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
21426 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
21427 \\{scribe-mode-map}
21428
21429 Interesting variables:
21430
21431 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
21432 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
21433
21434 `scribe-electric-quote'
21435 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
21436
21437 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
21438 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
21439 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
21440
21441 \(fn)" t nil)
21442
21443 ;;;***
21444 \f
21445 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
21446 ;;;;;; (16213 43271))
21447 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
21448
21449 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
21450 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
21451 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21452 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21453 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
21454
21455 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
21456
21457 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
21458 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
21459 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
21460 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
21461 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
21462
21463 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21464
21465 ;;;***
21466 \f
21467 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
21468 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file
21469 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
21470 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-yank-ignored-headers
21471 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
21472 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (16534 3809))
21473 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
21474
21475 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
21476 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
21477
21478 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
21479 king@grassland.com
21480 If `parens', they look like:
21481 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
21482 If `angles', they look like:
21483 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
21484 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
21485 derived from the envelope-from address.
21486
21487 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
21488 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
21489 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
21490 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
21491
21492 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail")
21493
21494 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
21495 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
21496 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
21497 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
21498
21499 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
21500 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
21501 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
21502 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
21503
21504 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail")
21505
21506 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
21507 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
21508 This is done when the message is initialized,
21509 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
21510
21511 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail")
21512
21513 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
21514 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
21515 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
21516
21517 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail")
21518
21519 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
21520 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
21521
21522 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-ignored-headers) "sendmail")
21523
21524 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
21525 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
21526 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
21527 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
21528 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
21529 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
21530 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
21531
21532 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail")
21533
21534 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
21535 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
21536
21537 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail")
21538
21539 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
21540 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
21541 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
21542
21543 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail")
21544
21545 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
21546 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
21547 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
21548 when you first send mail.")
21549
21550 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail")
21551
21552 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
21553 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
21554 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
21555 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
21556 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
21557
21558 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail")
21559
21560 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
21561 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
21562 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
21563 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
21564 This file need not actually exist.")
21565
21566 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail")
21567
21568 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
21569 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
21570 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
21571 If a string, that string is inserted.
21572 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
21573 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
21574 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
21575 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
21576
21577 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail")
21578
21579 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
21580 *Directory for mail buffers.
21581 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
21582 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
21583
21584 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail")
21585
21586 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
21587 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
21588 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
21589 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
21590 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
21591 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
21592 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
21593 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
21594 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
21595 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
21596 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
21597 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
21598 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
21599 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
21600 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
21601
21602 \(fn)" t nil)
21603
21604 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
21605 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
21606 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
21607 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
21608 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
21609 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
21610
21611 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
21612 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
21613 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
21614
21615 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
21616 User should not set this variable manually,
21617 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
21618 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
21619 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
21620 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
21621
21622 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
21623 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
21624 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
21625 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
21626
21627 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
21628 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
21629
21630 \\<mail-mode-map>
21631 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
21632
21633 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
21634 to move to message header fields:
21635 \\{mail-mode-map}
21636
21637 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
21638 when the message is initialized.
21639
21640 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
21641 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
21642
21643 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
21644 is inserted.
21645
21646 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
21647 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
21648
21649 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
21650 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
21651
21652 The second through fifth arguments,
21653 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
21654 the initial contents of those header fields.
21655 These arguments should not have final newlines.
21656 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
21657 original message being replied to, or else an action
21658 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
21659 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
21660 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
21661 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
21662 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
21663 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
21664
21665 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
21666
21667 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
21668 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
21669
21670 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
21671
21672 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
21673 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
21674
21675 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
21676
21677 ;;;***
21678 \f
21679 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
21680 ;;;;;; (16764 51518))
21681 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
21682
21683 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
21684 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
21685 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
21686 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
21687 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
21688 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
21689
21690 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
21691
21692 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
21693
21694 (defvar server-mode nil "\
21695 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
21696 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21697 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21698 use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.")
21699
21700 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server")
21701
21702 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
21703 Toggle Server mode.
21704 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
21705 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
21706 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
21707
21708 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21709
21710 ;;;***
21711 \f
21712 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (16801 58023))
21713 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
21714
21715 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
21716 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
21717 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
21718
21719 Key definitions:
21720 \\{ses-mode-map}
21721 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
21722 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
21723 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
21724 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
21725
21726 \(fn)" t nil)
21727
21728 ;;;***
21729 \f
21730 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
21731 ;;;;;; (16787 16350))
21732 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
21733
21734 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
21735 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
21736 Makes > match <.
21737 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
21738 `sgml-quick-keys'.
21739
21740 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
21741 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
21742 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
21743
21744 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
21745 your `.emacs' file.
21746
21747 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
21748
21749 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
21750 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
21751 \\{sgml-mode-map}
21752
21753 \(fn)" t nil)
21754
21755 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
21756
21757 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
21758 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
21759 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
21760 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
21761 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
21762 which this is based.
21763
21764 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
21765
21766 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
21767 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
21768 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
21769 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
21770
21771 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
21772 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
21773 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
21774
21775 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
21776 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
21777 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
21778 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
21779
21780 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
21781 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
21782 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
21783 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
21784
21785 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
21786
21787 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
21788 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
21789 To work around that, do:
21790 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
21791
21792 \\{html-mode-map}
21793
21794 \(fn)" t nil)
21795
21796 ;;;***
21797 \f
21798 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
21799 ;;;;;; (16820 16328))
21800 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
21801
21802 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
21803 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
21804 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
21805 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
21806 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
21807 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
21808
21809 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
21810 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
21811 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
21812 shell-specific features.
21813
21814 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
21815 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
21816 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
21817
21818 \\[sh-case] case statement
21819 \\[sh-for] for loop
21820 \\[sh-function] function definition
21821 \\[sh-if] if statement
21822 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
21823 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
21824 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
21825 \\[sh-select] select loop
21826 \\[sh-until] until loop
21827 \\[sh-while] while loop
21828
21829 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
21830 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
21831 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
21832 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
21833 would indent to the way it currently is.
21834 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
21835 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
21836
21837
21838 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
21839 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
21840 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
21841 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
21842 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
21843 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
21844
21845 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
21846 {, (, [, ', \", `
21847 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
21848
21849 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
21850 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
21851 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
21852
21853 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
21854 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
21855
21856 \(fn)" t nil)
21857
21858 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
21859
21860 ;;;***
21861 \f
21862 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (16775 26713))
21863 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
21864
21865 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
21866 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
21867 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
21868 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
21869 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
21870 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
21871
21872 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
21873
21874 ;;;***
21875 \f
21876 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
21877 ;;;;;; (16377 12872))
21878 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
21879
21880 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
21881 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
21882
21883 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
21884 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
21885 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
21886 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
21887 the earlier.
21888
21889 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
21890
21891 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
21892
21893 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
21894 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
21895 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
21896
21897 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
21898 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
21899
21900 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
21901 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
21902 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
21903 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
21904 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
21905 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
21906 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
21907 emacs version).
21908
21909 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
21910 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
21911 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
21912 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
21913 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
21914
21915 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
21916 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
21917 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
21918
21919 \(fn)" t nil)
21920
21921 ;;;***
21922 \f
21923 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
21924 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (16768
21925 ;;;;;; 48631))
21926 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
21927
21928 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
21929 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
21930 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
21931 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
21932 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
21933 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
21934 in the cluster.
21935
21936 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
21937
21938 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
21939 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
21940 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
21941 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
21942 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
21943
21944 \(fn)" t nil)
21945
21946 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
21947 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
21948 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
21949 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
21950 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
21951 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
21952 `shadow-define-cluster').
21953
21954 \(fn)" t nil)
21955
21956 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
21957 Set up file shadowing.
21958
21959 \(fn)" t nil)
21960
21961 ;;;***
21962 \f
21963 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
21964 ;;;;;; (16377 12872))
21965 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
21966
21967 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
21968 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
21969 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
21970 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
21971 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
21972 arguments.")
21973
21974 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell")
21975
21976 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
21977 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
21978 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
21979 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
21980 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
21981 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
21982 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
21983 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
21984 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
21985 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
21986 discards input when it starts up.)
21987 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
21988 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
21989 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
21990
21991 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21992 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21993 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21994 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
21995 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21996 `default-process-coding-system'.
21997
21998 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
21999 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
22000 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
22001 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
22002
22003 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
22004
22005 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22006 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
22007
22008 ;;;***
22009 \f
22010 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
22011 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (16775 26714))
22012 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
22013
22014 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
22015 Not documented
22016
22017 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
22018
22019 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
22020 Not documented
22021
22022 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
22023
22024 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
22025 Not documented
22026
22027 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
22028
22029 ;;;***
22030 \f
22031 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
22032 ;;;;;; (16697 49031))
22033 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
22034
22035 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
22036 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
22037 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
22038 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
22039 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
22040
22041 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
22042
22043 \(fn)" t nil)
22044
22045 ;;;***
22046 \f
22047 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (16213
22048 ;;;;;; 43282))
22049 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
22050
22051 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
22052 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
22053 \\{simula-mode-map}
22054 Variables controlling indentation style:
22055 `simula-tab-always-indent'
22056 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
22057 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
22058 `simula-indent-level'
22059 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
22060 `simula-substatement-offset'
22061 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
22062 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
22063 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
22064 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
22065 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
22066 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
22067 `simula-label-offset' -4711
22068 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
22069 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
22070 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
22071 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
22072 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
22073 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
22074 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
22075 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
22076 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
22077 `simula-electric-indent' nil
22078 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
22079 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
22080 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
22081 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
22082 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
22083 or nil if they should not be changed.
22084 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
22085 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
22086 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
22087 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
22088
22089 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
22090 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
22091
22092 \(fn)" t nil)
22093
22094 ;;;***
22095 \f
22096 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
22097 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (16213 43271))
22098 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
22099
22100 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
22101 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
22102
22103 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
22104 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
22105 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
22106 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
22107
22108 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
22109
22110 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
22111 Insert SKELETON.
22112 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
22113 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
22114 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
22115 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
22116 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
22117
22118 Optional first argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
22119 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
22120
22121 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
22122
22123 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
22124 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
22125
22126 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
22127 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
22128 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
22129 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
22130
22131 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
22132 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
22133 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
22134 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
22135
22136 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
22137 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
22138 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
22139
22140 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
22141 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
22142
22143 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
22144 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
22145
22146 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
22147 _ interesting point, interregion here
22148 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
22149 interesting point set by _
22150 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
22151 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
22152 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
22153 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
22154 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
22155 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
22156 nil skipped
22157
22158 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
22159 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
22160
22161 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
22162 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
22163 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
22164 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
22165 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
22166 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
22167 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
22168 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
22169
22170 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
22171 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
22172 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
22173 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
22174 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
22175 available:
22176
22177 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
22178 then: insert previously read string once more
22179 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
22180 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
22181 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
22182
22183 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
22184 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
22185
22186 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
22187
22188 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
22189 Insert the character you type ARG times.
22190
22191 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
22192 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
22193 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
22194 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
22195 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
22196 such as backslash.
22197
22198 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
22199 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
22200 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
22201
22202 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22203
22204 ;;;***
22205 \f
22206 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
22207 ;;;;;; (16534 3808))
22208 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
22209
22210 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
22211 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
22212 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
22213 buffer names.
22214
22215 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
22216
22217 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
22218 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
22219 \\{smerge-mode-map}
22220
22221 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22222
22223 ;;;***
22224 \f
22225 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
22226 ;;;;;; (16719 60886))
22227 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
22228
22229 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
22230 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
22231 A list of images is returned.
22232
22233 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22234
22235 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
22236 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
22237 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
22238
22239 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22240
22241 ;;;***
22242 \f
22243 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
22244 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (16747 61767))
22245 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
22246
22247 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
22248 Not documented
22249
22250 \(fn)" nil nil)
22251
22252 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
22253 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
22254
22255 \(fn)" t nil)
22256
22257 ;;;***
22258 \f
22259 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (16213 43281))
22260 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
22261
22262 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
22263 Play the Snake game.
22264 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
22265
22266 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
22267
22268 Snake mode keybindings:
22269 \\<snake-mode-map>
22270 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
22271 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
22272 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
22273 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
22274 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
22275 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
22276 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
22277
22278 \(fn)" t nil)
22279
22280 ;;;***
22281 \f
22282 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
22283 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
22284 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
22285
22286 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
22287 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
22288 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
22289 Tab indents for C code.
22290 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
22291 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22292 \\{snmp-mode-map}
22293 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
22294 `snmp-mode-hook'.
22295
22296 \(fn)" t nil)
22297
22298 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
22299 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
22300 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
22301 Tab indents for C code.
22302 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
22303 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22304 \\{snmp-mode-map}
22305 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
22306 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
22307
22308 \(fn)" t nil)
22309
22310 ;;;***
22311 \f
22312 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
22313 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
22314 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (16213 43272))
22315 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
22316
22317 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
22318 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
22319
22320 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
22321 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
22322 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
22323
22324 For example, the form
22325
22326 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
22327 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
22328
22329 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
22330
22331 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
22332
22333 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
22334 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
22335
22336 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
22337 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
22338 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
22339 York City.
22340
22341 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
22342
22343 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
22344
22345 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
22346 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
22347
22348 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
22349 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
22350 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
22351 York City.
22352
22353 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
22354
22355 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
22356
22357 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
22358 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
22359 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
22360 pair.
22361
22362 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
22363
22364 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
22365
22366 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
22367 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
22368 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
22369
22370 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
22371 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
22372
22373 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
22374
22375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22376
22377 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
22378 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
22379 Requires floating point.
22380
22381 \(fn)" nil nil)
22382
22383 ;;;***
22384 \f
22385 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (16213
22386 ;;;;;; 43281))
22387 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
22388
22389 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
22390 Play Solitaire.
22391
22392 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
22393 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
22394 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
22395 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
22396 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
22397 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
22398 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
22399 check after each move or undo)
22400
22401 What is Solitaire?
22402
22403 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
22404 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
22405 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
22406
22407 Le Solitaire
22408 ============
22409
22410 o o o
22411
22412 o o o
22413
22414 o o o o o o o
22415
22416 o o o . o o o
22417
22418 o o o o o o o
22419
22420 o o o
22421
22422 o o o
22423
22424 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
22425 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
22426 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
22427 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
22428
22429 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
22430 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
22431 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
22432 this: o o .
22433
22434 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
22435 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
22436
22437 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
22438
22439 o o o
22440
22441 . o o
22442
22443 o o . o o o o
22444
22445 o . o o o o o
22446
22447 o o o o o o o
22448
22449 o o o
22450
22451 o o o
22452
22453 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
22454
22455 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
22456
22457 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22458
22459 ;;;***
22460 \f
22461 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
22462 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
22463 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (16460 18645))
22464 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
22465
22466 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
22467 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
22468
22469 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
22470 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
22471 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
22472 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
22473 contiguous.
22474
22475 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
22476 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
22477 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
22478 the sort order.
22479
22480 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
22481 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
22482
22483 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
22484 It moves point to the start of the next record.
22485 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
22486 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
22487 is called.
22488
22489 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
22490 It should move point to the end of the record.
22491
22492 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
22493 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
22494 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
22495 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
22496 starts at the beginning of the record.
22497
22498 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
22499 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
22500 same as ENDRECFUN.
22501
22502 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
22503 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
22504
22505 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
22506
22507 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
22508 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
22509 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
22510 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
22511 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
22512 the sort order.
22513
22514 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
22515
22516 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
22517 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
22518 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
22519 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
22520 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
22521 the sort order.
22522
22523 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
22524
22525 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
22526 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
22527 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
22528 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
22529 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
22530 the sort order.
22531
22532 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
22533
22534 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
22535 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
22536 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
22537 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
22538 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
22539 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
22540 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
22541 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
22542 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
22543
22544 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
22545
22546 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
22547 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
22548 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
22549 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
22550 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
22551 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
22552 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
22553 the sort order.
22554
22555 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
22556
22557 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
22558 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
22559 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
22560 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
22561 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
22562 is to be used for sorting.
22563 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
22564 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
22565 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
22566 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
22567 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
22568
22569 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
22570
22571 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
22572 the sort order.
22573
22574 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
22575 starting with the letter \"f\",
22576 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
22577
22578 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
22579
22580 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
22581 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
22582 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
22583 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
22584 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
22585 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
22586 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
22587 the sort order.
22588
22589 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
22590 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
22591 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
22592 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
22593 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
22594
22595 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
22596
22597 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
22598 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
22599 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
22600
22601 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22602
22603 ;;;***
22604 \f
22605 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (16777
22606 ;;;;;; 65418))
22607 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
22608
22609 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
22610 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
22611
22612 \(fn)" t nil)
22613
22614 ;;;***
22615 \f
22616 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
22617 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (16775 26708))
22618 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
22619
22620 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
22621
22622 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
22623 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
22624 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
22625 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
22626 supported at a time.
22627 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
22628 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
22629
22630 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22631
22632 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
22633 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
22634 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
22635 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
22636
22637 \(fn)" t nil)
22638
22639 ;;;***
22640 \f
22641 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
22642 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (16213 43284))
22643 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
22644
22645 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
22646
22647 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
22648 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
22649 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
22650 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
22651 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
22652 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
22653
22654 \(fn)" t nil)
22655
22656 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
22657 Check spelling of word at or before point.
22658 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
22659 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
22660
22661 \(fn)" t nil)
22662
22663 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
22664 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
22665 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
22666 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
22667 for example, \"word\".
22668
22669 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
22670
22671 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
22672 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
22673
22674 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22675
22676 ;;;***
22677 \f
22678 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (16213
22679 ;;;;;; 43281))
22680 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
22681
22682 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
22683 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
22684
22685 \(fn)" t nil)
22686
22687 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
22688 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
22689
22690 \(fn)" nil nil)
22691
22692 ;;;***
22693 \f
22694 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
22695 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
22696 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
22697 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (16536
22698 ;;;;;; 52890))
22699 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
22700
22701 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
22702 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
22703
22704 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
22705 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
22706 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
22707 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
22708 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
22709 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
22710 of the current highlighting list.
22711
22712 For example:
22713
22714 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
22715 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
22716
22717 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
22718 `_t' as data types.
22719
22720 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
22721
22722 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
22723 Show short help for the SQL modes.
22724
22725 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
22726 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
22727
22728 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
22729
22730 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
22731 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
22732 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
22733
22734 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
22735
22736 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
22737 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
22738 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
22739 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
22740 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
22741 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
22742 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
22743 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
22744 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
22745
22746 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
22747
22748 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
22749 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
22750 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
22751 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
22752
22753 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
22754 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
22755 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
22756 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
22757
22758 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
22759 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
22760 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
22761
22762 \(fn)" t nil)
22763
22764 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
22765 Major mode to edit SQL.
22766
22767 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
22768 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
22769 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
22770
22771 \\{sql-mode-map}
22772 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
22773
22774 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
22775 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
22776 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
22777 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
22778 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
22779 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
22780
22781 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
22782 `sql-interactive-mode'.
22783
22784 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
22785 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
22786 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
22787
22788 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
22789 (lambda ()
22790 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
22791
22792 \(fn)" t nil)
22793
22794 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
22795 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
22796
22797 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
22798 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
22799 `*SQL*'.
22800
22801 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
22802
22803 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
22804
22805 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
22806 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
22807
22808 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
22809 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
22810 `*SQL*'.
22811
22812 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
22813 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
22814 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
22815 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
22816
22817 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
22818 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
22819
22820 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
22821 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
22822 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
22823 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
22824 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
22825 `default-process-coding-system'.
22826
22827 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
22828
22829 \(fn)" t nil)
22830
22831 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
22832 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
22833
22834 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
22835 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
22836 `*SQL*'.
22837
22838 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
22839 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
22840 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
22841 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
22842
22843 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
22844 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
22845
22846 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
22847 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
22848 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
22849 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
22850 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
22851 `default-process-coding-system'.
22852
22853 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
22854
22855 \(fn)" t nil)
22856
22857 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
22858 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
22859
22860 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
22861 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
22862 `*SQL*'.
22863
22864 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
22865 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
22866
22867 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
22868 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
22869
22870 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
22871 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
22872 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
22873 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
22874 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
22875 `default-process-coding-system'.
22876
22877 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
22878
22879 \(fn)" t nil)
22880
22881 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
22882 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
22883
22884 SQLite is free software.
22885
22886 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
22887 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
22888 `*SQL*'.
22889
22890 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
22891 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
22892 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
22893 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
22894
22895 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
22896 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
22897
22898 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
22899 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
22900 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
22901 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
22902 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
22903 `default-process-coding-system'.
22904
22905 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
22906
22907 \(fn)" t nil)
22908
22909 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
22910 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
22911
22912 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
22913
22914 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
22915 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
22916 `*SQL*'.
22917
22918 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
22919 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
22920 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
22921 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
22922
22923 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
22924 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
22925
22926 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
22927 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
22928 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
22929 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
22930 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
22931 `default-process-coding-system'.
22932
22933 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
22934
22935 \(fn)" t nil)
22936
22937 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
22938 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
22939
22940 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
22941 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
22942 `*SQL*'.
22943
22944 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
22945 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
22946 defaults, if set.
22947
22948 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
22949 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
22950
22951 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
22952 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
22953 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
22954 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
22955 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
22956 `default-process-coding-system'.
22957
22958 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
22959
22960 \(fn)" t nil)
22961
22962 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
22963 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
22964
22965 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
22966 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
22967 `*SQL*'.
22968
22969 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
22970 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
22971
22972 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
22973 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
22974
22975 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
22976 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
22977 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
22978 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
22979 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
22980 `default-process-coding-system'.
22981
22982 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
22983
22984 \(fn)" t nil)
22985
22986 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
22987 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
22988
22989 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
22990 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
22991 `*SQL*'.
22992
22993 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
22994 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
22995 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
22996 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
22997
22998 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
22999 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23000
23001 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23002 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23003 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23004 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23005 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23006 `default-process-coding-system'.
23007
23008 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23009
23010 \(fn)" t nil)
23011
23012 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
23013 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
23014
23015 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23016 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23017 `*SQL*'.
23018
23019 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
23020 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
23021 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
23022 `sql-postgres-options'.
23023
23024 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23025 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23026
23027 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23028 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23029 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23030 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23031 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23032 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
23033 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
23034 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
23035
23036 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
23037 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
23038
23039 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23040
23041 \(fn)" t nil)
23042
23043 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
23044 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
23045
23046 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23047 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23048 `*SQL*'.
23049
23050 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
23051 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
23052 defaults, if set.
23053
23054 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23055 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23056
23057 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23058 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23059 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23060 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23061 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23062 `default-process-coding-system'.
23063
23064 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23065
23066 \(fn)" t nil)
23067
23068 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
23069 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
23070
23071 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23072 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23073 `*SQL*'.
23074
23075 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
23076 automatic login.
23077
23078 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23079 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23080
23081 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
23082 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
23083 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
23084 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
23085
23086 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23087 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23088 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23089 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23090 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23091 `default-process-coding-system'.
23092
23093 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23094
23095 \(fn)" t nil)
23096
23097 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
23098 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
23099
23100 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23101 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23102 `*SQL*'.
23103
23104 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
23105 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
23106 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
23107 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
23108 parameters.
23109
23110 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
23111 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
23112 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
23113 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
23114 an empty password.
23115
23116 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23117 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23118
23119 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23120
23121 \(fn)" t nil)
23122
23123 ;;;***
23124 \f
23125 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
23126 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
23127 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
23128 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
23129 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (16768
23130 ;;;;;; 48632))
23131 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
23132
23133 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
23134 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
23135 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
23136 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
23137 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
23138 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
23139
23140 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
23141
23142 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
23143
23144 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
23145 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
23146 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
23147 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
23148 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
23149 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
23150 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
23151
23152 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
23153
23154 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
23155 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
23156 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
23157 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
23158 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
23159 then complete the stroke with button 3.
23160 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
23161
23162 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
23163
23164 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
23165 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
23166 This must be bound to a mouse event.
23167
23168 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
23169
23170 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
23171 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
23172 This must be bound to a mouse event.
23173
23174 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
23175
23176 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
23177 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
23178
23179 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
23180
23181 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
23182 Get instruction on using the `strokes' package.
23183
23184 \(fn)" t nil)
23185
23186 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
23187 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
23188
23189 \(fn)" t nil)
23190
23191 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
23192 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
23193 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
23194 chronologically by command name.
23195 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
23196
23197 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
23198
23199 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
23200 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
23201 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23202 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23203 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
23204
23205 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes")
23206
23207 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
23208 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
23209 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
23210 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
23211 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
23212 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
23213 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
23214
23215 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
23216 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
23217 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
23218 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
23219
23220 \\{strokes-mode-map}
23221
23222 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23223
23224 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
23225 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
23226 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
23227 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
23228
23229 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
23230
23231 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
23232 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
23233
23234 \(fn)" t nil)
23235
23236 ;;;***
23237 \f
23238 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
23239 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16213 43281))
23240 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
23241
23242 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
23243 Studlify-case the region.
23244
23245 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
23246
23247 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
23248 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
23249
23250 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
23251
23252 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
23253 Studlify-case the current buffer.
23254
23255 \(fn)" t nil)
23256
23257 ;;;***
23258 \f
23259 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
23260 ;;;;;; (16808 48569))
23261 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
23262
23263 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
23264 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
23265 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
23266 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
23267 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
23268 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
23269 original message but it does require a few things:
23270
23271 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
23272
23273 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
23274 reply buffer.
23275
23276 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
23277 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
23278 original message.
23279
23280 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
23281
23282 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
23283
23284 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
23285 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
23286 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
23287
23288 \(fn)" nil nil)
23289
23290 ;;;***
23291 \f
23292 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (16213
23293 ;;;;;; 43273))
23294 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
23295
23296 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
23297 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
23298 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
23299 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
23300 Point is at POS when this function returns.
23301
23302 \(fn &optional POS)" nil nil)
23303
23304 ;;;***
23305 \f
23306 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (16213 43271))
23307 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
23308
23309 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
23310 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
23311 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
23312 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
23313 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
23314
23315 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23316
23317 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
23318 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
23319 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
23320 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
23321 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
23322 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
23323 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
23324
23325 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23326
23327 ;;;***
23328 \f
23329 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
23330 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
23331 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
23332 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
23333 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
23334 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
23335 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
23336 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
23337 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
23338 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
23339 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
23340 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
23341 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (16779 20952))
23342 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
23343
23344 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
23345 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
23346 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
23347
23348 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table")
23349
23350 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
23351 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
23352
23353 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table")
23354
23355 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
23356 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
23357
23358 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table")
23359
23360 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
23361 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
23362
23363 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table")
23364
23365 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
23366 Insert an editable text table.
23367 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
23368 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
23369 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
23370 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
23371 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
23372 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
23373 delimiting them.
23374
23375 Examples:
23376
23377 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
23378
23379 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
23380 location of point.
23381
23382 -!-
23383
23384 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
23385 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
23386 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
23387 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
23388 first cell.
23389
23390 +-----+-----+-----+
23391 |-!- | | |
23392 +-----+-----+-----+
23393
23394 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
23395
23396 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
23397 width, which results as
23398
23399 +--------------+-----+-----+
23400 |-!- | | |
23401 +--------------+-----+-----+
23402
23403 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
23404 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
23405
23406 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23407 | | |-!- |
23408 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23409
23410 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
23411 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
23412 width information to `table-insert'.
23413
23414 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
23415
23416 instead of
23417
23418 Cell width(s): 5
23419
23420 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
23421 work all together.
23422
23423 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
23424 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
23425
23426 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23427 |-!- | | |
23428 | | | |
23429 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23430
23431 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
23432
23433 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23434 |-!- | | |
23435 | | | |
23436 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23437 | | | |
23438 | | | |
23439 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23440
23441 Move the point under the table as shown below.
23442
23443 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23444 | | | |
23445 | | | |
23446 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23447 | | | |
23448 | | | |
23449 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23450 -!-
23451
23452 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
23453 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
23454 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
23455
23456 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23457 | | | |
23458 | | | |
23459 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23460 | | | |
23461 | | | |
23462 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23463 |-!- | | |
23464 | | | |
23465 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23466
23467 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
23468 results.
23469
23470 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23471 | | | |
23472 | | | |
23473 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23474 | | |Text editing inside the table |
23475 | | |cell produces reasonably |
23476 | | |expected results.-!- |
23477 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23478 | | | |
23479 | | | |
23480 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23481
23482 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
23483
23484 \\{table-cell-map}
23485
23486 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
23487
23488 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
23489 Insert N table row(s).
23490 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
23491 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
23492 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
23493 are appended at the bottom of the table.
23494
23495 \(fn N)" t nil)
23496
23497 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
23498 Insert N table column(s).
23499 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
23500 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
23501 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
23502 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
23503
23504 \(fn N)" t nil)
23505
23506 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
23507 Insert row(s) or column(s).
23508 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
23509
23510 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
23511
23512 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
23513 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
23514 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
23515 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
23516 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
23517 all the table specific features.
23518
23519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23520
23521 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
23522 Not documented
23523
23524 \(fn)" t nil)
23525
23526 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
23527 Recognize all tables within region.
23528 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
23529 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
23530 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
23531 specific features.
23532
23533 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
23534
23535 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
23536 Not documented
23537
23538 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
23539
23540 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
23541 Recognize a table at point.
23542 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
23543 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
23544 the table specific features.
23545
23546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23547
23548 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
23549 Not documented
23550
23551 \(fn)" t nil)
23552
23553 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
23554 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
23555 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
23556 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
23557 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
23558 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
23559 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
23560
23561 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
23562
23563 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
23564 Not documented
23565
23566 \(fn)" t nil)
23567
23568 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
23569 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
23570 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
23571 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
23572 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
23573 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
23574 specified.
23575
23576 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
23577
23578 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
23579 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
23580 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
23581 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
23582 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
23583 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
23584 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
23585 table structure.
23586
23587 \(fn N)" t nil)
23588
23589 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
23590 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
23591 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
23592 table's rectangle structure.
23593
23594 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
23595
23596 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
23597 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
23598 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
23599 table's rectangle structure.
23600
23601 \(fn N)" t nil)
23602
23603 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
23604 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
23605 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
23606 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
23607 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
23608
23609 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
23610
23611 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
23612 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
23613 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
23614
23615 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
23616 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
23617 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
23618 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
23619 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
23620 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
23621 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
23622
23623 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
23624 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
23625 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
23626 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
23627 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
23628 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
23629 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
23630
23631 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
23632 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
23633 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
23634 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
23635 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
23636 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
23637 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
23638 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
23639
23640 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
23641
23642 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
23643 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
23644 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
23645 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
23646
23647 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23648
23649 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
23650 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
23651 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
23652
23653 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
23654
23655 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
23656 Split current cell vertically.
23657 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
23658
23659 \(fn)" t nil)
23660
23661 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
23662 Split current cell horizontally.
23663 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
23664
23665 \(fn)" t nil)
23666
23667 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
23668 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
23669 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
23670
23671 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
23672
23673 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
23674 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
23675 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
23676 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
23677
23678 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
23679
23680 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
23681 Justify cell contents.
23682 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
23683 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
23684 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
23685 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
23686
23687 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
23688
23689 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
23690 Justify cells of a row.
23691 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
23692 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
23693
23694 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
23695
23696 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
23697 Justify cells of a column.
23698 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
23699 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
23700
23701 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
23702
23703 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
23704 Toggle fixing width mode.
23705 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
23706 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
23707 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
23708
23709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23710
23711 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
23712 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
23713 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
23714 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
23715 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
23716 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
23717 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
23718 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
23719 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
23720 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
23721 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
23722
23723 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
23724
23725 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
23726 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
23727 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
23728 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
23729 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
23730 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
23731 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
23732 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
23733 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
23734 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
23735 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
23736 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
23737 untouched.
23738
23739 References used for this implementation:
23740
23741 HTML:
23742 http://www.w3.org
23743
23744 LaTeX:
23745 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
23746
23747 CALS (DocBook DTD):
23748 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
23749 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
23750
23751 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
23752
23753 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
23754 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
23755 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
23756 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
23757 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
23758 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
23759 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
23760 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
23761 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
23762 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
23763 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
23764 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
23765 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
23766 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
23767 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
23768 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
23769 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
23770
23771 Example:
23772
23773 (progn
23774 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
23775 (table-forward-cell 15)
23776 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
23777 (table-forward-cell 16)
23778 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
23779 (table-forward-cell 1)
23780 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
23781
23782 (progn
23783 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
23784 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
23785 (table-forward-cell 1)
23786 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
23787
23788 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
23789
23790 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
23791 Delete N row(s) of cells.
23792 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
23793 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
23794 consists from cells of same height.
23795
23796 \(fn N)" t nil)
23797
23798 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
23799 Delete N column(s) of cells.
23800 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
23801 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
23802 column must consists from cells of same width.
23803
23804 \(fn N)" t nil)
23805
23806 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
23807 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
23808 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
23809 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
23810 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
23811 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
23812 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
23813 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
23814 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
23815 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
23816 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
23817 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
23818 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
23819 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
23820 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
23821
23822
23823 Example 1:
23824
23825 1, 2, 3, 4
23826 5, 6, 7, 8
23827 , 9, 10
23828
23829 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
23830 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
23831 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
23832 specified as 5.
23833
23834 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
23835 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
23836 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
23837 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
23838 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
23839 | | 9 | 10 | |
23840 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
23841
23842 Note:
23843
23844 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
23845 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
23846 of each row is optional.
23847
23848
23849 Example 2:
23850
23851 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
23852 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
23853 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
23854 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
23855 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
23856
23857 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
23858 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
23859
23860 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
23861 expression and raw delimiter regular
23862 expression, it parses the specified text
23863 area and extracts cell items from
23864 non-table text and then forms a table out
23865 of them.
23866
23867 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
23868 creates a single cell table. The text in
23869 the specified region is placed in that
23870 cell.-*-
23871
23872 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
23873 like this.
23874
23875 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
23876 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
23877 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
23878 | |
23879 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
23880 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
23881 | expression, it parses the specified text |
23882 | area and extracts cell items from |
23883 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
23884 | of them. |
23885 | |
23886 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
23887 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
23888 | the specified region is placed in that |
23889 | cell. |
23890 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
23891
23892 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
23893 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
23894 independently.
23895
23896 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
23897 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
23898 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
23899 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
23900 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
23901 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
23902 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
23903 | |area and extracts cell items from |
23904 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
23905 | |of them. |
23906 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
23907 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
23908 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
23909 | |the specified region is placed in that |
23910 | |cell. |
23911 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
23912
23913 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
23914 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
23915 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
23916
23917 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
23918
23919 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
23920 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
23921 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
23922 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
23923 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
23924
23925 \(fn)" t nil)
23926
23927 ;;;***
23928 \f
23929 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (16213 43271))
23930 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
23931
23932 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
23933 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
23934
23935 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
23936
23937 ;;;***
23938 \f
23939 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (16768 48632))
23940 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
23941
23942 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
23943 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
23944 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
23945 Letters no longer insert themselves.
23946 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
23947 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
23948 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
23949
23950 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
23951 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
23952 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
23953 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
23954
23955 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
23956 \\{tar-mode-map}
23957
23958 \(fn)" t nil)
23959
23960 ;;;***
23961 \f
23962 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
23963 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (16808 48570))
23964 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
23965
23966 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
23967 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
23968 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
23969 Tab indents for Tcl code.
23970 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
23971 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23972
23973 Variables controlling indentation style:
23974 `tcl-indent-level'
23975 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
23976 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
23977 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
23978
23979 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
23980 documentation for details):
23981 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
23982 Controls action of TAB key.
23983 `tcl-auto-newline'
23984 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
23985 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
23986 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
23987 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
23988 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
23989
23990 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
23991 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
23992 already exist.
23993
23994 Commands:
23995 \\{tcl-mode-map}
23996
23997 \(fn)" t nil)
23998
23999 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
24000 Run inferior Tcl process.
24001 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
24002 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
24003
24004 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
24005
24006 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
24007 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
24008 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
24009
24010 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
24011
24012 ;;;***
24013 \f
24014 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (16548 34615))
24015 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
24016 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
24017
24018 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
24019 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
24020 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
24021 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
24022
24023 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
24024 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
24025 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
24026 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
24027 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
24028
24029 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
24030 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
24031
24032 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
24033 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
24034 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
24035 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
24036
24037 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
24038
24039 ;;;***
24040 \f
24041 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (16805
24042 ;;;;;; 44920))
24043 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
24044
24045 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
24046 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
24047 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
24048 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
24049 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
24050 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
24051
24052 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
24053
24054 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
24055 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
24056 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
24057 commands to use in that buffer.
24058
24059 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
24060
24061 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
24062
24063 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
24064 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
24065
24066 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
24067
24068 ;;;***
24069 \f
24070 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (16698
24071 ;;;;;; 21926))
24072 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
24073
24074 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
24075 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
24076 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
24077 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
24078 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
24079 program as keyboard input.
24080
24081 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
24082 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
24083 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
24084 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
24085
24086 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
24087 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
24088 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
24089 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
24090 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
24091
24092 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
24093
24094 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
24095 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
24096 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
24097 terminal-redisplay-interval.
24098
24099 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
24100 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
24101 subprocess started.
24102
24103 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
24104
24105 ;;;***
24106 \f
24107 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
24108 ;;;;;; (16635 35907))
24109 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
24110
24111 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
24112 Start coverage on function under point.
24113
24114 \(fn)" t nil)
24115
24116 ;;;***
24117 \f
24118 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (16213 43281))
24119 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
24120
24121 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
24122 Play the Tetris game.
24123 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
24124 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
24125 as to form complete rows.
24126
24127 tetris-mode keybindings:
24128 \\<tetris-mode-map>
24129 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
24130 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
24131 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24132 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
24133 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
24134 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
24135 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
24136 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
24137
24138 \(fn)" t nil)
24139
24140 ;;;***
24141 \f
24142 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
24143 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
24144 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
24145 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
24146 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
24147 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
24148 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
24149 ;;;;;; (16820 16329))
24150 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
24151
24152 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
24153 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
24154
24155 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
24156
24157 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
24158 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
24159 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
24160 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
24161 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
24162
24163 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
24164
24165 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
24166 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
24167 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
24168 if it matches the first line of the file,
24169 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
24170
24171 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
24172
24173 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
24174 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
24175 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
24176 if the variable is non-nil.")
24177
24178 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
24179
24180 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
24181 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
24182
24183 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
24184
24185 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
24186 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
24187 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
24188 See the documentation of that variable.")
24189
24190 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
24191
24192 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
24193 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
24194 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
24195 See the documentation of that variable.")
24196
24197 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
24198
24199 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
24200 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
24201 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
24202 See the documentation of that variable.")
24203
24204 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
24205
24206 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
24207 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
24208 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
24209 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
24210 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
24211
24212 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
24213
24214 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
24215 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
24216 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
24217 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
24218
24219 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
24220
24221 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
24222 *User defined LaTeX block names.
24223 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
24224
24225 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
24226
24227 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
24228 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
24229 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
24230 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
24231
24232 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
24233
24234 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
24235 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
24236 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
24237 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
24238
24239 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
24240
24241 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
24242 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
24243 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
24244 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
24245
24246 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
24247 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
24248 for example,
24249
24250 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
24251 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
24252
24253 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
24254 use.")
24255
24256 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
24257
24258 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
24259 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
24260 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
24261 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
24262 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
24263
24264 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
24265
24266 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
24267
24268 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
24269 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
24270 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
24271
24272 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
24273
24274 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
24275 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
24276 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
24277 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
24278 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
24279
24280 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
24281
24282 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
24283 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
24284
24285 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
24286
24287 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
24288 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
24289
24290 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
24291
24292 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
24293 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
24294 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
24295 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
24296 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
24297 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
24298 says which mode to use.
24299
24300 \(fn)" t nil)
24301
24302 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
24303
24304 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
24305
24306 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
24307
24308 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
24309 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
24310 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
24311 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
24312 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
24313
24314 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
24315 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
24316 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
24317 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
24318 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
24319 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
24320 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
24321
24322 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
24323 mismatched $'s or braces.
24324
24325 Special commands:
24326 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
24327
24328 Mode variables:
24329 tex-run-command
24330 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
24331 tex-directory
24332 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
24333 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
24334 tex-dvi-print-command
24335 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
24336 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
24337 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
24338 argument) to print a .dvi file.
24339 tex-dvi-view-command
24340 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
24341 tex-show-queue-command
24342 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
24343 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
24344
24345 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
24346 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
24347 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
24348
24349 \(fn)" t nil)
24350
24351 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
24352 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
24353 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
24354 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
24355 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
24356
24357 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
24358 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
24359 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
24360 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
24361 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
24362 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
24363 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
24364
24365 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
24366 mismatched $'s or braces.
24367
24368 Special commands:
24369 \\{latex-mode-map}
24370
24371 Mode variables:
24372 latex-run-command
24373 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
24374 tex-directory
24375 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
24376 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
24377 tex-dvi-print-command
24378 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
24379 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
24380 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
24381 argument) to print a .dvi file.
24382 tex-dvi-view-command
24383 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
24384 tex-show-queue-command
24385 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
24386 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
24387
24388 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
24389 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
24390 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
24391
24392 \(fn)" t nil)
24393
24394 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
24395 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
24396 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
24397 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
24398 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
24399
24400 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
24401 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
24402 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
24403 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
24404 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
24405 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
24406 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
24407
24408 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
24409 mismatched $'s or braces.
24410
24411 Special commands:
24412 \\{slitex-mode-map}
24413
24414 Mode variables:
24415 slitex-run-command
24416 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
24417 tex-directory
24418 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
24419 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
24420 tex-dvi-print-command
24421 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
24422 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
24423 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
24424 argument) to print a .dvi file.
24425 tex-dvi-view-command
24426 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
24427 tex-show-queue-command
24428 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
24429 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
24430
24431 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
24432 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
24433 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
24434 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
24435
24436 \(fn)" t nil)
24437
24438 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
24439 Not documented
24440
24441 \(fn)" nil nil)
24442
24443 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
24444 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
24445
24446 \(fn)" t nil)
24447
24448 ;;;***
24449 \f
24450 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
24451 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (16565 48737))
24452 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
24453
24454 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
24455 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
24456 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
24457 name specified in the @setfilename command.
24458
24459 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
24460 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
24461 Info-split to do these manually.
24462
24463 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
24464
24465 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
24466 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
24467 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
24468 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
24469 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
24470
24471 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
24472
24473 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
24474 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
24475 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
24476 names specified in the @setfilename command.
24477
24478 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
24479 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
24480 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
24481 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
24482
24483 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
24484 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
24485
24486 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
24487
24488 ;;;***
24489 \f
24490 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
24491 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (16777 65419))
24492 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
24493
24494 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
24495 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
24496
24497 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
24498
24499 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
24500 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
24501
24502 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
24503
24504 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
24505 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
24506
24507 It has these extra commands:
24508 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
24509
24510 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
24511 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
24512 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
24513 modified version of TeX input format.
24514
24515 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
24516 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
24517 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
24518 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
24519
24520 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
24521 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
24522 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
24523 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
24524 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
24525 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
24526 in the Texinfo file.
24527
24528 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
24529 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
24530 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
24531 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
24532 move forward past the closing brace.
24533
24534 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
24535 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
24536
24537 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
24538 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
24539 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
24540
24541 Here are the functions:
24542
24543 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
24544 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
24545 texinfo-sequential-node-update
24546
24547 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
24548 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
24549 texinfo-master-menu
24550
24551 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
24552
24553 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
24554 which menu descriptions are indented.
24555
24556 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
24557 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
24558 in the region.
24559
24560 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
24561 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
24562 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
24563 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
24564
24565 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
24566 be the first node in the file.
24567
24568 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
24569 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
24570
24571 \(fn)" t nil)
24572
24573 ;;;***
24574 \f
24575 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
24576 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
24577 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (16213 43280))
24578 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
24579
24580 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
24581 Compose Thai characters in the region.
24582 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
24583 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
24584
24585 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24586
24587 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
24588 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
24589
24590 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24591
24592 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
24593 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
24594
24595 \(fn)" t nil)
24596
24597 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
24598 Not documented
24599
24600 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
24601
24602 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
24603 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
24604 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
24605 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
24606 to compose.
24607
24608 The return value is number of composed characters.
24609
24610 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
24611
24612 ;;;***
24613 \f
24614 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
24615 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
24616 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (16213 43271))
24617 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
24618
24619 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
24620 Move forward to the end of the next THING.
24621
24622 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
24623
24624 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
24625 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
24626 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
24627 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
24628 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
24629
24630 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
24631 a symbol as a valid THING.
24632
24633 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
24634 of the textual entity that was found.
24635
24636 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
24637
24638 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
24639 Return the THING at point.
24640 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
24641 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
24642 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
24643
24644 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
24645 a symbol as a valid THING.
24646
24647 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
24648
24649 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
24650 Not documented
24651
24652 \(fn)" nil nil)
24653
24654 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
24655 Not documented
24656
24657 \(fn)" nil nil)
24658
24659 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
24660 Not documented
24661
24662 \(fn)" nil nil)
24663
24664 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
24665 Not documented
24666
24667 \(fn)" nil nil)
24668
24669 ;;;***
24670 \f
24671 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show-all thumbs-dired-show-marked
24672 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-all-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
24673 ;;;;;; (16775 26708))
24674 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
24675
24676 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
24677 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
24678
24679 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
24680
24681 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-all-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
24682 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
24683 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
24684 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
24685
24686 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
24687
24688 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
24689 In Dired, make a thumbs buffer with all marked files.
24690
24691 \(fn)" t nil)
24692
24693 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-all) "thumbs" "\
24694 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
24695
24696 \(fn)" t nil)
24697
24698 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-all-from-dir))
24699
24700 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
24701 In dired, Call the setroot program on the image at point.
24702
24703 \(fn)" t nil)
24704
24705 ;;;***
24706 \f
24707 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
24708 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
24709 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
24710 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
24711 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
24712 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (16213 43280))
24713 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
24714
24715 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
24716 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
24717 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
24718
24719 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
24720
24721 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
24722 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
24723
24724 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
24725
24726 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
24727 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
24728 The returned string has no composition information.
24729
24730 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
24731
24732 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
24733 Compose Tibetan string STR.
24734
24735 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
24736
24737 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
24738 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
24739
24740 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24741
24742 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
24743 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
24744 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
24745 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
24746
24747 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
24748
24749 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
24750 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
24751 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
24752 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
24753
24754 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
24755
24756 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
24757 Not documented
24758
24759 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
24760
24761 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
24762 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
24763 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
24764
24765 \(fn)" t nil)
24766
24767 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
24768 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
24769 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
24770
24771 \(fn)" t nil)
24772
24773 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
24774 Not documented
24775
24776 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
24777
24778 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
24779 Not documented
24780
24781 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
24782
24783 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
24784 Not documented
24785
24786 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
24787
24788 ;;;***
24789 \f
24790 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
24791 ;;;;;; (16213 43284))
24792 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
24793
24794 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
24795 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
24796 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
24797 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
24798 parameters.
24799 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
24800
24801 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24802
24803 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
24804 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
24805 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
24806 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
24807 parameters.
24808 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
24809
24810 \(fn)" t nil)
24811
24812 ;;;***
24813 \f
24814 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
24815 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (16484 6599))
24816 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
24817
24818 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
24819 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
24820
24821 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time")
24822
24823 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
24824 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
24825 This display updates automatically every minute.
24826 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
24827 are displayed as well.
24828 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
24829
24830 \(fn)" t nil)
24831
24832 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
24833 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
24834 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
24835 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24836 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
24837
24838 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time")
24839
24840 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
24841 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
24842 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
24843
24844 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
24845 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
24846 are displayed as well.
24847 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
24848
24849 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24850
24851 ;;;***
24852 \f
24853 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
24854 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
24855 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
24856 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (16698
24857 ;;;;;; 21926))
24858 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
24859
24860 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
24861 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
24862
24863 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
24864
24865 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
24866 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
24867 You can use `float-time' instead.
24868
24869 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
24870
24871 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
24872 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
24873
24874 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
24875
24876 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
24877 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
24878
24879 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
24880
24881 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
24882 Convert DAYS into a time value.
24883
24884 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
24885
24886 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
24887 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
24888 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
24889
24890 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
24891
24892 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
24893
24894 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
24895 Subtract two time values.
24896 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
24897
24898 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
24899
24900 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
24901 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
24902
24903 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
24904
24905 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
24906 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
24907 DATE should be a date-time string.
24908
24909 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
24910
24911 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
24912 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
24913 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
24914
24915 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
24916
24917 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
24918 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
24919
24920 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
24921
24922 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
24923 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
24924
24925 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
24926
24927 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
24928 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
24929 TIME should be a time value.
24930 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
24931
24932 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
24933
24934 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
24935 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
24936 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
24937
24938 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
24939
24940 ;;;***
24941 \f
24942 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
24943 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (16589 26258))
24944 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
24945
24946 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
24947 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
24948 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
24949 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
24950 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
24951 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
24952 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
24953 look like one of the following:
24954 Time-stamp: <>
24955 Time-stamp: \" \"
24956 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
24957 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
24958 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
24959 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
24960 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
24961 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
24962 template.
24963
24964 \(fn)" t nil)
24965
24966 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
24967 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
24968 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
24969
24970 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24971
24972 ;;;***
24973 \f
24974 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
24975 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
24976 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
24977 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
24978 ;;;;;; (16534 3808))
24979 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
24980
24981 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
24982 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
24983 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
24984 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
24985 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
24986 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
24987 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
24988 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
24989 display (non-nil means on).
24990
24991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24992
24993 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
24994 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
24995 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
24996 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
24997 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
24998 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
24999 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
25000 this function is called within a day.
25001
25002 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
25003 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
25004 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
25005 discover the name of the project.
25006
25007 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
25008
25009 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
25010 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
25011 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
25012 begun during the last time segment.
25013
25014 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
25015 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
25016 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
25017 discover the reason.
25018
25019 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
25020
25021 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
25022 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
25023 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
25024 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
25025 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
25026
25027 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
25028
25029 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
25030 Change to working on a different project.
25031 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
25032 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
25033 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
25034 working on.
25035
25036 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
25037
25038 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
25039 Ask the user whether to clock out.
25040 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
25041
25042 \(fn)" nil nil)
25043
25044 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
25045 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
25046 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
25047
25048 \(fn)" t nil)
25049
25050 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
25051 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
25052 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
25053 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
25054 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
25055 \"relative to today\".
25056
25057 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
25058
25059 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
25060 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
25061 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
25062 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
25063
25064 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
25065
25066 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
25067 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
25068 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
25069 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
25070 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
25071 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
25072
25073 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
25074
25075 ;;;***
25076 \f
25077 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
25078 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
25079 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (16552 32697))
25080 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
25081
25082 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
25083
25084 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
25085 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
25086
25087 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
25088
25089 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
25090 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
25091
25092 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
25093
25094 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
25095 Perform an action at time TIME.
25096 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
25097 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
25098 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
25099 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
25100 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
25101 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
25102
25103 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
25104
25105 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
25106
25107 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
25108 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
25109 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
25110 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
25111 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
25112
25113 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
25114
25115 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
25116
25117 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
25118 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
25119 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
25120 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
25121
25122 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
25123
25124 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
25125 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
25126 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
25127 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
25128
25129 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
25130 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
25131
25132 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
25133
25134 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
25135 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
25136
25137 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
25138 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
25139 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
25140 The call should look like:
25141 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
25142 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
25143 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
25144 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
25145 be detected.
25146
25147 \(fn LIST &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
25148
25149 ;;;***
25150 \f
25151 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
25152 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (16534 3808))
25153 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
25154
25155 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
25156 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
25157 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
25158 the generated Quail package is saved.
25159
25160 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
25161
25162 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
25163 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
25164 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
25165 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
25166 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
25167 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
25168 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
25169
25170 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
25171
25172 ;;;***
25173 \f
25174 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
25175 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (16233
25176 ;;;;;; 29568))
25177 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
25178
25179 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
25180 Not documented
25181
25182 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
25183
25184 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
25185 Not documented
25186
25187 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
25188
25189 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
25190 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
25191 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
25192 PATTERN regexp.
25193
25194 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
25195
25196 ;;;***
25197 \f
25198 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
25199 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (16213 43271))
25200 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
25201 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
25202 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
25203 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
25204
25205 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
25206 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
25207 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
25208 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
25209 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
25210
25211 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
25212
25213 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
25214 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
25215 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
25216 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
25217 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
25218
25219 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25220
25221 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
25222 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
25223 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
25224 in the menu in two ways:
25225 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
25226 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
25227 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
25228
25229 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
25230 keymap or an alist of alists.
25231 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
25232 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
25233
25234 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
25235
25236 ;;;***
25237 \f
25238 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
25239 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
25240 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (16507 41097))
25241 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
25242
25243 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
25244 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
25245
25246 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
25247
25248 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
25249 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
25250
25251 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
25252
25253 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
25254 Insert new TODO list entry.
25255 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
25256 category.
25257
25258 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25259
25260 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
25261 List top priorities for each category.
25262
25263 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
25264 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
25265
25266 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
25267 between each category.
25268
25269 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
25270
25271 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
25272 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
25273 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
25274 between each category.
25275
25276 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
25277
25278 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
25279
25280 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
25281 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
25282
25283 \\{todo-mode-map}
25284
25285 \(fn)" t nil)
25286
25287 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
25288 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
25289
25290 \(fn)" nil nil)
25291
25292 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
25293 Show TODO list.
25294
25295 \(fn)" t nil)
25296
25297 ;;;***
25298 \f
25299 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
25300 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar"
25301 ;;;;;; "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (16775 26718))
25302 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
25303
25304 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
25305 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
25306 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25307 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25308 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
25309
25310 (custom-autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar")
25311
25312 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
25313 Toggle use of the tool bar.
25314 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
25315
25316 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
25317 conveniently adding tool bar items.
25318
25319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25320
25321 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
25322
25323 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
25324 Add an item to the tool bar.
25325 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
25326 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
25327 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
25328 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
25329
25330 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
25331 function will first try to use lc-ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
25332 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
25333 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
25334
25335 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
25336 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
25337
25338 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
25339
25340 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
25341 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
25342 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
25343 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
25344 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
25345 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
25346
25347 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
25348 function will first try to use lc-ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
25349 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
25350 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
25351
25352 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
25353
25354 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
25355 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
25356 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
25357 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
25358 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
25359 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
25360 properties to add to the binding.
25361
25362 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
25363
25364 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
25365 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
25366
25367 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
25368
25369 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
25370 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
25371 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
25372 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
25373 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
25374 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
25375 properties to add to the binding.
25376
25377 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
25378
25379 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
25380
25381 ;;;***
25382 \f
25383 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
25384 ;;;;;; (16805 44920))
25385 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
25386
25387 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
25388 Mode for tooltip display.
25389 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
25390
25391 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25392
25393 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
25394 Non-nil if Tooltip mode is enabled.
25395 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25396 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
25397
25398 (custom-autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip")
25399
25400 ;;;***
25401 \f
25402 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (16812
25403 ;;;;;; 26772))
25404 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
25405
25406 (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
25407
25408 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
25409
25410 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
25411 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
25412
25413 \(fn)" t nil)
25414
25415 ;;;***
25416 \f
25417 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
25418 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (16213 43273))
25419 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
25420
25421 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
25422 Set scroll margins.
25423
25424 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
25425
25426 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
25427 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
25428
25429 \(fn)" t nil)
25430
25431 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
25432 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
25433
25434 \(fn)" t nil)
25435
25436 ;;;***
25437 \f
25438 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (16227 13384))
25439 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
25440
25441 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
25442 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
25443 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
25444 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
25445 to a tcp server on another machine.
25446
25447 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
25448
25449 ;;;***
25450 \f
25451 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
25452 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (16213 43273))
25453 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
25454
25455 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
25456 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
25457
25458 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace")
25459
25460 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
25461 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
25462 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
25463 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
25464 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
25465 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
25466 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
25467 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
25468
25469 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25470
25471 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
25472 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
25473 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
25474 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
25475 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
25476 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
25477 the window or buffer configuration at all.
25478
25479 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25480
25481 ;;;***
25482 \f
25483 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-handler
25484 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-file-name-regexp)
25485 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (16820 16328))
25486 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
25487
25488 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
25489 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
25490 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
25491
25492 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
25493 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
25494 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
25495 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
25496
25497 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
25498 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
25499 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
25500 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
25501
25502 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
25503 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
25504 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
25505 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
25506 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
25507 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
25508 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
25509 files which are not really tramp files.
25510
25511 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
25512 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
25513 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
25514 updated after changing this variable.
25515
25516 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
25517
25518 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
25519
25520 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
25521 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
25522 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
25523 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
25524
25525 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
25526 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
25527 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
25528 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
25529
25530 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
25531 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
25532 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
25533
25534 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
25535 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
25536 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
25537 updated after changing this variable.
25538
25539 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
25540
25541 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
25542
25543 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
25544 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
25545 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
25546
25547 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25548
25549 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
25550 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
25551 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
25552
25553 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25554
25555 (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)
25556
25557 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
25558
25559 ;;;***
25560 \f
25561 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
25562 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (16213 43285))
25563 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
25564 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
25565 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
25566 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
25567
25568 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
25569 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
25570 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
25571 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
25572 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
25573 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
25574 first and the associated buffer to its right.
25575
25576 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25577
25578 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
25579 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
25580 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
25581 accepting the proposed default buffer.
25582
25583 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
25584
25585 \(fn)" t nil)
25586
25587 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
25588 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
25589 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
25590 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
25591 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
25592 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
25593 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
25594
25595 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
25596 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
25597
25598 First column's text sSs Second column's text
25599 \\___/\\
25600 / \\
25601 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
25602
25603 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
25604
25605 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25606
25607 ;;;***
25608 \f
25609 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
25610 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
25611 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
25612 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
25613 ;;;;;; (16768 48632))
25614 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
25615
25616 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
25617 Toggle typing break mode.
25618 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
25619 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25620 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
25621
25622 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
25623
25624 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
25625 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
25626
25627 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
25628
25629 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
25630 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
25631
25632 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
25633 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
25634 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
25635
25636 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
25637 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
25638
25639 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
25640
25641 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
25642 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
25643
25644 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
25645 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
25646 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
25647 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
25648
25649 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break")
25650
25651 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
25652 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
25653 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
25654
25655 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
25656 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
25657 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
25658 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
25659 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
25660 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
25661
25662 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
25663 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
25664 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
25665 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
25666
25667 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
25668 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
25669
25670 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
25671 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
25672
25673 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
25674
25675 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
25676 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
25677 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
25678
25679 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
25680 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
25681 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
25682 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
25683 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
25684 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
25685 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
25686
25687 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
25688 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
25689
25690 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
25691 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
25692 reset the keystroke counter.
25693
25694 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
25695 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
25696 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
25697 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
25698
25699 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
25700 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
25701 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
25702 `type-break-schedule' command.
25703
25704 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
25705 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
25706 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
25707 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
25708 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
25709 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
25710 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
25711 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
25712 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
25713
25714 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
25715 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
25716 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
25717 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
25718 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
25719
25720 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
25721 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
25722 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
25723 approximate good values for this.
25724
25725 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
25726 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
25727
25728 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
25729 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
25730 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
25731 `type-break-warning-repeat'
25732 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
25733 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
25734
25735 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
25736 a typing break occur. They include:
25737
25738 `type-break-query-mode'
25739 `type-break-query-function'
25740 `type-break-query-interval'
25741
25742 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
25743
25744 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
25745 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
25746 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
25747 problems.
25748
25749 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
25750
25751 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
25752 Take a typing break.
25753
25754 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
25755 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
25756
25757 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
25758 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
25759
25760 \(fn)" t nil)
25761
25762 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
25763 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
25764 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
25765 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
25766
25767 \(fn)" t nil)
25768
25769 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
25770 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
25771
25772 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
25773 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
25774 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
25775 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
25776 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
25777 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
25778 average typing speed.)
25779
25780 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
25781 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
25782 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
25783 the computed maximum threshold.
25784
25785 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
25786 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
25787 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
25788 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
25789 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
25790
25791 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
25792
25793 ;;;***
25794 \f
25795 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
25796 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (16213 43286))
25797 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
25798
25799 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
25800 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
25801 Works by overstriking underscores.
25802 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
25803 which specify the range to operate on.
25804
25805 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25806
25807 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
25808 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
25809 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
25810 which specify the range to operate on.
25811
25812 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25813
25814 ;;;***
25815 \f
25816 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
25817 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (16213 43280))
25818 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
25819
25820 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
25821 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
25822 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
25823
25824 \(fn)" t nil)
25825
25826 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
25827 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
25828 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
25829 following the containing message.
25830
25831 \(fn)" t nil)
25832
25833 ;;;***
25834 \f
25835 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
25836 ;;;;;; (16544 33334))
25837 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
25838
25839 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
25840 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
25841 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
25842 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
25843 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
25844 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
25845
25846 \(fn)" nil nil)
25847
25848 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
25849 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
25850
25851 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
25852
25853 ;;;***
25854 \f
25855 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (16213
25856 ;;;;;; 43273))
25857 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
25858
25859 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
25860 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
25861 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
25862 of symbols with local bindings.
25863
25864 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
25865
25866 ;;;***
25867 \f
25868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (16801 58038))
25869 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
25870
25871 (defvar url-configuration-directory "~/.url")
25872
25873 ;;;***
25874 \f
25875 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
25876 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (16764 51522))
25877 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
25878
25879 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
25880 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
25881 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
25882
25883 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
25884 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
25885 `url-generic-parse-url'
25886 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
25887 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
25888 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
25889 realm
25890 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
25891 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
25892 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
25893 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
25894 wrong, its no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
25895 what type of auth to use
25896 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
25897 if one cannot be found in the cache
25898
25899 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
25900
25901 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
25902 Register an HTTP authentication method.
25903
25904 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
25905 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
25906 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
25907 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
25908 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
25909 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
25910 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
25911 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
25912
25913 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
25914
25915 ;;;***
25916 \f
25917 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
25918 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (16764
25919 ;;;;;; 51522))
25920 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
25921
25922 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
25923 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
25924
25925 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
25926
25927 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
25928 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
25929
25930 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
25931
25932 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
25933 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
25934
25935 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
25936
25937 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
25938 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
25939
25940 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
25941
25942 ;;;***
25943 \f
25944 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (16764 51522))
25945 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
25946
25947 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
25948 Not documented
25949
25950 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
25951
25952 ;;;***
25953 \f
25954 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cookie-setup-save-timer url-cookie-handle-set-cookie
25955 ;;;;;; url-cookie-retrieve url-cookie-write-file url-cookie-parse-file)
25956 ;;;;;; "url-cookie" "url/url-cookie.el" (16746 18215))
25957 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cookie.el
25958
25959 (autoload (quote url-cookie-parse-file) "url-cookie" "\
25960 Not documented
25961
25962 \(fn &optional FNAME)" nil nil)
25963
25964 (autoload (quote url-cookie-write-file) "url-cookie" "\
25965 Not documented
25966
25967 \(fn &optional FNAME)" nil nil)
25968
25969 (autoload (quote url-cookie-retrieve) "url-cookie" "\
25970 Retrieve all the netscape-style cookies for a specified HOST and PATH.
25971
25972 \(fn HOST PATH &optional SECURE)" nil nil)
25973
25974 (autoload (quote url-cookie-handle-set-cookie) "url-cookie" "\
25975 Not documented
25976
25977 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
25978
25979 (autoload (quote url-cookie-setup-save-timer) "url-cookie" "\
25980 Reset the cookie saver timer.
25981
25982 \(fn)" t nil)
25983
25984 ;;;***
25985 \f
25986 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-file-name-completion
25987 ;;;;;; url-dav-file-name-all-completions url-dav-rename-file url-dav-make-directory
25988 ;;;;;; url-dav-file-directory-p url-dav-directory-files url-dav-delete-file
25989 ;;;;;; url-dav-delete-directory url-dav-save-resource url-dav-file-attributes
25990 ;;;;;; url-dav-unlock-resource url-dav-active-locks url-dav-lock-resource
25991 ;;;;;; url-dav-get-properties url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el"
25992 ;;;;;; (16515 33876))
25993 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
25994
25995 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
25996 Not documented
25997
25998 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
25999
26000 (autoload (quote url-dav-get-properties) "url-dav" "\
26001 Return properties for URL, up to DEPTH levels deep.
26002
26003 Returns an assoc list, where the key is the filename (possibly a full
26004 URI), and the value is a standard property list of DAV property
26005 names (ie: DAV:resourcetype).
26006
26007 \(fn URL &optional ATTRIBUTES DEPTH NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
26008
26009 (autoload (quote url-dav-lock-resource) "url-dav" "\
26010 Request a lock on URL. If EXCLUSIVE is non-nil, get an exclusive lock.
26011 Optional 3rd argument DEPTH says how deep the lock should go, default is 0
26012 \(lock only the resource and none of its children).
26013
26014 Returns a cons-cell of (SUCCESSFUL-RESULTS . FAILURE-RESULTS).
26015 SUCCESSFUL-RESULTS is a list of (URL STATUS locktoken).
26016 FAILURE-RESULTS is a list of (URL STATUS).
26017
26018 \(fn URL EXCLUSIVE &optional DEPTH)" nil nil)
26019
26020 (autoload (quote url-dav-active-locks) "url-dav" "\
26021 Return an assoc list of all active locks on URL.
26022
26023 \(fn URL &optional DEPTH)" nil nil)
26024
26025 (autoload (quote url-dav-unlock-resource) "url-dav" "\
26026 Release the lock on URL represented by LOCK-TOKEN.
26027 Returns t iff the lock was successfully released.
26028
26029 \(fn URL LOCK-TOKEN)" nil nil)
26030
26031 (autoload (quote url-dav-file-attributes) "url-dav" "\
26032 Not documented
26033
26034 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
26035
26036 (autoload (quote url-dav-save-resource) "url-dav" "\
26037 Save OBJ as URL using WebDAV.
26038 URL must be a fully qualified URL.
26039 OBJ may be a buffer or a string.
26040
26041 \(fn URL OBJ &optional CONTENT-TYPE LOCK-TOKEN)" nil nil)
26042
26043 (autoload (quote url-dav-delete-directory) "url-dav" "\
26044 Delete the WebDAV collection URL.
26045 If optional second argument RECURSIVE is non-nil, then delete all
26046 files in the collection as well.
26047
26048 \(fn URL &optional RECURSIVE LOCK-TOKEN)" nil nil)
26049
26050 (autoload (quote url-dav-delete-file) "url-dav" "\
26051 Delete file named URL.
26052
26053 \(fn URL &optional LOCK-TOKEN)" nil nil)
26054
26055 (autoload (quote url-dav-directory-files) "url-dav" "\
26056 Return a list of names of files in DIRECTORY.
26057 There are three optional arguments:
26058 If FULL is non-nil, return absolute file names. Otherwise return names
26059 that are relative to the specified directory.
26060 If MATCH is non-nil, mention only file names that match the regexp MATCH.
26061 If NOSORT is non-nil, the list is not sorted--its order is unpredictable.
26062 NOSORT is useful if you plan to sort the result yourself.
26063
26064 \(fn URL &optional FULL MATCH NOSORT FILES-ONLY)" nil nil)
26065
26066 (autoload (quote url-dav-file-directory-p) "url-dav" "\
26067 Return t if URL names an existing DAV collection.
26068
26069 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26070
26071 (autoload (quote url-dav-make-directory) "url-dav" "\
26072 Create the directory DIR and any nonexistent parent dirs.
26073
26074 \(fn URL &optional PARENTS)" nil nil)
26075
26076 (autoload (quote url-dav-rename-file) "url-dav" "\
26077 Not documented
26078
26079 \(fn OLDNAME NEWNAME &optional OVERWRITE)" nil nil)
26080
26081 (autoload (quote url-dav-file-name-all-completions) "url-dav" "\
26082 Return a list of all completions of file name FILE in directory DIRECTORY.
26083 These are all file names in directory DIRECTORY which begin with FILE.
26084
26085 \(fn FILE URL)" nil nil)
26086
26087 (autoload (quote url-dav-file-name-completion) "url-dav" "\
26088 Complete file name FILE in directory DIRECTORY.
26089 Returns the longest string
26090 common to all file names in DIRECTORY that start with FILE.
26091 If there is only one and FILE matches it exactly, returns t.
26092 Returns nil if DIR contains no name starting with FILE.
26093
26094 \(fn FILE URL)" nil nil)
26095
26096 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
26097 Not documented
26098
26099 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26100
26101 ;;;***
26102 \f
26103 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (16746
26104 ;;;;;; 18215))
26105 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
26106
26107 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
26108 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
26109
26110 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
26111
26112 ;;;***
26113 \f
26114 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
26115 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (16764 51522))
26116 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
26117
26118 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
26119 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
26120
26121 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26122
26123 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
26124 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
26125 Args per `open-network-stream'.
26126 Will not make a connexion if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
26127
26128 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
26129
26130 ;;;***
26131 \f
26132 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
26133 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (16746
26134 ;;;;;; 18215))
26135 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
26136
26137 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
26138 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
26139 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
26140 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26141 use either \\[customize] or the function `url-handler-mode'.")
26142
26143 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers")
26144
26145 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
26146 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
26147
26148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26149
26150 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
26151 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
26152 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
26153 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
26154 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
26155 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
26156 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
26157 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
26158 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
26159
26160 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
26161
26162 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
26163 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
26164 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
26165 accessible.
26166
26167 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
26168
26169 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
26170 Not documented
26171
26172 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
26173
26174 ;;;***
26175 \f
26176 ;;;### (autoloads (url-history-save-history url-history-parse-history
26177 ;;;;;; url-history-setup-save-timer) "url-history" "url/url-history.el"
26178 ;;;;;; (16746 18215))
26179 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-history.el
26180
26181 (autoload (quote url-history-setup-save-timer) "url-history" "\
26182 Reset the history list timer.
26183
26184 \(fn)" t nil)
26185
26186 (autoload (quote url-history-parse-history) "url-history" "\
26187 Parse a history file stored in FNAME.
26188
26189 \(fn &optional FNAME)" nil nil)
26190
26191 (autoload (quote url-history-save-history) "url-history" "\
26192 Write the global history file into `url-history-file'.
26193 The type of data written is determined by what is in the file to begin
26194 with. If the type of storage cannot be determined, then prompt the
26195 user for what type to save as.
26196
26197 \(fn &optional FNAME)" t nil)
26198
26199 ;;;***
26200 \f
26201 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
26202 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (16812 58719))
26203 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
26204
26205 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
26206 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
26207 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
26208 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
26209 CBARGS as the arguments.
26210
26211 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
26212
26213 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
26214 Not documented
26215
26216 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26217
26218 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
26219
26220 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
26221 Not documented
26222
26223 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
26224
26225 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
26226 Returns a property list describing options available for URL.
26227 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
26228
26229 Property list members:
26230
26231 methods
26232 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
26233 supports.
26234
26235 dav
26236 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
26237 supported.
26238
26239 dasl
26240 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
26241
26242 ranges
26243 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
26244
26245 p3p
26246 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
26247 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
26248 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
26249 Emacs/W3.
26250
26251 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26252
26253 ;;;***
26254 \f
26255 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (16775 26718))
26256 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
26257
26258 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
26259 Not documented
26260
26261 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26262
26263 ;;;***
26264 \f
26265 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (16747
26266 ;;;;;; 61768))
26267 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
26268
26269 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
26270 Not documented
26271
26272 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26273
26274 ;;;***
26275 \f
26276 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
26277 ;;;;;; (16788 34909))
26278 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
26279
26280 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
26281 Not documented
26282
26283 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
26284
26285 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
26286 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
26287
26288 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26289
26290 ;;;***
26291 \f
26292 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
26293 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (16764 51522))
26294 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
26295
26296 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
26297 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
26298
26299 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26300
26301 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
26302 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
26303
26304 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26305
26306 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
26307 Not documented
26308
26309 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26310
26311 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
26312
26313 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
26314
26315 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
26316
26317 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
26318 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
26319
26320 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26321
26322 ;;;***
26323 \f
26324 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
26325 ;;;;;; (16775 26718))
26326 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
26327
26328 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
26329 Not documented
26330
26331 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26332
26333 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
26334 Not documented
26335
26336 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26337
26338 ;;;***
26339 \f
26340 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
26341 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
26342 ;;;;;; (16764 51522))
26343 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
26344
26345 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
26346 Not documented
26347
26348 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
26349
26350 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
26351 Not documented
26352
26353 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
26354
26355 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
26356 Not documented
26357
26358 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
26359
26360 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
26361 Not documented
26362
26363 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
26364
26365 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
26366 Not documented
26367
26368 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
26369
26370 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
26371 Not documented
26372
26373 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
26374
26375 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
26376 Not documented
26377
26378 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
26379
26380 ;;;***
26381 \f
26382 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
26383 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (16746 18215))
26384 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
26385
26386 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
26387 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
26388
26389 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
26390
26391 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
26392 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
26393 Format is:
26394 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
26395
26396 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26397
26398 ;;;***
26399 \f
26400 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
26401 ;;;;;; (16764 51522))
26402 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
26403
26404 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
26405 Not documented
26406
26407 \(fn)" t nil)
26408
26409 ;;;***
26410 \f
26411 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
26412 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
26413 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
26414 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
26415 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
26416 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
26417 ;;;;;; (16764 51522))
26418 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
26419
26420 (defvar url-debug nil "\
26421 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
26422 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
26423
26424 If t, all messages will be logged.
26425 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
26426 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
26427
26428 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util")
26429
26430 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
26431 Not documented
26432
26433 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26434
26435 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
26436 Not documented
26437
26438 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
26439
26440 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
26441 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
26442 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
26443 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
26444 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
26445 & ==> &amp;
26446 < ==> &lt;
26447 > ==> &gt;
26448 \" ==> &quot;
26449
26450 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
26451
26452 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
26453 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
26454 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
26455
26456 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26457
26458 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
26459 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
26460 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
26461
26462 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26463
26464 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
26465 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
26466
26467 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
26468
26469 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
26470 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
26471
26472 \(fn X)" nil nil)
26473
26474 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
26475 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
26476
26477 \(fn X)" nil nil)
26478
26479 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
26480 Not documented
26481
26482 \(fn N)" nil nil)
26483
26484 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
26485 Not documented
26486
26487 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26488
26489 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
26490 Not documented
26491
26492 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
26493
26494 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
26495 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
26496
26497 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
26498
26499 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
26500 Not documented
26501
26502 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE)" nil nil)
26503
26504 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
26505 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
26506 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
26507 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
26508 forbidden in URL encoding.
26509
26510 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
26511
26512 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
26513 Escape characters in a string.
26514
26515 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26516
26517 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
26518 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
26519 If optional variable X is t,
26520 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
26521
26522 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
26523
26524 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
26525 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
26526 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
26527
26528 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
26529
26530 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
26531 View the current document's URL.
26532 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
26533 the minibuffer.
26534
26535 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
26536
26537 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
26538
26539 ;;;***
26540 \f
26541 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
26542 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (16213 43271))
26543 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
26544
26545 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
26546 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
26547 This function has a choice of three things to do:
26548 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
26549 to refrain from editing the file
26550 return t (grab the lock on the file)
26551 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
26552 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
26553 in any way you like.
26554
26555 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
26556
26557 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
26558 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
26559 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
26560 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
26561 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
26562
26563 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
26564 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
26565
26566 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
26567
26568 ;;;***
26569 \f
26570 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
26571 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
26572 ;;;;;; (16719 60886))
26573 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
26574
26575 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
26576 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
26577 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
26578 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
26579
26580 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
26581
26582 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
26583 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
26584 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
26585
26586 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
26587
26588 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
26589 Uudecode region between START and END.
26590 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
26591
26592 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
26593
26594 ;;;***
26595 \f
26596 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
26597 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
26598 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
26599 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
26600 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
26601 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
26602 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (16812 26771))
26603 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
26604
26605 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
26606 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
26607 See `run-hooks'.")
26608
26609 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc")
26610
26611 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
26612 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
26613 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
26614
26615 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc")
26616
26617 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
26618 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
26619 See `run-hooks'.")
26620
26621 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc")
26622
26623 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
26624 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
26625
26626 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
26627
26628 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
26629 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
26630 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
26631 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
26632 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
26633 somebody else, signal error.
26634
26635 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
26636
26637 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
26638 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
26639 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
26640 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
26641 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
26642
26643 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
26644
26645 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
26646 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
26647 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
26648 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
26649 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
26650 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
26651 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
26652 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
26653 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
26654 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
26655 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
26656
26657 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
26658
26659 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
26660 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
26661
26662 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
26663 it will operate on the file in the current line.
26664
26665 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
26666 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
26667 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
26668 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
26669 lock steals will raise an error.
26670
26671 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
26672
26673 For RCS and SCCS files:
26674 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
26675 control.
26676 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
26677 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
26678 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
26679 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
26680 it performs a revert.
26681 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
26682 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
26683 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
26684 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
26685 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
26686 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
26687 the option to steal the lock.
26688
26689 For CVS files:
26690 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
26691 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
26692 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
26693 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
26694 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
26695 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
26696 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
26697 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
26698 merge in the changes into your working copy.
26699
26700 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
26701
26702 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
26703 Register the current file into a version control system.
26704 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
26705 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
26706
26707 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
26708 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
26709 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
26710 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
26711 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
26712 first backend that could register the file is used.
26713
26714 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
26715
26716 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
26717 Display diffs between file versions.
26718 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
26719 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
26720 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
26721 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
26722 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
26723 saving the buffer.
26724
26725 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
26726
26727 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
26728 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
26729 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
26730 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
26731
26732 \(fn REV)" t nil)
26733
26734 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
26735 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
26736 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
26737 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
26738
26739 \(fn)" t nil)
26740
26741 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
26742 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
26743 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
26744 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
26745 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
26746 from the current branch.
26747
26748 See Info node `Merging'.
26749
26750 \(fn)" t nil)
26751
26752 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
26753
26754 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
26755 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
26756
26757 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
26758
26759 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
26760 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
26761
26762 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
26763
26764 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
26765 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
26766 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
26767 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
26768 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
26769 are checked out in that new branch.
26770
26771 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
26772
26773 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
26774 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
26775 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
26776 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
26777 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
26778 allowed and simply skipped).
26779
26780 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
26781
26782 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
26783 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
26784 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
26785
26786 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
26787
26788 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
26789 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
26790 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
26791 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
26792 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
26793
26794 \(fn)" t nil)
26795
26796 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
26797 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
26798 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
26799 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
26800 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
26801 the current branch are merged into the working file.
26802
26803 \(fn)" t nil)
26804
26805 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
26806 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
26807 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
26808
26809 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
26810
26811 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
26812 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
26813 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
26814 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
26815 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
26816 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
26817 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
26818
26819 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
26820
26821 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
26822 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
26823 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
26824 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
26825 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
26826 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
26827 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
26828 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
26829 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
26830
26831 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
26832
26833 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
26834 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
26835
26836 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
26837
26838 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
26839 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
26840 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
26841 directory.
26842
26843 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
26844
26845 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
26846 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
26847 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
26848
26849 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
26850 log entries should be gathered.
26851
26852 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
26853
26854 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
26855 Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
26856
26857 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
26858 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
26859 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
26860 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
26861 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
26862 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
26863
26864 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
26865 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
26866 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
26867 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
26868 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
26869 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
26870 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
26871 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
26872
26873 Customization variables:
26874
26875 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
26876 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
26877 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
26878 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
26879
26880 \(fn PREFIX &optional REVISION DISPLAY-MODE)" t nil)
26881
26882 ;;;***
26883 \f
26884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (16764 51519))
26885 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
26886 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
26887 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
26888 (progn
26889 (load "vc-arch")
26890 (vc-arch-registered file))))
26891
26892 ;;;***
26893 \f
26894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (16812 26771))
26895 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
26896 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
26897 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
26898 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
26899 (load "vc-cvs")
26900 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
26901
26902 ;;;***
26903 \f
26904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (16777 65418))
26905 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
26906 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
26907 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
26908 (progn
26909 (load "vc-mcvs")
26910 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
26911
26912 ;;;***
26913 \f
26914 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
26915 ;;;;;; (16801 58024))
26916 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
26917
26918 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
26919 *Where to look for RCS master files.
26920 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
26921
26922 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
26923 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
26924
26925 ;;;***
26926 \f
26927 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
26928 ;;;;;; (16701 32674))
26929 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
26930
26931 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
26932 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
26933 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
26934
26935 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
26936 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
26937
26938 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
26939 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
26940 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
26941 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
26942
26943 ;;;***
26944 \f
26945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (16683 1170))
26946 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
26947 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
26948 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
26949 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
26950 (load "vc-svn")
26951 (vc-svn-registered f)))
26952
26953 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
26954
26955 ;;;***
26956 \f
26957 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
26958 ;;;;;; (16775 26717))
26959 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
26960
26961 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
26962 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
26963
26964 Usage:
26965 ------
26966
26967 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
26968 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
26969 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
26970 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
26971 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
26972 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
26973 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
26974 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
26975 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
26976
26977 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
26978 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
26979 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
26980 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
26981
26982 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
26983 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
26984 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
26985 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
26986 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
26987
26988 Template styles can be customized in customization group
26989 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
26990
26991
26992 HEADER INSERTION:
26993 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
26994 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
26995 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
26996
26997
26998 STUTTERING:
26999 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
27000 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
27001 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
27002 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
27003
27004 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
27005 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
27006 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
27007 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
27008 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
27009
27010
27011 WORD COMPLETION:
27012 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
27013 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
27014 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
27015 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
27016
27017 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
27018 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
27019 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
27020 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
27021 beginning with \"std\").
27022
27023 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
27024 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
27025 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
27026 stop.
27027
27028
27029 COMMENTS:
27030 `--' puts a single comment.
27031 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
27032 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
27033 with a comment in between.
27034 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
27035 out following lines.
27036 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
27037 uncomments a region if already commented out.
27038
27039 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
27040 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
27041 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
27042 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
27043 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
27044 non-nil.
27045
27046 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
27047 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
27048 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
27049 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
27050 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
27051 multi-line comments.
27052
27053
27054 INDENTATION:
27055 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
27056 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
27057 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
27058 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
27059
27060 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
27061 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
27062 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
27063 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
27064
27065 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
27066 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
27067 and vice versa.
27068
27069 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
27070 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
27071
27072
27073 ALIGNMENT:
27074 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
27075 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
27076 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
27077 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
27078 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
27079 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
27080 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
27081 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
27082
27083 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
27084 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
27085 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
27086 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
27087 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
27088 is non-nil.
27089
27090 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
27091 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
27092 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
27093
27094 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
27095 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
27096
27097
27098 | CODE FILLING:
27099 | Code filling allows to condens code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
27100 | maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
27101 | lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
27102 | enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
27103 | blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
27104 | `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
27105
27106
27107 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
27108 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
27109 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
27110 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
27111 command:
27112
27113 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
27114
27115
27116 PORT TRANSLATION:
27117 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
27118 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
27119 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
27120 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
27121 internal signal initializations (menu).
27122
27123 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
27124 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
27125 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
27126
27127 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
27128 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
27129 | direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
27130 | outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
27131 | reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
27132 | in subsequent paste operations.)
27133
27134 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
27135 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
27136 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
27137
27138
27139 | SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
27140 | Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
27141 | subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
27142 | and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
27143 | association list with formals).
27144
27145
27146 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
27147 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
27148 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
27149 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
27150 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
27151 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
27152 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
27153 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
27154 `vhdl-testbench'.
27155
27156
27157 KEY BINDINGS:
27158 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
27159
27160
27161 VHDL MENU:
27162 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
27163
27164
27165 FILE BROWSER:
27166 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
27167 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
27168 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
27169
27170 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
27171 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
27172
27173
27174 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
27175 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
27176 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
27177 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
27178
27179 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
27180 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
27181 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
27182
27183 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
27184 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
27185 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
27186 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
27187
27188 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
27189 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
27190 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
27191 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
27192 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
27193
27194 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
27195 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
27196 required by secondary units.
27197
27198
27199 | STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
27200 | Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
27201 | for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
27202 | instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
27203 | (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
27204 | all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
27205 | and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
27206 | - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
27207 | connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
27208 | - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
27209 | inputs to this component -> input port created
27210 | - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
27211 | outputs from this component -> output port created
27212 | - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
27213 | considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
27214 |
27215 | Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
27216 | `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
27217 | an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
27218 | component instantiation is also supported (option
27219 | `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
27220 |
27221 | Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
27222 | create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
27223 | strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
27224 | component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
27225 | browser, and wiring everything automatically.
27226 |
27227 | Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
27228 | components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
27229 |
27230 | See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
27231
27232
27233 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
27234 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
27235 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
27236 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
27237 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
27238 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
27239 information. New compilers can be added.
27240
27241 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
27242 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
27243
27244
27245 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
27246 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
27247 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
27248 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
27249 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
27250
27251 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
27252 command:
27253
27254 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
27255 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
27256 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
27257
27258 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
27259 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
27260 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
27261 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
27262 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
27263 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
27264 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
27265
27266 Limitations:
27267 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
27268 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
27269 not (yet) supported.
27270 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
27271 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
27272 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
27273
27274
27275 PROJECTS:
27276 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
27277 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
27278 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
27279 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
27280 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
27281 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
27282 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
27283 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
27284
27285 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
27286 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
27287 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
27288 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
27289 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
27290 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
27291 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
27292 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
27293 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
27294 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
27295 `vhdl-project-alist'.
27296
27297
27298 SPECIAL MENUES:
27299 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
27300 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
27301 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
27302 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
27303 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
27304 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
27305 current directory for VHDL source files.
27306
27307
27308 VHDL STANDARDS:
27309 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
27310 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
27311
27312
27313 KEYWORD CASE:
27314 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
27315 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
27316 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
27317 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
27318 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
27319 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
27320 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
27321 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
27322
27323
27324 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
27325 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
27326 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
27327 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
27328 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
27329 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
27330 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
27331
27332 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
27333 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
27334 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
27335 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
27336 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
27337 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
27338
27339 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
27340 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
27341 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
27342 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
27343 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
27344 visually.
27345
27346 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
27347 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
27348 highlighted if written in lower case.
27349
27350 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
27351 highlighted using a different background color if option
27352 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
27353
27354 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
27355 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
27356 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
27357 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
27358 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
27359
27360
27361 USER MODELS:
27362 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
27363 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
27364 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
27365
27366
27367 HIDE/SHOW:
27368 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
27369 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
27370 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
27371 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
27372 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
27373
27374
27375 CODE UPDATING:
27376 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
27377 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
27378 Limitations:
27379 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
27380 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
27381 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
27382 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
27383 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
27384 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
27385 (used to obtain the port names).
27386
27387
27388 CODE FIXING:
27389 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
27390 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
27391
27392
27393 PRINTING:
27394 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
27395 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
27396 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
27397 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
27398 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
27399 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
27400 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
27401 printers.
27402
27403
27404 OPTIONS:
27405 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
27406 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
27407 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
27408 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
27409 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
27410
27411 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
27412 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
27413 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
27414 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
27415 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
27416 INSTALL file).
27417
27418 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
27419 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
27420
27421
27422 FILE EXTENSIONS:
27423 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
27424 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
27425 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
27426
27427 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
27428
27429
27430 HINTS:
27431 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
27432 a VHDL file first, use the command:
27433
27434 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
27435
27436 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
27437
27438 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
27439
27440
27441 RELEASE NOTES:
27442 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
27443
27444
27445 Maintenance:
27446 ------------
27447
27448 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
27449 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
27450
27451 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
27452
27453 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
27454 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
27455 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
27456 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
27457
27458 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
27459 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
27460 where the latest version can be found.
27461
27462
27463 Known problems:
27464 ---------------
27465
27466 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
27467 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
27468 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
27469
27470
27471 The VHDL Mode Authors
27472 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
27473
27474 Key bindings:
27475 -------------
27476
27477 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
27478
27479 \(fn)" t nil)
27480
27481 ;;;***
27482 \f
27483 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (16423 23570))
27484 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
27485
27486 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
27487 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
27488 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
27489 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
27490
27491 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
27492 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
27493 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
27494 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
27495 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
27496
27497 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
27498 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
27499
27500 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
27501
27502 * Limitations and unsupported features
27503 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
27504 not supported.
27505 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
27506 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
27507
27508 * Modifications
27509 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
27510 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
27511 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
27512 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
27513 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
27514 for undoing a repeated change command.
27515 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
27516 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
27517 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
27518
27519 * Extensions
27520 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
27521 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
27522 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
27523 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
27524 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
27525 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
27526 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
27527 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
27528
27529 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
27530
27531 \(fn)" t nil)
27532
27533 ;;;***
27534 \f
27535 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
27536 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
27537 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
27538 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (16213 43280))
27539 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
27540
27541 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
27542 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
27543
27544 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
27545
27546 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
27547 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
27548 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27549 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
27550
27551 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27552
27553 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
27554 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
27555
27556 \(fn)" t nil)
27557
27558 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
27559 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
27560 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27561 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
27562
27563 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27564
27565 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
27566 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
27567
27568 \(fn)" t nil)
27569
27570 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
27571 Not documented
27572
27573 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27574
27575 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
27576 Not documented
27577
27578 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27579
27580 ;;;***
27581 \f
27582 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
27583 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
27584 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (16764
27585 ;;;;;; 51519))
27586 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
27587
27588 (defvar view-mode nil "\
27589 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
27590 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
27591 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
27592
27593 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
27594
27595 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
27596 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
27597 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
27598 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
27599 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
27600 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
27601 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
27602
27603 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
27604
27605 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
27606
27607 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
27608 View FILE in View mode in another window.
27609 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
27610 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
27611 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
27612 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
27613 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
27614 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
27615
27616 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
27617
27618 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
27619
27620 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
27621 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
27622 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
27623 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
27624 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
27625 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
27626 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
27627 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
27628
27629 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
27630
27631 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
27632
27633 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
27634 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
27635 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
27636 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
27637 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
27638 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
27639 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
27640
27641 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
27642
27643 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
27644 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
27645 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
27646
27647 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
27648
27649 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
27650 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
27651 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
27652 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
27653 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
27654 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
27655 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
27656 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
27657
27658 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
27659
27660 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
27661 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
27662 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
27663
27664 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
27665
27666 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
27667 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
27668 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
27669 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
27670 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
27671 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
27672 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
27673 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
27674
27675 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
27676
27677 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
27678 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
27679 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
27680
27681 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
27682
27683 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
27684 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
27685 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
27686
27687 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
27688 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
27689 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
27690 read-only.
27691 \\<view-mode-map>
27692 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
27693 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
27694 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
27695 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
27696 commands default to a repeat count of one.
27697
27698 H, h, ? This message.
27699 Digits provide prefix arguments.
27700 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
27701 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
27702 > move to the end of buffer.
27703 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
27704 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
27705 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
27706 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
27707 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
27708 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
27709 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
27710 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
27711 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
27712 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
27713 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
27714 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
27715 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
27716 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
27717 Use this to view a changing file.
27718 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
27719 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
27720 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
27721 . set the mark.
27722 x exchanges point and mark.
27723 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
27724 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
27725 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
27726 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
27727 ' go to position saved in character register.
27728 s do forward incremental search.
27729 r do reverse incremental search.
27730 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
27731 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
27732 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
27733 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
27734 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
27735 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
27736 p searches backward for last regular expression.
27737 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
27738 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
27739 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
27740 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
27741 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
27742 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
27743 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
27744 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
27745 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
27746 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
27747
27748 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
27749 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
27750 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
27751 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
27752 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
27753 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
27754 will return to that buffer.
27755
27756 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
27757
27758 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27759
27760 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
27761 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
27762 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
27763 `view-return-to-alist'.
27764 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
27765 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
27766 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
27767
27768 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
27769 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
27770 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
27771 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
27772 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
27773 1) nil Do nothing.
27774 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
27775 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
27776 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
27777 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
27778
27779 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
27780
27781 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
27782
27783 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
27784
27785 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
27786 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
27787
27788 \(fn)" t nil)
27789
27790 ;;;***
27791 \f
27792 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (16213
27793 ;;;;;; 43273))
27794 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
27795
27796 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
27797 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
27798
27799 \(fn)" nil nil)
27800
27801 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
27802 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
27803
27804 \(fn)" t nil)
27805
27806 ;;;***
27807 \f
27808 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
27809 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
27810 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
27811
27812 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
27813 Toggle Viper on/off.
27814 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
27815
27816 \(fn)" t nil)
27817
27818 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
27819 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi.
27820
27821 \(fn)" t nil)
27822
27823 ;;;***
27824 \f
27825 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
27826 ;;;;;; (16478 51573))
27827 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
27828
27829 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
27830 Function to generate warning prefixes.
27831 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
27832 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
27833 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
27834 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
27835 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
27836 the beginning of the warning.")
27837
27838 (defvar warning-series nil "\
27839 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
27840 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
27841 which is the start of the current series; it means that
27842 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
27843 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
27844 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
27845 also call that function before the next warning.")
27846
27847 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
27848 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
27849
27850 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
27851 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
27852 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
27853 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
27854
27855 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
27856 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
27857 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
27858 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
27859 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
27860 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
27861
27862 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
27863 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
27864 if you do not attend to it promptly.
27865 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
27866 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
27867 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
27868 :debug -- info for debugging only.
27869
27870 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
27871 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
27872
27873 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
27874
27875 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
27876 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
27877
27878 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
27879
27880 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
27881 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
27882 Aside from generating the message with `format',
27883 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
27884
27885 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol).
27886 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
27887 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
27888 can be whatever you like.)
27889
27890 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
27891 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
27892 if you do not attend to it promptly.
27893 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
27894 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
27895
27896 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27897
27898 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
27899 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
27900 Aside from generating the message with `format',
27901 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
27902 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
27903
27904 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27905
27906 ;;;***
27907 \f
27908 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
27909 ;;;;;; (16644 49446))
27910 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
27911
27912 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
27913 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
27914 In this mode the names of the files can be changed, and after
27915 typing C-c C-c the files and directories in disk are renamed.
27916
27917 See `wdired-mode'.
27918
27919 \(fn)" t nil)
27920
27921 ;;;***
27922 \f
27923 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (16423 23573))
27924 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
27925
27926 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
27927 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
27928
27929 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
27930 hotlist.
27931
27932 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
27933 <nwv@acm.org>.
27934
27935 \(fn)" t nil)
27936
27937 ;;;***
27938 \f
27939 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
27940 ;;;;;; (16820 16328))
27941 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
27942 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
27943 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
27944
27945 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
27946
27947 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
27948 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
27949 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27950 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27951 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
27952
27953 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func")
27954
27955 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
27956 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
27957 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
27958 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
27959
27960 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
27961 and off otherwise.
27962
27963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27964
27965 ;;;***
27966 \f
27967 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
27968 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
27969 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
27970 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
27971 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
27972 ;;;;;; (16764 51519))
27973 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
27974
27975 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
27976 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
27977
27978 \(fn)" t nil)
27979
27980 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
27981 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
27982
27983 \(fn)" t nil)
27984
27985 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
27986 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
27987
27988 \(fn)" t nil)
27989
27990 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
27991 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
27992
27993 \(fn)" t nil)
27994
27995 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
27996 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
27997
27998 \(fn)" t nil)
27999
28000 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
28001 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
28002 These are:
28003 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
28004 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
28005 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
28006 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
28007 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
28008
28009 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
28010 and:
28011 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
28012 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
28013
28014 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
28015
28016 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
28017 Check the region for whitespace errors.
28018
28019 \(fn S E)" t nil)
28020
28021 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
28022 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
28023
28024 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
28025 whitespace problems.
28026
28027 \(fn)" t nil)
28028
28029 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
28030 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
28031
28032 \(fn S E)" t nil)
28033
28034 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
28035
28036 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
28037 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
28038 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28039 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28040 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
28041
28042 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace")
28043
28044 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
28045 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
28046 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
28047
28048 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
28049 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
28050
28051 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28052
28053 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
28054 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
28055 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
28056
28057 \(fn)" t nil)
28058
28059 ;;;***
28060 \f
28061 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
28062 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (16213 43272))
28063 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
28064
28065 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
28066 Browse the widget under point.
28067
28068 \(fn POS)" t nil)
28069
28070 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
28071 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
28072
28073 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
28074
28075 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
28076 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
28077
28078 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
28079
28080 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
28081 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
28082 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
28083
28084 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28085
28086 ;;;***
28087 \f
28088 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
28089 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (16820
28090 ;;;;;; 16328))
28091 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
28092
28093 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
28094 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
28095
28096 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
28097
28098 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
28099 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
28100 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
28101
28102 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
28103
28104 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
28105 Create widget of TYPE.
28106 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
28107
28108 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28109
28110 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
28111 Delete WIDGET.
28112
28113 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
28114
28115 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
28116 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
28117
28118 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28119
28120 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
28121 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
28122 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
28123
28124 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
28125 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
28126
28127 \(fn)" nil nil)
28128
28129 ;;;***
28130 \f
28131 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
28132 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (16710
28133 ;;;;;; 51039))
28134 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
28135
28136 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
28137 Select the window to the left of the current one.
28138 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
28139 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
28140 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
28141 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
28142 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
28143
28144 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28145
28146 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
28147 Select the window above the current one.
28148 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
28149 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
28150 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
28151 negative ARG) of the current window.
28152 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
28153
28154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28155
28156 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
28157 Select the window to the right of the current one.
28158 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
28159 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
28160 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
28161 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
28162 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
28163
28164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28165
28166 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
28167 Select the window below the current one.
28168 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
28169 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
28170 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
28171 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
28172 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
28173
28174 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28175
28176 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
28177 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
28178 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
28179 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
28180
28181 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
28182
28183 ;;;***
28184 \f
28185 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
28186 ;;;;;; (16792 36614))
28187 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
28188
28189 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
28190 Toggle winner-mode.
28191 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28192 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
28193
28194 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
28195
28196 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
28197 Toggle Winner mode.
28198 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
28199
28200 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28201
28202 ;;;***
28203 \f
28204 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
28205 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (16767 25304))
28206 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
28207
28208 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
28209 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
28210 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
28211 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
28212 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
28213 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
28214 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
28215 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
28216
28217 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
28218 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
28219
28220 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
28221
28222 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
28223 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
28224
28225 \(fn)" t nil)
28226
28227 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
28228 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
28229 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
28230 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
28231 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
28232 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
28233 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
28234 `woman' command for further details.
28235
28236 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
28237
28238 ;;;***
28239 \f
28240 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
28241 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
28242 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
28243
28244 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
28245 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
28246
28247 BUGS:
28248 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
28249 are not implemented
28250 - Options for search and replace
28251 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
28252 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
28253
28254 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
28255 Emacs-like.
28256
28257 The key bindings are:
28258
28259 C-a backward-word
28260 C-b fill-paragraph
28261 C-c scroll-up-line
28262 C-d forward-char
28263 C-e previous-line
28264 C-f forward-word
28265 C-g delete-char
28266 C-h backward-char
28267 C-i indent-for-tab-command
28268 C-j help-for-help
28269 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
28270 C-l ws-repeat-search
28271 C-n open-line
28272 C-p quoted-insert
28273 C-r scroll-down-line
28274 C-s backward-char
28275 C-t kill-word
28276 C-u keyboard-quit
28277 C-v overwrite-mode
28278 C-w scroll-down
28279 C-x next-line
28280 C-y kill-complete-line
28281 C-z scroll-up
28282
28283 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
28284 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
28285 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
28286 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
28287 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
28288 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
28289 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
28290 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
28291 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
28292 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
28293 C-k b ws-begin-block
28294 C-k c ws-copy-block
28295 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
28296 C-k f find-file
28297 C-k h ws-show-markers
28298 C-k i ws-indent-block
28299 C-k k ws-end-block
28300 C-k p ws-print-block
28301 C-k q kill-emacs
28302 C-k r insert-file
28303 C-k s save-some-buffers
28304 C-k t ws-mark-word
28305 C-k u ws-exdent-block
28306 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
28307 C-k v ws-move-block
28308 C-k w ws-write-block
28309 C-k x kill-emacs
28310 C-k y ws-delete-block
28311
28312 C-o c wordstar-center-line
28313 C-o b switch-to-buffer
28314 C-o j justify-current-line
28315 C-o k kill-buffer
28316 C-o l list-buffers
28317 C-o m auto-fill-mode
28318 C-o r set-fill-column
28319 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
28320 C-o wd delete-other-windows
28321 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
28322 C-o wo other-window
28323 C-o wv split-window-vertically
28324
28325 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
28326 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
28327 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
28328 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
28329 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
28330 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
28331 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
28332 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
28333 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
28334 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
28335 C-q a ws-query-replace
28336 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
28337 C-q c end-of-buffer
28338 C-q d end-of-line
28339 C-q f ws-search
28340 C-q k ws-to-block-end
28341 C-q l ws-undo
28342 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
28343 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
28344 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
28345 C-q w ws-last-error
28346 C-q y ws-kill-eol
28347 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
28348
28349 \(fn)" t nil)
28350
28351 ;;;***
28352 \f
28353 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
28354 ;;;;;; (16814 63075))
28355 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
28356
28357 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
28358 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
28359 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
28360 Returns the top node with all its children.
28361 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
28362 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
28363
28364 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
28365
28366 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
28367 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
28368 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
28369 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
28370 is not well-formed XML.
28371 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
28372 and returned as the first element of the list.
28373 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
28374
28375 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
28376
28377 ;;;***
28378 \f
28379 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (16213
28380 ;;;;;; 43272))
28381 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
28382
28383 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
28384 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
28385 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28386 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28387 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
28388
28389 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
28390
28391 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
28392 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
28393 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
28394
28395 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
28396
28397 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28398
28399 ;;;***
28400 \f
28401 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
28402 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (16697 49031))
28403 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
28404
28405 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
28406 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
28407
28408 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28409
28410 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
28411 Extract file name from an yenc header.
28412
28413 \(fn)" nil nil)
28414
28415 ;;;***
28416 \f
28417 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
28418 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (16213 43281))
28419 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
28420
28421 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
28422 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
28423
28424 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
28425
28426 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
28427 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
28428
28429 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
28430
28431 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
28432 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
28433 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
28434
28435 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
28436
28437 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
28438 Zippy goes to the analyst.
28439
28440 \(fn)" t nil)
28441
28442 ;;;***
28443 \f
28444 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (16423 23573))
28445 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
28446
28447 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
28448 Zone out, completely.
28449
28450 \(fn)" t nil)
28451
28452 ;;;***
28453 \f
28454 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
28455 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (16377 12872))
28456 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
28457
28458 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
28459 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
28460
28461 \(fn)" t nil)
28462
28463 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
28464 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
28465
28466 Zone-mode does two things:
28467
28468 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
28469 when saving the file
28470
28471 - fontification
28472
28473 \(fn)" t nil)
28474
28475 ;;;***
28476 \f
28477 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "bindings.el"
28478 ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
28479 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
28480 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
28481 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
28482 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
28483 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el"
28484 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
28485 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
28486 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
28487 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
28488 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
28489 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
28490 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
28491 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el"
28492 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
28493 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
28494 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
28495 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/icalendar.el"
28496 ;;;;;; "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el"
28497 ;;;;;; "custom.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
28498 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
28499 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
28500 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
28501 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
28502 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
28503 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
28504 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
28505 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
28506 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el"
28507 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
28508 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
28509 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
28510 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28511 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
28512 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
28513 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
28514 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
28515 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
28516 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
28517 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
28518 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
28519 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
28520 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
28521 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
28522 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "filesets.el" "finder-inf.el"
28523 ;;;;;; "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
28524 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/dig.el"
28525 ;;;;;; "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
28526 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
28527 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
28528 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el"
28529 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
28530 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
28531 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
28532 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
28533 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
28534 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
28535 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
28536 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
28537 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
28538 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
28539 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
28540 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
28541 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
28542 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
28543 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
28544 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pgg-def.el"
28545 ;;;;;; "gnus/pgg-gpg.el" "gnus/pgg-parse.el" "gnus/pgg-pgp.el" "gnus/pgg-pgp5.el"
28546 ;;;;;; "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el"
28547 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
28548 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-report.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
28549 ;;;;;; "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el"
28550 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
28551 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/iso-insert.el"
28552 ;;;;;; "international/iso-swed.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
28553 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
28554 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
28555 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
28556 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
28557 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
28558 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
28559 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/swedish.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
28560 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-7.el" "international/utf-8.el"
28561 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el"
28562 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el" "language/english.el"
28563 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
28564 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el"
28565 ;;;;;; "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el" "language/korean.el"
28566 ;;;;;; "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el" "language/misc-lang.el"
28567 ;;;;;; "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el" "language/tamil.el"
28568 ;;;;;; "language/thai.el" "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el"
28569 ;;;;;; "language/vietnamese.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
28570 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el"
28571 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
28572 ;;;;;; "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
28573 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-customize.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
28574 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-index.el"
28575 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el"
28576 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-pick.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el"
28577 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el"
28578 ;;;;;; "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
28579 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
28580 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-ftp.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el"
28581 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/awk-mode.el"
28582 ;;;;;; "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el" "obsolete/mlsupport.el"
28583 ;;;;;; "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el" "obsolete/rnews.el"
28584 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el" "obsolete/sun-fns.el"
28585 ;;;;;; "obsolete/uncompress.el" "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el"
28586 ;;;;;; "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
28587 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
28588 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
28589 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
28590 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-engine.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
28591 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
28592 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
28593 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
28594 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
28595 ;;;;;; "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el" "register.el"
28596 ;;;;;; "replace.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "scroll-bar.el"
28597 ;;;;;; "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el"
28598 ;;;;;; "subr.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el" "term/apollo.el" "term/bg-mouse.el"
28599 ;;;;;; "term/bobcat.el" "term/internal.el" "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/keyswap.el"
28600 ;;;;;; "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el"
28601 ;;;;;; "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/sun.el"
28602 ;;;;;; "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el"
28603 ;;;;;; "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el"
28604 ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el"
28605 ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/w32-win.el"
28606 ;;;;;; "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
28607 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
28608 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
28609 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
28610 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
28611 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
28612 ;;;;;; "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el"
28613 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
28614 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-https.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
28615 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el"
28616 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el"
28617 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
28618 ;;;;;; "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el") (16820 23750 66854))
28619
28620 ;;;***
28621 \f
28622 ;;; Local Variables:
28623 ;;; version-control: never
28624 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
28625 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
28626 ;;; End:
28627 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here